IBM Annual report 2007

Dear IBM Investor:
I am very pleased to report to you on a superb
year for your company—a year of record revenue,
profit, cash flow and earnings per share. It reflects
the hard work of some of the world’s brightest
and most innovative women and men—the
IBMers I’m proud to call my colleagues. It is also
the result of important strategic choices we made
several years ago—choices that have put IBM in
a strong position to continue to grow profitably,
to strengthen our client relationships, and to seize
the most attractive opportunities in a very
dynamic global economy.

1
IBM is a different company today. To understand
why, let me briefly describe how we got to our
present position.
At the beginning of the decade, all of us in
the information technology industry — indeed,
in all of business — were confronted with funda-
mental changes: the reality of global integration,
a new computing model and new ways for
businesses and institutions to apply technology
to create value.
It was clear that we had to change — and not only to capture
future opportunities. The fact is, if we had stayed still, the company’s
competitiveness would have been at risk. So we made important
decisions, and got to work.
Global integration: As the decade began, we observed
the accelerating integration of global economies, and with it the
emergence of two important — I would say historic — opportunities.
We had a chance to capture rapid growth in dozens of countries
as they invested heavily in information technology to modernize their
societies. And we could also tap into enormous populations of
skills all over the world. We set out to seize both opportunities.
We’ve made major investments in emerging markets, building up
our teams in nations all over the world. At the same time, we have
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

2
been globally integrating IBM’s operations rapidly, locating our
work and functions wherever it makes the most sense, based
on the right cost, the right skills and the right business environment.
Today we have a truly global supply chain; we develop software
globally; our network of research laboratories is worldwide; and
we deliver services on an unmatched global scale. We are continuing
to transform our processes and functions to move IBM to this
profoundly new model of the corporation, which we call the
Globally Integrated Enterprise.
Technology: IBM has been saying it for many years: The
basic computing model has changed. The PC model of the 1980s
has receded in importance to clients, and has been replaced by
a new paradigm, based on openness, networks, powerful new
technology and the integration of digital intelligence into the fabric
of work and life.
As you know, we have dramatically changed our mix of
products, services, skills and technologies. We exited businesses
like PCs and hard disk drives — businesses that we had invented.
We shifted our internal R&D and have made more than 60 acquisi-
tions over the past five years. At the time, many were skeptical — but
one need only look at today’s headlines to see how strongly some
PC-era leaders are trying to move away from the old model and
embrace the new one.
IBM’s product and technology portfolio today is built around
networked, modularized and embedded technologies, including
Results from Continuing Operations
Revenue Income
($ in billions) ($ in billions)
0
20
40
60
80
$100
04
96.3
05
91.1
06
91.4
07
98.8
03
89.1
04
7.5
05
8.0
06
9.4
07
10.4
03
6.6
0
2
4
6
8
$12
10
2005 performance includes results from four months of the IBM PC business, which was divested on April 30, 2005.

3
service-oriented architecture (SOA), information on demand,
virtualization and open, modular systems for businesses of all sizes.
IBM is a leader in all these areas.
Business: Impelled by this new global arena and new technology
model, business leaders expanded their horizons—driven both
by competitive pressures and a remarkable array of new innovation
capabilities. No longer content with cost savings from off-the-shelf
technologies and solutions, they were seeking to innovate. And
this involved not just their products and services, but their entire
companies: business processes, management systems, policies and
even their core business model. To accomplish that, they were looking
to integrate advanced technology deep into their processes and
operations. Our worldwide survey of CEOs has consistently confirmed
this shift in businesses’ perceptions and priorities.
To deliver this kind of client value requires intimate knowledge of
each client and the ability to make that knowledge operational on
a daily basis—and that can’t be done from corporate headquarters.
So we changed our own processes and organization to push
decision-making and delegation closer to the marketplace.
Put it all together, and IBM today is very different from what it
was when we entered the decade. We are different strategically,
with clarity around our twin imperatives of innovation and global
integration. We are different operationally, with a lower center of
gravity in our operations and with continually improving efficiency and
productivity. And we have a business model that is better aligned with
our clients’ needs and that generates stronger profitability and cash
flow. We see no major strategic shift on the horizon for our company.
So, how is this transformed company performing? Let me briefly
recap 2007. It was, quite simply, a great year for IBM.
Revenue and income: We delivered our strongest revenue
growth since 2003 and our strongest profit performance in more
than a decade. Our revenue as reported was a record $98.8 billion,
up 8 percent. Pretax income from continuing operations was
$14.5 billion, an increase of 9 percent and another record.
Margins: IBM’s gross profit margin rose for the fourth consecu-
tive year—to 42.2 percent, up more than five points since 2003.
We achieved this by continuing to shift our business mix to more
profitable segments, such as software, and by focusing on productivity.
Our pretax income margin rose to 14.7 percent. Both margins are at
their highest in more than a decade. The improvement in our pretax
A Transformed
Company
Put it all together, and IBM today is very different from what it
was when we entered the decade.

4
income margin compares very favorably to our technology peers and
to the companies of the Dow 30. We have reversed the margin
decline of the late 1990s, and we have a stronger business model
today, with less volatility and more high-profit revenue opportunity.
Earnings per share: We have continued to achieve strong
EPS growth. Last year was another record, with diluted earnings per
share from continuing operations of $7.18, up 18 percent. This marked
20 straight quarters of EPS growth.
Cash flow: IBM has consistently generated strong cash flow.
In 2007 our net cash from operations, excluding the year-to-year
change in Global Financing receivables, was $17.4 billion—an increase
of $2.1 billion from last year. Our business model has allowed us to
generate more than $70 billion in cash flow over the past five years.
IBM ended 2007 with $16.1 billion of cash and marketable securities.
Investment and return to shareholders: Our superior cash
flow has enabled us to invest in the business—through strategic
acquisitions and capital expenditures to drive growth—and to
generate substantial returns to investors through increased dividends
and significant share repurchase. Our 2007 cash investment was
$1 billion for 12 acquisitions—six of them in key areas of software.
And after investing $6.2 billion in R&D and $5 billion in net capital
expenditures, we were able to return a record of nearly $21 billion
to you—$18.8 billion through share repurchase and $2.1 billion
through dividends—or more than 100 percent of our net earnings.
This year’s dividend increase was 33 percent, marking the 12th year
in a row in which we have raised our dividend. In the last two years,
IBM has doubled its quarterly dividend.
Our balance sheet remains strong, and the company is well
positioned to take advantage of new strategic opportunities.
The results of IBM’s strategic choices and actions over the last
several years have been better client focus, clearer marketplace
differentiation and a stronger financial engine. We have also achieved
superior flexibility—a competitive advantage in uncertain economic
times. This strengthened business model and our excellent
performance in 2007 have increased our confidence that we will
meet our 2010 objective of $10 to $11 in earnings per share. I think
the information on pages 6 to 7 will help you understand the sources
of that confidence.
We have entered 2008 with strong momentum—but can we
sustain it? This is a legitimate question, especially given the
current economic indicators in the United States and other parts of
the developed world. A number of companies aren’t sounding
The IBM
Difference
Our balance sheet remains strong, and the company is well positioned
to take advantage of new strategic opportunities.

5
very optimistic. At IBM, we have a different view. The reason why
is best understood in terms of five key factors that differentiate our
company today.
1. Our global reach and scale. IBM’s global operations are
accelerating our company’s growth. IBM today does business in
170 countries and enjoys an increasingly broad-based geographic
distribution of revenue. In 2007, 63 percent of our revenue came
from outside the United States.
Many people think of “emerging markets” as the so-called
BRIC countries of Brazil, Russia, India and China—and last year our
revenue increased 26 percent in those markets. But our global
footprint extends much farther. Consider more than 50 countries—
including Czech Republic, Poland, Malaysia, Singapore, South Africa,
Venezuela and Mexico—in each of which we grew more than
10 percent in local currency in 2007. In aggregate, IBM’s business in
this group grew at a rate of more than 20 percent in local currency
last year and comprised 15 percent of our geographic revenues.
2. Our infrastructure leadership. IBM arguably invented the concept
of the data center, and today our solutions provide a foundation for
more of the world’s IT infrastructure than any other company. So we
are well positioned to serve businesses across the world’s emerging
markets that are installing their first data centers —as well as those
in the developed world that are upgrading and transforming their
existing infrastructure.
However, today’s opportunity is not simply about replicating or
upgrading what already exists. The data center itself is going through
its most significant transformation in decades. According to one
IT analyst firm, more than 70 percent of Global 1000 companies will
have to modify their data centers significantly during the next five
years. This is driven not only by new technology but by new business
imperatives: constraints on power and real estate; systems that are
grossly underutilized; and the need for greater flexibility to innovate
business processes and models.
These needs have shaped our transformed portfolio. Our
green data center solutions dramatically impact energy efficiency
and physical space constraints, while also helping our planet.
Demand is climbing for these solutions, and we hit more than
$400 million in signings last year, after introducing the offering in the
third quarter. Virtualization, which significantly improves system
utilization, generated about $200 million in incremental gross profit
for us in 2007. And our industry-leading solutions in SOA enable
clients to reinvent their entire business model.
Clients in both the developed and developing worlds will
be migrating to this new data center model, and IBM is very
well positioned.

21%
36%
43%
Asia Pacific
Europe, Middle East and Africa
Americas
Generating Higher Value at IBM
Several years ago,
we saw change coming.
Value was shifting in the IT industry,
driven by the rising tide of global
integration, a new computing paradigm
and new client needs.
work and life.
1 We remixed our businesses in order to move to the emerging
higher-value spaces.
We exited commoditizing businesses like
PCs and hard disk drives, and strengthened our
position in areas like service-oriented architec-
ture (SOA), information on demand, virtualization
and open, modular systems for businesses
of all sizes.
Over the past five years we have acquired
more than 60 companies to complement
and scale our portfolio of products and
offerings. This has changed our business mix
toward higher-value, more profitable segments
of the industry.
Software
40%
Services
37%
Hardware and
Financing
23%
Software
34%
Services
41%
Hardware and
Financing
25%
2003 2007
Segment
Pretax
Income
Mix
And we decided to become a globally integrated enterprise in order to participate in the
world’s growth markets and improve IBM’s productivity.
IBM operates in 170 countries and enjoys an increasingly broad-based
geographic distribution of revenue. Our non-U.S. operations generated
63 percent of IBM’s revenue in 2007.
Last year our revenue increased 26 percent (18 percent in local
currency) in the BRIC countries—Brazil, Russia, India and China. But our
global footprint extends much farther. Consider more than 50 countries—
including Czech Republic, Poland, Malaysia, Singapore, South Africa,
Venezuela and Mexico—in each of which we grew more than 10 percent
in local currency in 2007. In aggregate, IBM’s business in this group
grew at a rate of more than 20 percent in local currency last year,
and comprised 15 percent of our geographic revenues.
3
Segment
Pretax
Income
Mix
Countries with IBM revenue growth
greater than 10 percent in local
currency in 2007
2
Strong Geographic Growth 2007 Revenue by
Geographic Region
(excludes OEM)

Key Drivers
Revenue growth:
We maintain historical revenue
growth through annuity businesses,
global presence and a balanced
business mix.
Margin expansion:
We focus on delivering higher
value to clients and on increasing
productivity, to improve profitability.
Share repurchases:
Our strong cash generation lets us
return value to shareholders by
reducing shares outstanding while
reinvesting for future growth.
Growth initiatives and future
acquisitions:
We invest in key growth initia-
tives and strategic acquisitions to
complement and scale our product
portfolio.
Retirement-related savings:
We expect to achieve retirement-
related cost savings over the next
several years, driven in part by
Plan redesigns.
14%-16%
EPS CGR
(2006-2010)
0
2
4
6
$8
6.06
06
4.91
05
4.39
04
3.76
03 07
7.18
0
6
4
2
8
10
$12
06
6.06
07
7.18
08 09 10
10
11
12%-15% CGR
18%
Reinvested
$30 billion
Acquisitions and
Capital Expenditures
Returned to
Shareholders
$53 billion
Share Repurchases
and Dividends
More than
$83 billion
since 2003
As a result, IBM is a higher-performing enterprise
today than it was a decade ago.
Our business model is more aligned with our clients’ needs and generates better
financial results.
4
In May 2007 we shared with investors our 2010 Earnings Per Share
Roadmap—which explains how we expect to achieve EPS growth of
14 to16 percent and $10 to $11 in earnings per share by 2010. We did
so to give our shareholders a clear understanding of the key factors
driving IBM’s long-term financial objectives. In 2007 we made progress
toward our 2010 objectives by growing earnings per share 18 percent.
This gives us confidence that we can achieve our long-term
financial objectives.6
That has enabled us to invest in
future sources of growth and
provide record return to investors …
Primary Uses of Cash over
the Past Five Years
5
… while continuing to invest in
R&D — more than $29 billion
over the past five years.
2010 Earnings Per Share Roadmap
We have achieved record
earnings per share …
Pretax earnings from continuing
operations were $14.5 billion, an
increase of 9 percent. Diluted earnings
per share were $7.18, up 18 percent,
marking 20 straight quarters of
growth and five consecutive years
of double-digit growth.
Earnings Per Share
(from continuing operations)
… and record cash
performance.
In 2007 our net cash from operations,
excluding the year-to-year change
in Global Financing receivables,
was $17.4 billion—an increase of
$2.1 billion from last year.
Net Cash from Operations,
Excluding Global Financing
Receivables
($ in billions)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
$18
03
12.6
04
12.9
05
13.1
06
15.3
07
17.4

8
3. Our technology leadership. IBM’s leadership position in IT
infrastructure is underpinned by a superior technology base. In 2007,
for the 15th consecutive year, IBM was issued more U.S. patents
(3,125) than any other company. And our offerings in the year ahead
look especially promising. Major IBM product launches will include
our next-generation System z mainframe; System p servers, which
bring POWER6 innovation to the entry level; and POWER-based
virtualization offerings, which improve energy and space efficiency
for UNIX customers. We are also introducing a new BladeCenter
offering and a highly innovative storage architecture, thanks to our
acquisition of XIV. Finally, we expect to see continued strong growth
in strategic middleware fueled by organic investment and strategic
software acquisitions—such as FileNet and Cognos, which have
augmented our information on demand capabilities.
4. Our delivery of unique client value. As we head into uncertain
economic times in some parts of the world, one fact remains
constant: Businesses continue to invest in IT. It saves them money
and manages business-critical needs—such as enterprise security,
real-time analytics, risk management, business intelligence, business
optimization and transformation, as well as how a company expands
its client base in order to gain share. Companies are seeking to
identify and classify security risks and protect their data from all forms
of attack. They face regulatory demands and pressure to increase
productivity without buying more “stuff.” They need to use both
structured and unstructured data—such as the information contained
in memos, reports and phone calls—to generate reports to their
customers in minutes, not days.
In addition, we are seeing multiple areas of investment growth
within particular industries. For example, telecommunications
companies continue to upgrade their infrastructure to broadband. Also,
utilities face outdated systems, the transformation from analog to
digital and new regulatory requirements. Across the world, businesses
and institutions are continuing to make investments that save them
money, preserve capital and address issues they simply may not defer.
5. Our financial strength and flexibility. As I’ve described, our
focus on higher-value offerings helps drive profitable growth and
strong cash generation, which have enabled IBM to return value to
shareholders and to invest opportunistically for growth. We also
possess the financial capacity to adjust to changes in near-term
business conditions, thanks to a business model in which about
50 percent of the company’s revenues are recurring streams—far
less subject to volatility in uncertain economic conditions.
We believe these differentiating capabilities —our global pres-
ence and integration; preeminence in the data center; technology
leadership; and the ability to deliver measurable client value—will be
drivers of profitable growth in both good times and bad. As a result,

9
we believe that IBM has excellent opportunities in 2008 and
beyond—in an environment that presents significant challenges for
our competitors. They are not as global, as strong in high-growth
segments or as able to deliver complete solutions, nor do many have
the experience and discipline to adjust their economic models as
conditions require.
So we will pursue growth, while at the same time remaining
prudent and disciplined about expenses and productivity. That is,
we will operate ambidextrously —seizing the new opportunities
that the external marketplace presents, while never ceasing to
reexamine our own operations or to transform our organization.
This is difficult; not every workforce has the focus and maturity
to do it. But IBM has been here before, and we know what to do.
Historically, this is when we have gone on offense.
At the opening of this letter, I said that we intend to capitalize
on our strengths in order to seize the growth, profit and
leadership opportunities presented by today’s global marketplace.
Let me close with some thoughts on what will be required of any
company seeking to do that.
On the prospects for continued global growth: When people
look out at the global economy today, some are concerned about
ripple effects. They fear the impact on overall growth—even in the
developing world—of a possible downturn in parts of the developed
world. Now, I’m not an economist, but let me offer a perspective
based on my experiences as I visit IBM’s clients and our own opera-
tions around the world.
You only have to get outside of the United States to see that
something very new is happening today. The world’s growth markets
are no longer as dependent on import-export, on the exchange of raw
materials for industrial goods. Instead, they are innovating. They are
differentiating. Most importantly, their people are becoming consumers;
they’re joining the middle class. Hundreds of millions of people are
opening their first bank accounts, getting their first cell phones, using
their first credit cards. Tens of millions are buying their first automobiles.
These are historic developments, and are pretty far removed from
economic fluctuations in the United States, Europe and Japan.
And consider what has to happen to give all of those people
cell phones, financial services and cars. Infrastructure has to be
built and developed, and not only the IT infrastructure I discussed
earlier, but business infrastructure—for banking, manufacturing,
telecommunications, transportation and government services.
Hundreds of millions of people are opening their first bank accounts,
getting their first cell phones, using their first credit cards.
A New
World

Your company knows a thing or two about how to build both
kinds of infrastructure to support the way the world works. We’ve
been doing that for nearly 100 years. However, our ability to focus
on markets that are small today but with great upside potential
was inhibited in the past by our own organizational structure. When
you group such smaller markets with big ones, they tend to be
overshadowed and to lack proper management attention, investment,
skills and support.
That is the reason we are creating a new Growth Markets
organization, to be headquartered in Shanghai. Its goal is to acceler-
ate IBM’s global growth signiﬁcantly. I believe this is the best way
to ensure that these markets get the talent, investment and attention
they deserve and need in order to keep growing.
On local engagement: To be truly global today, a company
has to do a lot more than set up sales ofﬁces or research facilities in
multiple markets, or send its people on international assignments.
Doing business in the developing world is about relationships,
not just transactions. You have to engage at the level of culture,
as well as process. You have to build trust. You have to be integrated
on the ground, working shoulder-to-shoulder with local suppliers,
governments and communities, and understanding their point of
view on business and innovation. You have to help them advance
their agendas, not just your own. And you have to train your leaders
everywhere to be global leaders.
This takes time. You can’t “leapfrog” into being a global company.
You’ve got to be committed for the long term, and you have to invest,
on multiple levels. IBM has some unique historical, organizational
and skill advantages here—but they will only remain advantages
to the extent that we continue to make them real every day, in IBMers’
actions, behavior and relationships as global professionals and
global citizens.
On developing global professionals and citizens: Of all the
issues facing business and society with regard to global integration,
perhaps the most challenging is this: How does the individual com-
pete and win in a global economy? This is, on the one hand, what
makes globalization such an emotional and polarizing issue to many
people. But it also opens up some of the most promising opportuni-
ties for organizational innovation in business today—driven by the
need to help our people succeed in this new environment.
Last year we introduced the IBM Global Citizen’s Portfolio. It aims
to provide our employees with the tools they need to enhance their
expertise in a global context. Those tools include a matching fund to
You can’t “leapfrog” into being a global company. You’ve got to be
committed for the long term, and you have to invest, on multiple levels.

The selected references in this letter to the company’s financial results excluding the Global Financing business are non-GAAP financial measures, and these
references are made to facilitate a comparative view of the company’s ongoing operational performance. Additional information on the use of these non-GAAP
financial measures is provided in the company’s Form 8-K submitted to the SEC on January 17, 2008 (Attachment II—Non-GAAP Supplementary Materials).
support the IBMer’s own learning and exploration—even if not
related to his or her current job. We are helping retiring IBMers to
transition to second careers in teaching, government service and
nongovernmental organizations. And we’ve established a program
called the Corporate Service Corps, in which teams of high-potential
IBMers from around the world—our leaders of the future—will
come together for one-month projects on economic development,
environmental and other problems in developing countries.
The underlying idea here is that individuals are in the best
position to make decisions about their own work, learning and
careers. This shift of control and decision-making to the IBMer
represents a very new relationship between enterprises and
individuals—and that involves a certain degree of risk. Sharing
power always does. But if you trust your strategy, your capabilities
and your people —and if you are confident that all are grounded in a
set of shared values—then this is the kind of innovation you pursue.
It’s one more example of playing offense in a very new game.
I’m deeply gratified that our employees’ reaction to the Global
Citizen’s Portfolio has been so enthusiastic. We are, for instance,
oversubscribed by thousands of applicants for the Corporate Service
Corps. IBMers have a very mature understanding of today’s new
environment. They know the world is changing. They don’t expect—
or in many cases, even want—what business used to provide.
What they do want is an opportunity and some help to learn and grow,
so they can effectively compete on a world stage. This is probably the
single strongest reason for my confidence in IBM’s future.
As we enter a new era of technology, business and global society,
I am proud of the worldwide IBM team for bringing us to this point,
and I am grateful to you, our shareholders, for your support in
our journey. I hope and trust that you are pleased with how your
company is growing and evolving. My colleagues and I are excited
by the possibilities for how we, together with our clients, our partners
and you, can bring this remarkable enterprise into its next era of
leadership and discovery.
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
11

Financial Highlights
International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies
12
($ in millions except per share amounts)
FOR THE YEAR: 2007 2006
Revenue $ 98,786 $ 91,424
Income from continuing operations $ 10,418 $ 9,416
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations (00) 76
Net income $ 10,418 $ 9,492
Earnings/(loss) per share of common stock:
Assuming dilution:
Continuing operations $ 7.18 $ 6.06
Discontinued operations (0.00) 0.05
Total $ 7.18 $ 6.11
Basic:
Continuing operations $ 7.32 $ 6.15
Discontinued operations (0.00) 0.05
Total $ 7.32 $ 6.20
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations $ 16,094 $ 15,019
Capital expenditures, net 4,968 4,737
Share repurchase 18,828 8,084
Cash dividends paid on common stock 2,147 1,683
Per share of common stock 1.50 1.10
AT YEAR END: 2007 2006
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities $ 16,146 $ 10,657
Total assets 120,431 103,234
Working capital 8,867 4,569
Total debt 35,274 22,682
Stockholders’ equity 28,470 28,506
Common shares outstanding (in millions) 1,385 1,506
Market capitalization $149,744 $146,355
Stock price per common share $ 108.10 $ 97.15
Number of employees in IBM/wholly owned subsidiaries 386,558 355,766

Report of Financials
Management Discussion
Road Map 14
Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statements 15
Management Discussion Snapshot 16
Description of Business 17
Year in Review 23
Prior Year in Review 37
Discontinued Operations 42
Other Information 42
Looking Forward 42
Liquidity and Capital Resources 44
Critical Accounting Estimates 47
Currency Rate Fluctuations 49
Market Risk 49
Financing Risks 50
Employees and Related Workforce 50
Global Financing 50
Report of Management 56
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm 57
Consolidated Financial
Statements
Earnings 58
Financial Position 59
Cash Flows 60
Stockholders’ Equity 61
Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements
A Significant Accounting Policies 64
B Accounting Changes 73
C Acquisitions/Divestitures 76
D Financial Instruments (excluding derivatives) 82
E Inventories 83
F Financing Receivables 83
G Plant, Rental Machines and Other Property 84
H Investments and Sundry Assets 84
I Intangible Assets Including Goodwill 84
J Borrowings 85
K Derivatives and Hedging Transactions 88
L Other Liabilities 91
M Stockholders’ Equity Activity 92
N Contingencies and Commitments 94
O Taxes 97
P Research, Development and Engineering 99
Q 2005 Actions 99
R Earnings Per Share of Common Stock 101
S Rental Expense and Lease Commitments 101
T Stock-Based Compensation 102
U Retirement-Related Benefits 105
V Segment Information 116
W Subsequent Events 119
Five-year Comparison of
Selected Financial Data 120
Selected Quarterly Data 121
Performance Graphs 122
Board of Directors and
Senior Executive Officers 123
Stockholder Information 124
13

14
Road Map
The financial section of the International Business Machines Cor-
poration (IBM or the company) 2007 Annual Report, consisting
of this Management Discussion, the Consolidated Financial
Statements that follow and the notes related thereto, comprises 109
pages of information. This Road Map is designed to provide the
reader with some perspective regarding the information contained
in the financial section.
IBM’s Business Model
The company’s business model is built to support two principal
goals: helping clients succeed in delivering business value by becom-
ing more innovative, efficient and competitive through the use of
business insight and information technology (IT) solutions; and,
providing long-term value to shareholders. The business model has
been developed over time through strategic investments in capabilities
and technologies that have the best long-term growth and profit-
ability prospects based on the value they deliver to clients. The
company’s strategy is to focus on the high-growth, high-value seg-
ments of the IT industry.
The company’s global capabilities include services, software,
hardware, fundamental research and financing. The broad mix of
businesses and capabilities are combined to provide business insight
and solutions for the company’s clients.
The business model is flexible, and allows for periodic change
and rebalancing. The company has exited commoditizing businesses
like personal computers and hard disk drives, and strengthened its
position through strategic investments and acquisitions in emerging
higher value segments like service oriented architecture (SOA) and
Information on Demand. In addition, the company has transformed
itself into a globally integrated enterprise which has improved overall
productivity and is driving investment and participation in the
world’s fastest growing markets. As a result, the company is a higher-
performing enterprise today than it was several years ago.
The business model, supported by the company’s long-term
financial model, enables the company to deliver consistently strong
earnings, cash flows and returns on invested capital in changing eco-
nomic environments.
Transparency
Transparency is a primary goal of successful financial reporting.
The following are several key points for the reader of this year’s
Annual Report.
The company, in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, conducted an evaluation of its internal control over financial
reporting and concluded that the internal control over financial reporting
was effective as of December 31, 2007.
The Management Discussion is designed to provide readers with a view
of the company’s results and certain factors that may affect future pros-
pects from the perspective of the company’s management. Within the
“Management Discussion Snapshot,” on pages 16 and 17, the key mes-
sages and details will give readers the ability to quickly assess the most
important drivers of performance within this brief overview.
In the first quarter of 2007, the company changed the presentation of
revenue and cost in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings to reflect the
categories of Services, Sales and Financing. Previously, the presentation
included Global Services, Hardware, Software, Global Financing and an
Other category. In the past, these categories were aligned with the com-
pany’s reportable segment presentation of external revenue and cost.
However, as the company moves toward delivering solutions which bring
integrated software and services capabilities to its clients, the alignment
between segments and categories will diverge. Therefore, there are situ-
ations where the Global Services segments could include software revenue,
and conversely, the Software segment may have services revenue. The
change was made to avoid possible confusion between the segment revenue
and cost presentation and the required category presentation in the
Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The change only impacts the format
for the presentation of the company’s revenue and cost in the Consolidated
Statement of Earnings and does not reflect any change in the company’s
reportable segment results or in the company’s organizational structure.
The periods presented in this Annual Report are reported on a comparable
basis. The Management Discussion and Analysis of revenue and gross
profit from continuing operations will focus on the segment view, as this
is how the business is managed and is the best reflection of the company’s
operating results and strategy.
On January 29, 2008, IBM International Group Capital LLC, an
indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the company, issued $3.5 billion of
18-month floating rate notes. The proceeds will be utilized to reduce the
364-day bridge loan associated with the 2007 accelerated share repur-
chase (ASR). (See pages 31 and 32 for additional information.) In the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position included in the company’s
press release and Form 8-K filing on January 17, 2008, the company
classified the $3.5 billion related to the 364-day bridge loan as Short-term
debt. As a result of this refinancing in January, and consistent with the
Management Discussion............................ 14
Road Map.................................................... 14
Forward-Looking and
Cautionary Statements............................... 15
Management Discussion Snapshot ..................16
Description of Business....................................17
Year in Review ..................................................23
Prior Year in Review ........................................37
Discontinued Operations.................................42
Other Information............................................42
Global Financing..............................................50
Report of Management....................................56
Public Accounting Firm...................................57
Consolidated Statements..................................58
Notes.................................................................64

15
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 6,
“Classification of Short-Term Obligations Expected to Be Refinanced,” the
company has classified this amount as Long-term debt in its Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position on page 59.
Effective December 31, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of
SFAS No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment to FASB Statements No.
87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” SFAS No. 158 requires that the funded status
of the company’s pension and nonpension postretirement benefit plans be
recognized as an asset or a liability in the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position, the recognition of any changes in that funded status
in the year in which the changes occur and the recognition of previously
unrecognized gains/(losses), prior service costs/(credits) and transition
assets as a component of Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting
retained earnings in the Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity.
The adoption of SFAS No. 158 had a significant non-cash impact on the
company’s 2006 reported financial position and stockholder’s equity,
reducing equity by $9.5 billion, net of tax. The adoption of SFAS No.
158 had no impact on the company’s existing debt covenants, credit ratings
or financial flexibility. See note U, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on
pages 105 to 116 for additional information, including 2007 impacts.
The company divested its Personal Computing business to Lenovo on
April 30, 2005. The details of this significant transaction are discussed
in note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 81 and 82. As a result
of this divestiture, the company’s reported financial results do not include
any activity in 2007 and 2006, but includes four months of activity for
the Personal Computing Division in 2005. This lack of comparable
periods has a material impact on the company’s reported revenue growth.
Therefore, in the Management Discussion, within the “Prior Year in
Review” section on pages 38 to 41, the company has presented an analysis
of revenue both on an as-reported basis and on a basis that excludes the
revenue from the divested Personal Computing business from the 2005
period. The company believes that the analysis that excludes the Personal
Computing revenue is a better indicator of operational revenue perfor-
mance on an ongoing basis.
The reference to “adjusted for currency” in the Management Discussion
is made so that certain financial results can be viewed without the impacts
of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and therefore facilitates a
comparativeviewofbusinessperformance.See“CurrencyRateFluctuations”
on page 49 for additional information.
Within the financial tables in this Annual Report, certain columns and
rows may not add due to the use of rounded numbers for disclosure pur-
poses. Percentages reported in the financial tables throughout this Annual
Report are calculated from the underlying whole-dollar numbers.
Organization of Information
This Management Discussion section provides the reader of the financial
statements with a narrative on the company’s financial results. It con-
tains the results of operations for each segment of the business, followed by
a description of the company’s financial position, as well as certain
employee data. It is useful to read the Management Discussion in con-
junction with note V, “Segment Information,” on pages 116 to 119.
Global Financing is a reportable segment that is measured as if it were
a standalone entity. A separate “Global Financing” section is included
beginning on page 50. This section is separately presented given this
segment’s unique impact on the company’s financial condition and lever-
age, and the information presented in this section is consistent with this
separate company view.
Pages 58 through 63 include the Consolidated Financial Statements.
These statements provide an overview of the company’s income and cash
flow performance and its financial position.
The notes follow the Consolidated Financial Statements. Among other
items, the notes contain the company’s accounting policies (pages 64 to
73), acquisitions and divestitures (pages 76 to 82), detailed information
on specific items within the financial statements, certain contingencies
and commitments (pages 94 through 96), and the results of each report-
able segment (pages 116 to 119).
Discontinued Operations
On December 31, 2002, the company sold its hard disk drive (HDD)
business to Hitachi, Ltd. (Hitachi). The HDD business was accounted
for as a discontinued operation under generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) which requires that the income statement and
cash flow information be reformatted to separate the divested busi-
ness from the company’s continuing operations. See page 42 for
additional information.
Forward-Looking and
Cautionary Statements
Certain statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve
a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause
actual results to be materially different, as discussed more fully else-
where in this Annual Report and in the company’s filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including the company’s
2007 Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2008.

16
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Cautionary Statements.....................................15
Management Discussion Snapshot............ 16
Description of Business ............................. 17
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64
Continuing Operations
The company’s performance in 2007 reflected the strength of its
global model. Revenue increased in all geographies, with strong
growth in emerging markets worldwide. The company capitalized on
the opportunities in the global economies, generating 63 percent of
its revenue outside the United States, in delivering full-year growth
of 8.1 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency).
Gross profit margins improved reflecting a shift to higher value
offerings and continued benefits from productivity initiatives and the
transformation to a globally integrated enterprise. Pre-tax income
from continuing operations grew 8.8 percent and Net income from
continuing operations increased 10.6 percent versus 2006. Diluted
earnings per share improved 18.5 percent, reflecting the strong
growth in Net income and the benefits of the common stock repur-
chase program. In 2007, the company repurchased approximately
$18.8 billion of its common stock, including a $12.5 billion ASR in
the second quarter.
The increase in 2007 revenue, as compared to 2006, was primarily
due to:
Strong performance from Global Technology Services and Global Business
Services with growth in all business lines;
Continued strong demand in the Software business, driven by Key Branded
Middleware products, with positive contributions from strategic acquisi-
tions; and
Continued growth in emerging countries (Brazil, Russia, India and
China: up 26 percent) and solid performance in all geographies, led by
Asia Pacific.
The increase in Income from continuing operations before income
taxes in 2007 was primarily due to:
Revenue growth as discussed above; and
Gross profit margin improvements in the Global Services and Systems
and Technology segments.
Management Discussion Snapshot
($ and shares in millions except per share amounts)
YR.-TO-YR.
PERCENT/
MARGIN
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 CHANGE
Revenue $ 98,786 $ 91,424 8.1%*
Gross profit margin 42.2% 41.9% 0.4pts.
Total expense and other income $ 27,240 $ 24,978 9.1%
Total expense and other
income-to-revenue ratio 27.6% 27.3% 0.3pts.
Income from continuing
operations before income taxes $ 14,489 $ 13,317 8.8%
Provision for income taxes $ 4,071 $ 3,901 4.4%
operations $ 10,418 $ 9,416 10.6%
Net income $ 10,418 $ 9,492 9.7%
Net income margin 10.5% 10.4% 0.2pts.
Earnings per share of
common stock:
Assuming dilution:
Continuing operations $ 7.18 $ 6.06 18.5%
Discontinued operations (0.00) 0.05 NM
Total $ 7.18 $ 6.11 17.5%
Weighted-average shares
outstanding:
Diluted 1,450.6 1,553.5 (6.6)%
Assets** $120,431 $103,234 16.7%
Liabilities** $ 91,962 $ 74,728 23.1%
Equity** $ 28,470 $ 28,506 (0.1)%
* 4.2 percent adjusted for currency.
**At December 31.
NM—Not meaningful

17
The consolidated gross profit margin increased 0.4 points versus
2006 to 42.2 percent. An improvement in the Systems and Technology
margin (2.0 points) contributed 0.5 points to the overall margin
improvement. This increase was primarily driven by higher margins
in System z, System p and System x servers. The Software margin
was flat at 85.2 percent, but contributed 0.2 points to the overall
margin improvement due to the mix of revenue by segment. The
Global Technology Services and Global Business Services margins
increased 0.1 points and 0.4 points to 29.9 percent and 23.5 percent,
respectively, versus the prior year. Although gross profit margins
improved for Global Services, the increased Global Services revenue
content contributed to a 0.2 point decline in the consolidated gross
margin due to the mix impact. The Global Financing margin declined
3.5 points versus 2006 to 46.7 percent, causing a 0.1 point decline in
the overall company margin.
Total expense and other income increased 9.1 percent (5 percent
adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus 2006. The increase was primar-
ily due to increases in Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)
expense and Interest expense. SG&A expense increased $1,801 million
primarily due to acquisition related spending, as well as increased
investments in emerging countries and the software and services
businesses. Interest expense increased $333 million primarily due to
higher debt associated with the financing of the ASR. In addition,
Other (income) and expense declined $140 million in income year-
to-year primarily due to higher losses on derivative instruments.
The effective tax rate for 2007 was 28.1 percent, compared with
29.3 percent in 2006.
Total assets increased $17,197 million ($12,957 million adjusted
for currency) primarily due to increases in Cash and cash equivalents
($6,969 million), Prepaid pension assets ($6,788 million), total
financing receivables ($2,729 million) and Goodwill ($1,431 million).
These increases were partially offset by decreases in long-term
deferred tax assets ($2,367 million) and short-term marketable secu-
rities ($1,479 million).
Total liabilities increased $17,234 million ($13,642 million adjusted
for currency) driven primarily by increases in total debt ($12,592
million), tax liabilities ($1,492 million) and total deferred income
($1,773 million).
Stockholders’ equity of $28,470 million was essentially flat
versus 2006. Increased Treasury stock ($17,649 million) from
share repurchases, which included the ASR, was largely offset
by increased Retained earnings ($8,208 million) driven by Net
income, increased Common stock ($3,917 million) related to stock
options and a decline in Accumulated gains and (losses) not affect-
ing retained earnings ($5,487 million) primarily due to the effects
of pension remeasurements.
The company generated $16,094 million in cash flow provided by
operating activities, an increase of $1,075 million compared to 2006,
primarily driven by increased Net income. Net cash used in investing
activities of $4,675 million was $6,874 million lower than 2006
driven primarily by proceeds from disposition of short-term market-
able securities and a reduction in cash used for acquisitions. Net cash
used in financing activities of $4,740 million decreased $3,464 million
versus 2006 driven by increased net proceeds from total debt
($12,233 million), partially offset by increased share repurchases
($10,744 million).
Global Services signings were $50 billion in 2007 as compared to
$49 billion in 2006. The Global Services backlog is estimated to be
$118 billion at December 31, 2007, versus $116 billion at December
31, 2006.
For additional information and details, see the “Year in Review”
section on pages 23 to 37.
Description of Business
Please refer to IBM’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26,
2008, with the SEC for a more detailed version of this Description of
Business, especially Item 1A. entitled “Risk Factors.”
IBM is a globally integrated enterprise that targets the intersection of
technology and effective business. The company seeks to be a partner
in its clients’ success by enabling their own capacity for distinctive
innovation. To help clients achieve growth, effectiveness, efficiency
and the realization of greater value through innovation, IBM draws
upon the world’s leading systems, software and services capabilities.

18
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64
IBM’s Strategy
In IBM’s view, today’s networked economy has created a global busi-
ness landscape and a mandate for business change. Integrated global
economies have opened markets of new opportunity and new sources
of skills. The Internet has enabled communication and collaboration
across the world and brought with it a new computing model pre-
mised on continuous global connection. In that landscape, companies
can distribute work and technology anywhere in the world.
Given these opportunities, IBM is working with its clients to
develop new business designs and technical architectures that allow
their businesses the flexibility required to compete in this new
landscape. The business is also adjusting its footprint toward emerg-
ing geographies, tapping their double-digit growth, providing the
technology infrastructure they need, and taking advantage of the
talent pools they provide to better service the company’s clients.
IBM’s strategy addresses this new era and delivers value to its
clients through three strategic priorities:
FOCUS ON OPEN TECHNOLOGIES AND
HIGH-VALUE SOLUTIONS
The PC era has ended, representing a fundamental shift in the tech-
nology requirements of the company’s clients. IBM is well positioned
to provide its enterprise clients the open technologies and high-value
solutions they will need to compete.
IBM is leveraging its leadership position in the convergence of software
and services, in SOA, in virtualization, in high-performance chips, in
open and modular IT—continuing its shift from commoditizing seg-
ments to higher value segments with better profit opportunity.
The company continues to be a leading force in open source solutions to
enable its clients to achieve higher levels of interoperability, cost efficiency
and quality.
DELIVER INTEGRATION AND INNOVATION TO CLIENTS
Changes in the market have caused IBM’s clients to seek flexibility
and innovation in everything from technical architecture to their
business model. In response, IBM is focused on delivering integra-
tion and innovation to its clients—offering them technologies and
services that support real value creation.
IBM has a long heritage of transforming the business operations of large
enterprises and has earned the trust to be their innovation partner and
global integrator.
The company has a deep set of global assets and capabilities it is applying
to improve services profitability, both for its clients and for itself.
BECOME THE PREMIER GLOBALLY
INTEGRATED ENTERPRISE
As global networks and technology capabilities change business eco-
nomics, legacy business designs can quickly become noncompetitive.
IBM believes a globally integrated enterprise, designed for this new
landscape can compete effectively and will benefit from the opportu-
nities offered.
To reshape its business for the global economy, IBM has replaced vertical
hierarchies with horizontally integrated teams.
Across the business, the company has made significant investments in
emerging markets, taking core processes and functions that were once
managed regionally and shifting them to a globally integrated model.
Looking forward, IBM is confident it understands the economic shift
of globalization, the evolution of the new computing model and the
powerful role of innovation in this new landscape. Its unique capa-
bilities are well adapted to help the company’s clients innovate and
compete effectively in the new landscape.

19
Business Segments and Capabilities
The company’s major operations comprise a Global Technology
Services segment; a Global Business Services segment; a Systems
and Technology segment; a Software segment; and a Global Finan-
cing segment.
Global Services is a critical component of the company’s strategy of
providing IT infrastructure and business insight and solutions to
clients. While solutions often include industry-leading IBM software
and hardware, other suppliers’ products are also used if a client solu-
tion requires it. Contracts for IBM services—commonly referred to
as “signings”—can range from less than one year to over 10 years.
Within Global Services there are two reportable segments: Global
Technology Services and Global Business Services.
GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY SERVICES (GTS) segment primarily
reflects IT infrastructure services and business process services,
delivering value through the company’s global scale, standardization
and automation.
GTS Capabilities
Strategic Outsourcing Services. Comprehensive IT services integrated
with business insight working with clients to reduce costs and improve
productivity through the outsourcing of processes and operations.
Business Transformation Outsourcing. A range of offerings from stan-
dardized processing platforms and Business Process Outsourcing
through transformational offerings that delivers improved business
results to clients through the strategic change and/or operation of
the client’s business processes, applications and infrastructure.
Integrated Technology Services. Services offerings that help clients
access, manage and support their technology infrastructures, through
a combination of skilled resources, software and IBM’s knowledge of
business processes.
Maintenance. A number of support services from product maintenance
through solution support to maintain and improve the availability of
clients’ IT infrastructure.
GLOBAL BUSINESS SERVICES (GBS) segment primarily reflects
professional services and application outsourcing services, delivering
business value and innovation to clients through solutions which
leverage industry- and business-process expertise.
GBS Capabilities
Consulting and Systems Integration. Delivery of value to clients through
consulting services for client-relationship management, financial man-
agement, human-capital management, business strategy and change,
and supply-chain management.
Servers
Storage
Retail Store Solutions
Microelectronics
Commercial Financing
Client Financing
WebSphere
Information Management
Tivoli
Lotus
Rational
Operating Systems
Strategic Outsourcing
Business Transformation Outsourcing
Integrated Technology Services
Maintenance
Consulting and Systems Integration
Application Management Services
Services
Systems &
Financing
Software

20
Application Management Services. Application development, manage-
ment, maintenance and support services for packaged software, as well
as custom and legacy applications. Delivering value through the
company’s global resource capabilities, industry knowledge, and the
standardization and automation of application development.
SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY segment provides IBM’s clients
with business solutions requiring advanced computing power and
storage capabilities. Approximately 55 percent of the Systems and
Technology’s server and storage sales transactions are through the
company’s business partners; approximately 45 percent are direct to
end-user clients, more than 40 percent of which are through the
Internet at ibm.com. In addition, Systems and Technology provides
leading semiconductor technology and products, packaging solutions
and engineering technology services to clients and for IBM’s own
advanced technology needs. While not reported as external revenue,
systems hardware is also deployed to support services solutions.
Systems and Technology Capabilities
Servers. IBM systems, which are typically connected to a network and
provide the required infrastructure for business. These systems use
both IBM and non-IBM operating systems and all IBM servers can also
run Linux, a key open source operating system (System z, System i,
System p, System x and BladeCenter).
Storage. Information infrastructure products and solutions, which
address critical client requirements for information retention and
archiving, availability and virtualization, and security and compli-
ance. The portfolio consists of a broad range of disk and tape storage
systems and software.
Microelectronics. Semiconductor design and manufacturing for use in
IBM systems and for sale to external clients.
Engineering and Technology Services. System and component design
services, Blue Gene “supercomputer systems,” outsourcing of clients’
design teams and technology and manufacturing consulting services.
Retail Store Solutions. Point-of-sale retail systems (network connected
cash registers) as well as solutions which connect them to other store
systems (for example, inventory).
SOFTWARE consists primarily of middleware and operating systems
software. Middleware software enables clients to integrate systems,
processes and applications across a standard software platform. IBM
middleware is designed to open standards which allows the efficient
integration of disparate client applications that may have been built
internally, or provided by package software vendors or system integra-
tors. Operating systems are the software engines that run computers.
In addition, Software includes Product Lifecycle Management
software which primarily serves the Industrial sector. Approximately
two-thirds of external Software segment revenue is annuity-based,
coming from recurring license charges and ongoing subscription and
support from one-time charge (OTC) arrangements. The remaining
one-third of external revenue relates to OTC arrangements, in which
the client pays one up-front payment for a perpetual license. Typically,
arrangements for the sale of OTC software include one year of main-
tenance. The client can also purchase ongoing maintenance after the
first year, which includes product upgrades and technical support.
While not reported as external revenue, software is also deployed to
support services solutions.
Software Capabilities
WebSphere Software. Management of a wide variety of business
processes using open standards to interconnect applications, data and
operating systems. Provides the foundation for Web-enabled appli-
cations and is a key product set in deploying a SOA.
Information Management Software. Advanced database, content man-
agement and information integration software that helps companies
integrate, manage and gain value from their business information.
Tivoli Software. Software for infrastructure management, including
security and storage management that will help organizations better
manage their IT infrastructure to more effectively deliver IT services.
Lotus Software. Collaboration, messaging and social networking
software that enables businesses to communicate, collaborate and
increase productivity.
Rational Software. Software tools that help clients manage their soft-
ware development processes and capabilities.
Operating Systems. Software engines that manage the fundamental
processes that make computers run.
GLOBAL FINANCING is described on pages 50 and 51.
Global Financing Capabilities
Commercial Financing. Short-term inventory and accounts receivable
financing to dealers and remarketers of IT products.
Client Financing. Lease and loan financing to external and internal
clients for terms generally between two and seven years.
Remarketing. The sale and lease of used equipment (primarily sourced
from the conclusion of lease transactions) to new or existing clients.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

21
IBM Worldwide Organizations
The following worldwide organizations play key roles in IBM’s deliv-
ery of value to its clients:
Sales and Distribution Organization
Research, Development and Intellectual Property
Integrated Operations
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION ORGANIZATION
The company’s Sales and Distribution organization manages a strong
global footprint, with dedicated country based operating units
focused on delivering client value. Within these units, client relation-
ship professionals work with integrated teams of consultants, product
specialists and delivery fulfillment teams to improve clients’ business
performance. These teams deliver value by understanding the client’s
business and needs, and then bring together capabilities from across
IBM and an extensive network of Business Partners to develop and
implement solutions for clients.
By combining global expertise with local experience, IBM’s geo-
graphic structure enables dedicated management focus for local
clients, speed in addressing new market opportunities and timely
investments in emerging opportunities. The geographic units align
industry-skilled resources to serve clients’ agendas. IBM extends capa-
bilities to mid-market client segments by leveraging industry skills
with marketing, ibm.com and local Business Partner resources.
The majority of IBM’s revenue, excluding the company’s original
equipment manufacturer (OEM) technology business, occurs in indus-
tries that are broadly grouped into six sectors:
Financial Services: Banking, Financial Markets, Insurance
Public: Education, Government, Healthcare, Life Sciences
Industrial: Aerospace and Defense, Automotive, Chemical and Petroleum,
Electronics
Distribution: Consumer Products, Retail, Travel and Transportation
Communications: Telecommunications, Media and Entertainment, Energy
and Utilities
Small and Medium Business: Mainly companies with less than
1,000 employees
RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
IBM’s research and development (R&D) operations differentiate the
company from its competitors. IBM annually spends approximately
$6 billion for R&D, focusing its investments in high-growth, high-
value opportunities. In 2007, the company’s investment in R&D was
approximately 15 percent of its combined hardware and software rev-
enue. As a result of innovations in these and other areas, IBM was once
again awarded more U.S. patents in 2007 than any other company.
This marks the 15th year in a row that IBM achieved this distinction.
In addition to producing world-class hardware and software
products, IBM innovations are a major differentiator in providing
solutions for the company’s clients through its growing services
activities. The company’s investments in R&D also result in intel-
lectual property (IP) income of approximately $1 billion annually.
Some of IBM’s technological breakthroughs are used exclusively in
IBM products, while others are licensed and may be used in either/
both IBM products and/or the products of the licensee.
INTEGRATED OPERATIONS
IBM’s ability to deliver differentiating innovation to its clients is
being greatly enhanced by the company’s global integration which is
simultaneously giving the company better economics and deeper
capabilities, while eliminating redundancies that were built up over
fifty years as a growing multinational enterprise. The company oper-
ates in 170 countries, with approximately 69 percent of its employees
outside the U.S. As a globally integrated enterprise, the company
organizes work based on the right costs, the right skills and the right
business environment, integrating deeply with its partners, suppliers
and clients. Being global is about gaining access to talent and skills
and then scaling them globally to develop new, distinctive capabili-
ties. The company’s integrated operations enable IBM to be the most
efficient, responsive and globally integrated enterprise—able to
instantly leverage its expertise and capabilities—anywhere, at any
time. Although bound by a common mission and principles, Integrated
Operations is comprised of three distinct units, each with very specific
objectives closely aligned with the IBM businesses they support.
Integrated Supply Chain
Just as IBM works to transform its clients’ supply chains for greater
efficiency and responsiveness to global market conditions, the com-
pany continues to derive business value from its own globally
integrated supply chain, reinvented as a strategic advantage for the
company to create value for clients and shareholders. IBM leverages
its supply-chain expertise for clients through its supply-chain business
transformation outsourcing service to optimize and help operate clients’
end-to-end supply-chain processes, from procurement to logistics.

IBM spends approximately $38 billion annually through its
supply chain, procuring materials and services around the world.
The company’s supply, manufacturing and logistics and customer
fulfillment operations are integrated in one operating unit that has
reduced inventories, improved response to marketplace opportuni-
ties and external risks and converted fixed to variable costs. Simplifying
and streamlining internal processes has improved operations, sales
force productivity and processes, and these actions have improved
client satisfaction.
Integrated Technology Delivery
Integrated Technology Delivery (ITD) brings together all of the com-
pany’s worldwide service delivery capabilities for Strategic Outsourcing
with strong local and regional management teams supported by a set
of global competencies. ITD leverages the company’s global scale
and advanced technology to deliver standardized solutions that are
automated, repeatable and globally integrated. Through the company’s
global position, clients gain cost advantages, access to industry-
leading skills and access to IBM’s scale and overall flexibility. ITD
manages the world’s largest privately-owned IT infrastructure with
employees in over 30 countries supporting over 400 data centers.
Integrated Managed Business Process Delivery
Integrated Managed Business Process Delivery (IMBPD) provides
highly efficient, world-class delivery capabilities in IBM’s business
process delivery operations, which include Business Transformation
Outsourcing, Business Process Outsourcing, Business Process Services
and Application on Demand. IMBPD has employees and delivery
centers in over 40 countries worldwide.
Key Business Drivers
The following are some of the key drivers of the company’s business.
ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND CORPORATE
SPENDING BUDGETS
Global demand for systems, software and services is a key driver of
the company’s business and financial performance. IBM’s diverse set
of products and offerings is designed to provide more consistent
results in both strong and weak economic environments. The com-
pany accomplishes this by not only having a mix of offerings with
long-term cash and income streams, as well as cyclical transaction-
based sales, but also by continually developing competitive products
and solutions and effectively managing a skilled resource base. IBM
continues to transform itself to take advantage of shifting demand
trends, focusing on client- and industry-specific solutions, business
performance and open standards.
INTERNAL BUSINESS TRANSFORMATION AND
GLOBAL INTEGRATION INITIATIVES
IBM is committed to its transformation to a globally integrated enter-
prise. The company continues to drive greater productivity, flexibility
and cost savings by transforming and globally integrating its own
business processes and functions. In addition to eliminating redundan-
cies and overhead structures to drive productivity, this integration has
improved IBM’s capacity to innovate by providing greater clarity of key
priorities around shared goals and objectives and led to a sharper focus
for the company on learning, development and knowledge sharing.
INNOVATION INITIATIVES
IBM invests to improve its ability to help its clients innovate.
Investment may occur in the research and development of new prod-
ucts and services, as well as in the establishment of new collaborative
and cocreation relationships with developers, other companies and
other institutions. Examples include IBM’s leadership positions in the
design of smaller, faster and energy-efficient semiconductor devices;
systems virtualization, Green Data Centers and the design of “grid”
computing networks that allow computers to share processing power.
OPEN STANDARDS
The broad adoption of open standards is essential to the computing
model for an on demand business and is a significant driver of col-
laborative innovation across all industries. Without interoperability
among all manner of computing platforms, the integration of any
client’s internal systems, applications and processes remains a monu-
mental and expensive task. The broad-based acceptance of open
standards—rather than closed, proprietary architectures—also
allows the computing infrastructure to more easily absorb (and thus
benefit from) new technical innovations. IBM’s support of open stan-
dards is evidenced by the enabling of its products to support open
standards such as Linux, and the development of Rational software
development tools, which can be used to develop and upgrade other
companies’ software products.
INVESTING IN GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES
The company is continuing to refocus its business on the higher value
segments of enterprise computing—providing technology and trans-
formation services to clients’ businesses. Consistent with that focus,
the company continues to significantly invest in growth opportunities
as a way to drive revenue growth and market share gains. Areas of
investment include strategic acquisitions, primarily in software and
services, focused client- and industry-specific solutions, maintaining
technology leadership and emerging growth countries worldwide.
22
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Notes.................................................................64

23
Year in Review
Results of Continuing Operations
SEGMENT DETAILS
The following is an analysis of the 2007 versus 2006 reportable segment results. The analysis of 2006 versus 2005 reportable segment results
is on pages 39 to 41.
The following table presents each reportable segment’s external revenue and gross margin results.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR. YR.-TO-YR.
PERCENT/ PERCENT CHANGE
MARGIN ADJUSTED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 CHANGE FOR CURRENCY
Revenue:
Global Technology Services $36,103 $32,322 11.7% 7.4%
Gross margin 29.9% 29.8% 0.1 pts.
Global Business Services 18,041 15,969 13.0% 9.0%
Systems and Technology 21,317 21,970 (3.0)% (5.8)%
Software 19,982 18,161 10.0% 5.6%
Gross margin 85.2% 85.2% (0.0) pts.
Global Financing 2,502 2,365 5.8% 2.2%
Other 842 637 32.1% 29.5%
Total revenue $98,786 $91,424 8.1% 4.2%
Gross profit $41,729 $38,295 9.0%
The following table presents each reportable segment’s external revenue as a percentage of total segment revenue and each reportable segment’s
pre-tax income as a percentage of total segment pre-tax income.
REVENUE PRE-TAX INCOME*
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2007 2006
Global Technology Services 36.9% 35.6% 23.5% 24.0%
Global Business Services 18.4 17.6 13.6 12.5
Total Global Services 55.3 53.2 37.1 36.5
Systems and Technology 21.8 24.2 14.2 12.7
Global Financing 2.6 2.6 9.1 10.6
Total Systems and Technology/Financing 24.3 26.8 23.3 23.3
Software 20.4 20.0 39.6 40.1
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
* Segment pre-tax income includes transactions between segments that are intended to reflect an arm’s-length transfer price.

24
Global Services
The company’s Global Services segments, Global Technology
Services and Global Business Services had a combined revenue of
$54,144 million, an increase of 12.1 percent (8 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007 when compared to 2006. The Global Services seg-
ments delivered combined pre-tax profit of $5,622 million, an
increase of 12.6 percent versus the prior year. The company has
made considerable progress implementing its strategies across the
Global Services offerings. These actions have resulted in improved
financial performance with strong and balanced contribution across
all geographies and business lines.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Global Services revenue: $54,144 $48,291 12.1%
Global Technology Services $36,103 $32,322 11.7%
Strategic Outsourcing 18,701 17,044 9.7
Integrated Technology Services 8,438 7,448 13.3
Business Transformation
Outsourcing 2,294 1,845 24.4
Maintenance 6,670 5,986 11.4
Global Business Services $18,041 $15,969 13.0%
Global Technology Services (GTS) revenue increased 11.7 percent
(7 percent adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus 2006. The strong
performance reflects the extensive transformation which has occurred
in this business over the past few years. This transformation included
revamping the entire Integrated Technology Services (ITS) portfolio,
continued improvement in Strategic Outsourcing (SO) delivery and
a disciplined approach to driving new business in existing accounts.
Total signings in GTS increased 2 percent, with shorter term signings
growth of 4 percent and 1 percent growth in longer term signings.
SO revenue was up 9.7 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency)
with growth in all geographies, led by Europe/Middle East/Africa
(EMEA) and Asia Pacific. Revenue growth benefited from prior-year
signings, sales of new business in existing accounts, lower base con-
tract erosion and good yield from 2007 signings. SO signings in 2007
decreased 1 percent when compared to 2006.
ITS revenue increased 13.3 percent (9 percent adjusted for cur-
rency) in 2007 versus 2006. Revenue growth was driven primarily by
increased signings and reflects the strength of the ITS portfolio
worldwide. The revamped ITS portfolio includes 10 Service Product
Lines which complement hardware offerings from Systems and
Technology and software offerings from the Software business. The
acquisition of Internet Security Systems (ISS), in the fourth quarter
of 2006, also contributed to the revenue growth this year. ITS sign-
ings increased 4 percent in 2007, with good performance in the key
offerings, including Green Data Center, Server Management Services
and SOA.
Business Transformation Outsourcing (BTO) revenue increased
24.4 percent (20 percent adjusted for currency), with double-digit
growth in all geographies. BTO signings increased 17 percent year
over year.
Maintenance revenue increased 11.4 percent (7 percent adjusted
for currency) driven primarily by increased availability services on
non-IBM IT equipment. Services provided to InfoPrint Solutions,
following the divestiture of the printer business in the second quar-
ter, contributed 4 points of growth.
Global Business Services (GBS) revenue increased 13.0 percent
(9 percent adjusted for currency) in 2007, with balanced growth across
all three geographies. Revenue performance was led by double-digit
growth in application management services offerings and growth in
all consulting service lines. Total signings in GBS increased 1 percent,
led by 5 percent growth in shorter term signings. Longer term sign-
ings decreased 7 percent year over year.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Global Services gross profit:
Global Technology Services:
Gross profit $10,800 $9,623 12.2%
Global Business Services:
Gross profit $ 4,240 $3,694 14.8%
GTS gross profit increased 12.2 percent compared to 2006, with
gross profit margin improving 0.1 points, driven primarily by margin
expansion in SO due to an improved cost structure and ITS, which
benefited from a mix to higher value offerings. Segment pre-tax
profit increased 8.2 percent to $3.6 billion with a pre-tax margin of
9.4 percent, a decline of 0.2 points versus 2006. Increased invest-
ments in sales and delivery, acquisitions and restructuring charges
were essentially offset by productivity improvements and effective
expense management.
Transformation actions executed by GBS over the past two years
have resulted in profitable growth. GBS gross profit increased 14.8
percent to $4.2 billion in 2007 when compared to 2006, and the gross
profit margin improved 0.4 points. Segment pre-tax profit increased
21.0 percent to $2.1 billion with a pre-tax margin of 10.7 percent, an
improvement of 0.9 points year over year. The margin expansion has
been driven primarily by revenue growth, ongoing productivity and
utilization initiatives and expense management.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Notes.................................................................64

25
Global Services Signings
In 2007, total Global Services signings increased 1 percent year to
year to $49,895 million. Shorter term signings were $22,014 million,
an increase of 5 percent year to year. Longer term signings decreased
1 percent to $27,880 million, however, the average duration of longer
term contracts signed in 2007 was 1.1 years shorter than contracts
signed in 2006. Therefore, while longer term signings were essen-
tially flat year to year, the annualized revenue expected from these
signings is higher versus the prior year. GTS signings were $30,154
million and GBS signings were $19,741 million in 2007. The total
Global Services backlog increased $2 billion from the prior year to
an estimated $118 billion.
($ in millions)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006
Global Technology Services Signings
Longer term $21,550 $21,337
Shorter term 8,604 8,271
Total $30,154 $29,608
Global Business Services Signings
Longer term $ 6,330 $ 6,838
Shorter term 13,411 12,727
Total $19,741 $19,565
Global Services signings are management’s initial estimate of the
value of a client’s commitment under a Global Services contract.
Signings are used by management to assess period performance of
Global Services management. There are no third-party standards or
requirements governing the calculation of signings. The calculation
used by management is an approximation of constant currency and
involves estimates and judgments to gauge the extent of a client’s
commitment, including the type and duration of the agreement, and
the presence of termination charges or wind-down costs. For example,
for longer term contracts that require significant up-front investment
by the company, the portions of these contracts that are a signing are
those periods in which there is a significant economic impact on the
client if the commitment is not achieved, usually through a termina-
tion charge or the client incurring significant wind-down costs as a
result of the termination. For shorter term contracts that do not
require significant upfront investments, a signing is usually equal to
the full contract value. Longer term contracts represent SO and
BTO contracts as well as GBS contracts with the U.S. Federal gov-
ernment and its agencies and Application Management Services
(AMS) for custom and legacy applications. Shorter term contracts
represent the remaining GBS offerings of Consulting and Systems
Integration, AMS for packaged applications and ITS contracts.
These amounts have been adjusted to exclude the impact of year-to-
year currency changes.
Signings include SO, BTO, ITS and GBS contracts. Contract
extensions and increases in scope are treated as signings only to the
extent of the incremental new value. Maintenance is not included in
signings as maintenance contracts tend to be more steady state,
where revenues equal renewals.
Backlog includes SO, BTO, ITS, GBS, and Maintenance. Backlog
is intended to be a statement of overall work under contract and
therefore does include Maintenance. Backlog estimates are subject to
change and are affected by several factors, including terminations,
changes in the scope of contracts, periodic revalidations, adjustments
for revenue not materialized and currency assumptions used to
approximate constant currency.
Contract portfolios purchased in an acquisition are treated as posi-
tive backlog adjustments provided those contracts meet the company’s
requirements for initial signings. A new signing will be recognized if
a new services agreement is signed incidental or coincidental to an
acquisition or divestiture.
Systems and Technology
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Systems and Technology revenue: $21,317 $21,970 (3.0)%
System z (11.2)
System i (10.6)
System p 8.8
System x 7.0
System Storage 5.1
Microelectronics (11.8)
Engineering and
Technology Services 6.5
Retail Store Solutions 14.5
Printing Systems (63.1)
Systems and Technology revenue decreased 3.0 percent (6 percent
adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus 2006. On June 1, 2007, the
company completed the divestiture of its printing business to Ricoh.
This resulted in the loss of approximately $600 million of Systems
and Technology revenue in 2007 when compared to 2006. See note
C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 80 and 81 for additional
information regarding this divestiture. Systems and Technology rev-
enue, excluding the printing business, was flat (declined 3 percent
adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus 2006.

26
System z revenue decreased 11.2 percent (15 percent adjusted for
currency) year to year. System z MIPS (millions of instructions per
second) shipments increased 3 percent in 2007 versus 2006. System z
revenue declined in the second half of 2007 following a long and
successful technology cycle of over two-and-a-half years. The expected
announcement and availability of the next generation mainframe is
late February 2008.
System i revenue decreased 10.6 percent (14 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007 versus 2006. Although System i revenue declined
year over year, fourth-quarter 2007 revenue increased 2 percent with
growth in POWER6 servers which were introduced late in the third
quarter of 2007.
System p revenue increased 8.8 percent (5 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007 versus 2006. The increase was primarily driven by
strength in mid-range POWER5+ and POWER6 servers, which
increased 23 percent in 2007 versus the prior year. System p revenue
increased in all geographies, with particular strength in Asia Pacific.
In the first quarter of 2008, the company will announce and ship
POWER6 technology in System p’s entry segment.
System x revenue increased 7.0 percent (3 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007 versus 2006. Revenue performance was driven by
System x server products which grew 8 percent and System x blades
which increased 16 percent in 2007 versus 2006. The new x86 servers
with quad-core processors and BladeCenter-S for the Small and
Medium Business sector shipped in the fourth quarter and were well
received in the marketplace.
System Storage revenue increased 5.1 percent (2 percent adjusted
for currency) in 2007 versus 2006. The increase was primarily driven
by 13 percent growth in tape products, while external disk products
increased 1 percent in 2007. Enterprise tape products had strong
double-digit revenue growth, while Midrange tape products had mid
single-digit revenue growth. The company completed the acquisition
of XIV in late December, which will further strengthen its storage
portfolio in the long term. This acquisition positions the company to
grow in emerging opportunities like Web 2.0 applications, digital
archives and digital media.
Microelectronics revenue decreased 11.8 percent in 2007 versus
2006, driven by reduced demand for game processors. The Micro-
electronics OEM business has minimal impact to the company’s
overall Net income, but this business continues to deliver key tech-
nology to the systems business, which is the fundamental objective of
the company’s investment.
Retail Store Solutions revenue increased 14.5 percent (11 percent
adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus 2006, primarily due to the
continued roll out of new programmable point-of-sale solutions to
large retail clients.
Printing Systems revenue decreased as a result of the divestiture
of the business. The 2007 results include five months of revenue
while the 2006 results include 12 months of revenue.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Systems and Technology gross profit:
Gross profit $8,468 $8,284 2.2%
The increase in Systems and Technology gross profit dollars for 2007
versus 2006 was primarily due to higher gross profit margins in System
z, System p and System x servers. The Systems and Technology gross
profit margin increased 2.0 points to 39.7 percent in 2007. System p
performance contributed 1.3 points to the overall margin improve-
ment, while System z and System x contributed 0.7 points and 0.4
points, respectively. These increases were partially offset by lower gross
margins in System i of 0.2 points and System Storage 0.2 points.
Systems and Technology pre-tax margin expanded 2.1 points to
9.6 percent in 2007, reflecting a strong combination of operational
cost management and the value that virtualization is driving in the
enterprise space.
Software
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006* CHANGE
Software revenue: $19,982 $18,161 10.0%
Middleware $15,505 $13,891 11.6%
Key Branded Middleware 10,827 9,373 15.5
WebSphere Family 19.1
Information Management 14.7
Lotus 8.7
Tivoli 18.0
Rational 13.7
Other middleware 4,678 4,518 3.5
Operating Systems 2,319 2,273 2.0
Product Lifecycle
Management 1,051 1,123 (6.4)
Other 1,107 874 26.7
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Notes.................................................................64

27
Software segment revenue of $19,982 million increased 10.0 percent
(6 percent adjusted for currency) in 2007 reflecting strong demand
for the Key Branded Middleware products. Revenue performance was
led by double-digit growth in the Financial Services, Public and Small
and Medium Business sectors. Clients are using IBM middleware to
effectively improve their operating leverage and business efficiency.
Revenue from Key Branded Middleware, which includes
WebSphere, Information Management, Lotus, Tivoli and Rational
products, was $10.8 billion, up 15.5 percent (11 percent adjusted for
currency) and increased 3 points to 54 percent of total Software seg-
ment revenue. The company has invested heavily in these products,
through internal investments and targeted acquisitions, and expects
the majority of its software revenue growth to come from this por-
tion of the product portfolio.
Revenue from the WebSphere Family of products increased 19.1
percent (14 percent adjusted for currency) and was led by double-
digit growth in WebSphere Application Servers and WebSphere
Business Integration software. The strong revenue performance
reflects the industry’s adoption of SOA. The WebSphere products
provide the foundation for Web-enabled applications and are a key
product set in deploying a client’s SOA.
Information Management revenue increased 14.7 percent (10 per-
cent adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus the prior year. Information
Management software enables clients to leverage Information on
Demand. The acquisition of FileNet, in the fourth quarter of 2006,
contributed strong revenue growth throughout the year. The Cognos
acquisition, completed in the first quarter of 2008, will provide a
strong entry in the Business Intelligence marketplace and is expected
to provide synergies in software, services, servers and storage.
Lotus revenue increased 8.7 percent (4 percent adjusted for cur-
rency) in 2007 driven by the Notes/Domino family of products.
Lotus software is well established as a tool for providing improved
workplace collaboration and productivity. Lotus Connections,
released in the second quarter, has been rapidly adapted by customers.
The latest version of Lotus Notes, Lotus Notes 8.0, was delivered in
the third quarter of 2007.
Revenue from Tivoli software, infrastructure software that enables
clients to centrally manage networks including security and storage
capability, increased 18.0 percent (13 percent adjusted for currency)
with double-digit growth in each segment of the portfolio, Systems
Management, Security and Storage. The acquisitions of MRO, in the
fourth quarter of 2006, and Vallent and Consul, in the first quarter
of 2007, also contributed to the brand’s revenue growth.
Rational revenue increased 13.7 percent (9 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007 which reflected strong customer acceptance of the
integrated product set. Rational provides integrated tools to improve
the software development process for clients. The closing of the
Telelogic acquisition is conditioned upon satisfactory completion of
regulatory reviews in the European Union. Telelogic’s suite of system
programming tools complements Rational’s IT tool set, providing a
complete tooling solution across a client’s enterprise.
Revenue from Other middleware products increased 3.5 percent
(flat adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus the prior year. This soft-
ware product set includes more mature products which provide a
more stable flow of revenue.
Operating Systems revenue increased 2.0 percent (decreased 2 per-
cent adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus 2006.
Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) revenue decreased 6.4
percent (11 percent adjusted for currency) in 2007 driven by declines
in the Small and Medium Business sector. PLM software helps com-
panies improve their product development processes and their ability
to use product-related information across their businesses.
Other software segment revenue increased 26.7 percent (22 percent
adjusted for currency) versus 2006 reflecting growth in software-related
services, such as consulting and education.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Software gross profit:
Gross profit $17,015 $15,471 10.0%
Software segment gross profit increased 10.0 percent to $17.0 billion
in 2007, driven primarily by strong revenue growth. Gross profit
margin was 85.2 percent in 2007, flat versus the prior year.
The Software segment contributed $6.0 billion of pre-tax profit
in 2007, an increase of 9.3 percent versus 2006. The segment pre-tax
profit margin of 26.8 percent was essentially flat (declined 0.1 pt) ver-
sus the prior year, reflecting the integration of acquired businesses.
Global Financing
See page 51 for an analysis of Global Financing’s revenue and gross
profit.
Geographic Revenue
In addition to the revenue presentation by reportable segment, the
company also measures revenue performance on a geographic basis.

28
From a geographic perspective, revenue increased in all geographies
in 2007 when compared to 2006. Adjusted for currency, revenue
growth was led by Asia Pacific and steady performance throughout
the year in EMEA.
Americas’ revenue increased 4.1 percent (3 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007. Revenue increased in all regions with the U.S. up
2.9 percent, Canada 8.4 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) and
Latin America 8.6 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency).
EMEA revenue increased 13.8 percent (5 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007 when compared to 2006. Within the European
market, IT spending grew at a moderate rate, and the company’s
mid single-digit revenue growth rates throughout 2007 reflected
that environment. In the major countries, Spain’s revenue grew 21.7
percent (11 percent adjusted for currency), while Germany’s revenue
increased 14.6 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency) and the
U.K.’s revenue increased 11.3 percent (3 percent adjusted for cur-
rency). France’s revenue increased 10.2 percent (1 percent adjusted
for currency) and Italy’s revenue grew 8.7 percent (decreased 1 percent
adjusted for currency).
Asia Pacific revenue increased 11.0 percent (8 percent adjusted
for currency) year over year. Growth was led by strong performance
in the India, Greater China, Australia/New Zealand, ASEAN and
Korea regions, where the economies remain strong, with combined
revenue growth of 23.8 percent (17 percent adjusted for currency).
Japan revenue, which represents 49 percent of the Asia Pacific reve-
nue base, was flat (increased 1 percent adjusted for currency) in 2007
when compared to 2006, reflecting a slower economy.
Across the geographies, the emerging BRIC countries of Brazil,
Russia, India, and China together grew 26.3 percent (18 percent
adjusted for currency), reflecting the investments made to build capa-
bilities and capture opportunities in these countries. Brazil’s revenue
increased 14.3 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency), while
Russia’s revenue grew 30.3 percent (30 percent adjusted for cur-
rency). India’s revenue increased 37.9 percent (26 percent adjusted
for currency) and China’s revenue increased 32.5 percent (29 percent
adjusted for currency). In addition to the BRIC markets, the company
has also had strong revenue growth in other nations where there is
strong demand for business and IT infrastructure solutions.
Revenue growth rates, as reported, were impacted in 2007 as a
result of the divestiture of the printing business on June 1, 2007.
Revenue, excluding the printing business in both years, increased as
follows compared to 2006:
Americas—5.2%
EMEA—14.5%
Asia Pacific—11.8%
IBM Consolidated—8.9%
The company believes that the analysis that excludes the printing
business revenues is a better indicator of operational performance on
an ongoing basis.
OEM revenue decreased 10.1 percent (10 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2007 when compared to 2006, driven by a slowdown in
demand for game processors.
The following geographic, regional and country-specific revenue performance excludes OEM revenue, which is presented separately.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Geographies:
Americas $41,122 $39,511 4.1%
EMEA 34,699 30,491 13.8
Asia Pacific 19,501 17,566 11.0
OEM 3,465 3,856 (10.1)
Total $98,786 $91,424 8.1%
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Notes.................................................................64

29
Global Services revenue. In addition, Bad debt expense increased
$113 million primarily due to an increase in the provision for doubt-
ful accounts. The reserve coverage for receivables at year end was
1.5 percent, essentially flat versus year-end 2006. Workforce reduc-
tions—ongoing increased as a result of actions taken to address cost
issues in GTS, primarily in SO, during the second quarter of 2007.
Other (Income) and Expense
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Foreign currency
transaction gains $(143) $(130) 10.1%
Losses on derivative instruments 382 135 183.5
Interest income (565) (536) 5.3
Net gains from securities
and investments assets (68) (40) 68.5
Net realized gains from
certain real estate activities (18) (41) (56.0)
Other (214) (154) 39.3
Total $(626) $(766) (18.3)%
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation deleting 2006 categories for Restructuring
$(7) million and $(45) million for Lenovo/Microsoft gains and combining these items in
the Other category for both years.
Other (income) and expense was income of $626 million and $766
million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease in income was
primarily due to higher losses on derivative instruments. The com-
pany hedges its major cross-border cash flows to mitigate the effect
of currency volatility in the year-over-year results. The impact of
these hedging programs is primarily reflected in Other (income) and
expense, as well as cost of goods sold. This year, losses from deriva-
tives, as a result of currency movements, resulted in $247 million of
year-to-year impact to Other (income) and expense. This decrease in
income was partially offset by a gain from the divestiture of the printing
business in the second quarter and sales of Lenovo stock in the first
and second quarters of 2007 (see note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,”
on pages 80 and 81 for additional information).
Research, Development and Engineering
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Research, development
and engineering:
Total $6,153 $6,107 0.8%
Total Expense and Other Income
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Total expense and other income $27,240 $24,978 9.1%
Expense to Revenue 27.6% 27.3% 0.3pts.
Total expense and other income increased 9.1 percent (5 percent
adjusted for currency) in 2007 versus 2006. Overall, the increase was
primarily due to increased Selling, general and administrative
(SG&A) expense and Interest expense. SG&A expense increased
$1,801 million primarily due to acquisition related spending, as well
as increased investments in emerging countries and the software and
services businesses. Interest expense increased $333 million primarily
due to higher debt associated with the financing of the ASR agree-
ments. In addition, Other (income) and expense declined $140 million
in income primarily due to higher losses on derivative instruments.
The expense-to-revenue ratio increased 0.3 points to 27.6 percent in
2007, as revenue increased 8.1 percent and expense increased 9.1
percent in 2007 versus 2006. For additional information regarding
the increase in Total expense and other income, see the following
analyses by category:
Selling, General and Administrative
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Selling, general and
administrative—base $19,078 $17,457 9.3%
Advertising and promotional expense 1,242 1,195 3.9
Workforce reductions—ongoing 318 272 16.6
Amortization expense—
acquired intangibles 234 220 6.7
Retirement-related expense 607 587 3.5
Stock-based compensation 480 541 (11.3)
Bad debt expense 100 (13) NM
Total $22,060 $20,259 8.9%
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation as the Restructuring category ($33 million
in 2007 and $15 million in 2006) was combined into the SG&A—base category.
NM—Not meaningful
Total SG&A expense increased 8.9 percent (6 percent adjusted for
currency). The increase was primarily driven by acquisition-related
spending (3 points), the effects of currency (3 points) and investments
in the software and services businesses, as well as emerging markets.
These investments reflect the continuing business mix shift to higher
value offerings which require higher operating expenses. The returns
on these investments are reflected in the momentum in Key Branded
Middleware offerings, growth in emerging markets and improved

30
Stock-Based Compensation
Total pre-tax stock-based compensation cost of $713 million decreased
$134 million compared to 2006. The decrease was principally the
result of a reduction in the level of stock option grants ($159 million),
offset by an increase related to restricted and performance-based
stock units ($25 million). The effects of stock-based compensation
cost related to the divestiture of the printing business (a decrease of
$1 million) were included in Other (income) and expense in the
Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The year-to-year reductions in
pre-tax stock-based compensation cost were reflected in the following
categories: Cost ($50 million); SG&A expense ($61 million); RD&E
expense ($21 million) and Other (income) and expense ($1 million).
There was no significant capitalized stock-based compensation
cost at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
See note T, “Stock-Based Compensation,” on pages 102 to 105
for additional information on the company’s stock-based incentive
awards.
Retirement-Related Benefits
The following table provides the total pre-tax cost for all retirement-
related plans. Cost amounts are included as an addition to the cost
and expense amounts in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings
within the caption (e.g., Cost, SG&A, RD&E) relating to the job
function of the plan participants.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Defined benefit and contribution
pension plans cost $2,198 $2,040 7.7%
Nonpension postretirement
plans costs 399 388 2.8
Total $2,597 $2,428 7.0%
Overall, retirement-related plan costs increased $169 million versus
2006.
The increase in retirement-related plan costs was driven primar-
ily as a result of changes in retirement plan assumptions as well as the
impact of changes in foreign currency.
Retirement-related plan costs increased approximately $131 mil-
lion in Cost, $21 million in SG&A expense, $13 million in RD&E
expense and $5 million in Other (income) and expense year to year.
See note U, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 105 to 116 for
additional information on the company’s benefit plans including a
description of the plans, plan financial information and assumptions.
The increase in Research, development and engineering (RD&E)
expense was primarily driven by acquisitions and investments to
maintain technology leadership across the product offerings. Soft-
ware spending increased $339 million partially offset by lower
Systems and Technology spending of $204 million in 2007 versus
2006. Retirement-related expense increased $13 million in 2007
versus 2006, while stock-based compensation expense decreased $21
million year over year.
Intellectual Property and Custom Development Income
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Sales and other transfers
of intellectual property $138 $167 (17.7)%
Licensing/royalty-based fees 368 352 4.6
Custom development income 452 381 18.8
Total $958 $900 6.4%
The timing and amount of Sales and other transfers of IP may vary
significantly from period to period depending upon timing of dives-
titures, industry consolidation, economic conditions and the timing
of new patents and know-how development. There were no significant
IP transactions in 2007 and 2006.
Interest Expense
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Interest expense:
Total $611 $278 119.6%
The increase in Interest expense was primarily due to the increase in
debt to finance the ASR agreements. See note M, “Stockholders’
Equity,” on pages 92 and 93 for additional information regarding this
transaction. Interest expense is presented in Cost of Financing in the
Consolidated Statement of Earnings only if the related external bor-
rowings are to support the Global Financing external business. See
page 54 for additional information regarding Global Financing debt
and interest expense.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Notes.................................................................64

31
Acquired Intangible Asset Amortization
The company has been investing in targeted acquisitions primarily in
its Software and Global Services segments to increase its capabilities
in higher value market segments. The following table presents the
total acquired intangible asset amortization included in the Consol-
idated Statement of Earnings. See note I, “Intangible Assets Including
Goodwill,” on pages 84 and 85 for additional information.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Cost:
Software $ 91 $ 81 12.6%
Services 42 12 252.7
Hardware — 3 NM
Selling, general and
administrative expense 234 220 6.7
Total $367 $316 16.3%
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation of Services and Selling, general and
administrative expense categories.
NM—Not meaningful
Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for 2007 was 28.1 percent, compared with 29.3
percent in 2006. The 1.2 point decrease was primarily driven by the
absence of the one-time tax cost associated with the intercompany
transfer of certain intellectual property in the fourth quarter of 2006
(4.3 points) and the absence of the benefit from the settlement of the
U.S. federal income tax audit for the years 2001 through 2003, also in
the fourth quarter of 2006 (3.0 points). The company also benefited
in 2007 from a more favorable mix of income in lower tax rate juris-
dictions and increased capital loss and state credit benefits, offset by a
reduction in certain tax incentives.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the
period. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of the
weighted-average number of shares of common stock plus the effect
of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period
using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares
include outstanding stock options, stock awards, convertible notes
and shares which may be required to settle ASR agreements.
YR.-TO-YR.
Earnings per share of common stock:
Assuming dilution:
Continuing operations $ 7.18 $6.06 18.5%
Total $ 7.18 $6.11 17.5%
Basic:
Continuing operations $ 7.32 $6.15 19.0%
Total $ 7.32 $6.20 18.1%
outstanding (in millions):
Assuming dilution 1,450.6 1,553.5 (6.6)%
Basic 1,423.0 1,530.8 (7.0)%
NM—Not meaningful
Actual shares outstanding at December 31, 2007 and December 31,
2006 were 1,385.2 million and 1,506.5 million, respectively. The
average number of common shares outstanding assuming dilution
was 103.0 million shares lower in 2007 versus 2006. The decrease was
primarily the result of the company’s common share repurchase pro-
gram. See note M, “Stockholders’ Equity Activity,” on pages 92 and
93 for additional information regarding common share activities. Also
see note R, “Earnings Per Share of Common Stock,” on page 101.
FINANCIAL POSITION
Dynamics
The assets and debt associated with the Global Financing business
are a significant part of the company’s financial position. The finan-
cial position amounts appearing below and on pages 32 to 35 are the
consolidated amounts including Global Financing. The amounts
appearing in the separate Global Financing section are supplemen-
tary data presented to facilitate an understanding of the Global
Financing business.
In 2007, the company repurchased $18.8 billion of its outstanding
common stock, of which $12.5 billion was the initial purchase price
of the shares repurchased through ASR agreements. Under the
agreements, which were executed on May 25, 2007, the company
repurchased 118.8 million shares from three banks for an initial price
of $105.18 per share. The banks were expected to purchase an
equivalent number of shares in the open market in the nine month
period following May 25, 2007. As discussed in note M, “Stockholders’
Equity Activity,” on pages 92 and 93, the initial price of the ASR is

32
In addition, Stockholders’ equity improved $4.7 billion as a result
of changes from pension remeasurements and current year activity
within Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earn-
ings. See note U, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 105 to
116 for additional information.
Working Capital
($ in millions)
AT DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006
Current assets $53,177 $44,660
Current liabilities 44,310 40,091
Working capital $ 8,867 $ 4,569
Current ratio 1.20 1.11
Working capital increased $4,298 million compared to the prior year
primarily as a result of a net increase in Current assets. The key driv-
ers are described below:
Current assets increased $8,517 million due to:
An increase of $5,490 million in Cash and cash equivalents and Marketable
securities including a $299 million currency impact. See Cash Flow
analysis on page 33.
An increase of $1,941 million in short-term receivables driven by:
— increase of $460 million in financing receivables due to asset growth
in commercial financing and client loans; and
— approximately $1,325 million currency impact.
An increase of $1,351 million in Prepaid expenses and other current assets
primarily resulting from:
— an increase of $335 million in derivative assets primarily due to
changes in foreign currency rates for certain cash flow hedges;
— an increase of $164 million due to prepaid software for services contracts
($94 million) and maintenance agreements ($70 million);
— an increase of $170 million in prepaid taxes;
— an increase of $128 million in deferred services arrangements transi-
tion costs; and
— approximately $158 million currency impact.
Current liabilities increased $4,220 million as a result of:
An increase of $3,333 million in Short-term debt primarily driven by
increases in commercial paper;
An increase of $1,215 million in Deferred income mainly driven by
Software ($502 million) and Global Technology Services ($543 million);
subject to an adjustment based on the volume weighted average price
of the shares during this period and this adjustment will be recorded
in Stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position on each of the settlement dates. The first settlement
occurred on September 6, 2007, resulting in a settlement payment by
the company of $151.8 million; the second settlement occurred on
December 5, 2007, resulting in a settlement payment by the com-
pany of $253.1 million. The final settlement is expected to occur in
March 2008.
The ASR transaction was guaranteed by the company and was
executed through IBM International Group (IIG), a wholly owned
foreign subsidiary of the company. The formation of IIG enabled the
company to create a centralized foreign holding subsidiary to own
most of its non-U.S. operations. IIG funded the repurchases with $1
billion in cash and an $11.5 billion, 364-day bridge loan with a num-
ber of financial institutions. The bridge loan was guaranteed by the
company and carries an interest rate of the LIBOR plus 10 basis
points. Principal and interest on IIG debt will be paid by IIG with
cash generated by its non-U.S. operating subsidiaries. The execution
of the ASR enabled the company to achieve a substantial share reduc-
tion, a lower cost of capital and an effective use of non-U.S. cash.
In the second half of 2007, IBM International Group Capital
LLC (IIGC), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the company,
issued $4.1 billion in long-term debt and $2.8 billion in commercial
paper. These proceeds were utilized to refinance the bridge loan
associated with the ASR. In addition, approximately $750 million of
the original amount has been repaid. At December 31, 2007, the
outstanding balance of the bridge loan was $3.9 billion.
In addition, on January 29, 2008, IIGC issued $3.5 billion of
18-month floating rate notes. The proceeds will be utilized to further
reduce the bridge loan associated with the ASR.
Consistent with retirement and postretirement plan accounting
standards, the company remeasures the funded status of its plans at
December 31. The funded status is measured as the difference between
the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation. The funded
status is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Posi-
tion. (See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 69 and
70 for additional information). At December 31, 2007, as a result of
the company’s plan contributions, returns on plan assets and changes
in certain retirement plan assumptions, the overall net funded status
improved $7.2 billion from December 31, 2006 to a net over-funded
position of $3.3 billion. This change is primarily reflected in Prepaid
pension assets in the Consolidated Statement of financial position
which increased $6.8 billion from the prior year-end balance.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Notes.................................................................64

33
An increase of $528 million in Other accrued liabilities primarily due to
an increase in derivative liabilities as a result of changes in foreign cur-
rency rates for hedges of net investment; partially offset by
A decrease of $997 million in Taxes payable primarily due to the adoption
of FASB Interpretation Number (FIN) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes” (FIN 48); consistent with the provisions of FIN 48,
$2,066 million of income tax liabilities on January 1, 2007 was reclas-
sified from current to noncurrent liabilities; this was offset by current
year income tax activity.
Cash Flow
The company’s cash flow from operating, investing and financing
activities, as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
on page 60, is summarized in the following table. These amounts
include the cash flows associated with the Global Financing business.
See pages 52 through 55.
($ in millions)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006
Net cash provided by/(used in)
continuing operations:
Operating activities $16,094 $ 15,019
Investing activities (4,675) (11,549)
Financing activities (4,740) (8,204)
Effect of exchange rate changes
on cash and cash equivalents 294 201
Net cash used in discontinued
operations—Operating activities (5) (12)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents $ 6,969 $ (4,546)
Net cash from operating activities for 2007 increased $1,075 million
as compared to 2006 driven by the following key factors:
An increase in Net income of $925 million;
A decrease in cash related to deferred income taxes of $984 million
primarily due to the impact of pension activity;
Retirement-related cash flows increased $622 million primarily due to
lower pension funding of $795 million year to year;
Growth in accounts receivable drove a use of cash of $896 million; this
was driven by Global Financing receivables ($1,045 million) as a result
of asset growth;
Other assets/other liabilities drove an increase in cash of $1,587 million
primarily resulting from:
— an increase in cash from tax liabilities of $1,185 million mainly
driven by an increase in income tax provisions and reserves; and
— an increase in cash from deferred income of $398 million primarily
due to prepayment of future services to be provided to Infoprint.
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $6,874 million on a
year-to-year basis driven by:
The net impact of the purchases and sales of marketable securities and
other investments resulted in an increase in cash of $4,006 million;
A decrease of $2,790 million utilized for acquisitions (see note C, “Acquisi-
tions/Divestitures,” on pages 76 to 78 for additional information); and
An increase of $310 million received from divestitures driven by the print-
ing business transaction;
Partially offset by:
An increase in net capital spending of $231 million resulting from:
— an increase of $160 million primarily driven by Global Technology
Services to support the outsourcing business; and
— an increase of $71 million in capitalized software development
expenditures.
Net cash used in financing activities decreased $3,464 million com-
pared to 2006 as a result of:
An increase of $12,233 million in net cash proceeds from debt transactions
primarily from issuances in support of the ASR; and
An increase of $2,438 million due to higher other common stock transac-
tions mainly due to stock option exercises;
Partially offset by:
Higher common stock repurchases of $10,744 million driven by the
ASR; and
Higher dividend payments of $464 million as a result of the increase in
the common stock dividend from $1.10 to $1.50 per share.
Within total debt, on a net basis, the company had $12,112 million
in net cash proceeds from new debt versus $121 million in net cash
used in 2006 to retire debt. The net proceeds from new debt in 2007
was comprised of: $21,744 million of new debt issuances and $1,674
million in net short-term borrowings, partially offset by $11,306 mil-
lion in cash payments to settle debt. See note J, “Borrowings,” on
pages 85 to 88 for a listing of the company’s debt securities.
Noncurrent Assets and Liabilities
($ in millions)
Noncurrent assets $67,254 $58,574
Long-term debt $23,039 $13,780
Noncurrent liabilities (excluding debt) $24,612 $20,857

34
The increase in Noncurrent assets of $8,680 million compared to the
prior year-end balance was primarily driven by:
An increase of $6,788 million ($505 million due to currency) in Prepaid
pension assets primarily resulting from an increase in overfunded pension
plans reflecting year-end remeasurements;
An increase of $1,535 million ($526 million due to currency) in Long-term
financing receivables mainly due to increased Global Financing volumes;
An increase of $1,431 million ($347 million due to currency) in Goodwill
driven by acquisitions in 2007; and
An increase of $642 million in Plant, rental machines and other property
(net) effectively all due to currency effects.
These increases were partially offset by:
A decrease of $1,621 million in Investments and sundry assets primarily
resulting from:
— a decrease of $2,367 million in noncurrent deferred tax assets pri-
marily related to the pension remeasurements;
— growth of $243 million in noncurrent deferred transition costs driven
by an increase in long-term services arrangements with clients; and
— $170 million due to increased investments in long-term marketable
securities.
Long-term debt increased $9,259 million due to new borrowings in
2007 primarily to finance the ASR agreements. See note M, “Stock-
holders’ Equity Activity,” on pages 92 and 93 for detailed discussion.
Other Noncurrent liabilities, excluding debt, increased $3,755
million primarily driven by:
An increase in noncurrent tax reserves of $2,107 million as a result of a
reclassification from current ($2,066 million) related to FIN 48 imple-
mentation and current year activity;
Growth of $558 million in noncurrent deferred income mainly driven by
Global Technology Services;
An increase of $399 million in noncurrent deferred tax liabilities pri-
marily due to pension remeasurement; and
An increase of $298 million in long-term derivative liabilities due to
changes in foreign currency rates for hedge of net investments.
Debt
The company’s funding requirements are continually monitored and
strategies are executed to manage the overall asset and liability pro-
file. Additionally, the company maintains sufficient flexibility to access
global funding sources as needed.
($ in millions)
Total company debt $35,274 $22,682
Total Global Financing segment debt $24,532 $22,287
Debt to support external clients 21,072 18,990
Debt to support internal clients 3,460 3,297
The Global Financing business provides funding predominantly for
the company’s external client assets as well as for assets under con-
tract by other IBM units. These assets, primarily for Global Services,
generate long-term, stable revenue streams similar to the Global
Financing asset portfolio. Based on their nature, these Global Services
assets are leveraged with the balance of the Global Financing asset
base. The debt analysis above is further detailed in the Global
Financing section on page 54.
Non-Global Financing debt increased $10,348 million and the
debt-to-capital ratio at December 31, 2007 was 30.0 percent. Non-
Global Financing debt increased versus 2006 primarily due to the
financing of the ASR agreements in the second quarter of 2007. The
debt-to-capital ratio was 46.7 percent at June 30, 2007. A reduction
of $1,034 million in non-Global Financing debt and an increase of
$11,554 million in equity has reduced the ratio from the half-year
point. See note M, “Stockholders’ Equity Activity,” on pages 92 and
93 for detailed information.
Equity
($ in millions)
Stockholders’ equity:
Total $28,470 $28,506
The company’s consolidated Stockholders’ equity decreased $36 mil-
lion in 2007 as a result of several key factors:
A decrease related to net stock transactions of $13,732 million, driven
by common stock repurchases which resulted in an increase in Treasury
stock in 2007.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Notes.................................................................64

35
This reduction was offset by:
An increase of $8,208 million in Retained earnings primarily driven by
Net income of $10,418 million, partially offset by dividends ($2,147 mil-
lion); and
An increase of $5,487 million in Accumulated gains and (losses) not
affecting retained earnings primarily resulting from the non-cash equity
impacts related to an increase in overfunded pension plans reflecting year-
end remeasurements.
Consolidated Fourth-Quarter Results
YR.-TO-YR.
PERCENT/
MARGIN
FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER: 2007 2006 CHANGE
Revenue $28,866 $26,257 9.9%*
income-to-revenue ratio 25.9% 26.2% (0.3)pts.
Provision for income taxes $ 1,537 $ 1,350 13.9%
Income from continuing operations $ 3,951 $ 3,464 14.1%
Income from
discontinued operations $ 1 $ 76 NM
Net income $ 3,952 $ 3,541 11.6%
Earnings per share of common stock:
Assuming dilution:
Discontinued operations 0.00 0.05 NM
Total $ 2.80 $ 2.31 21.2%
outstanding:
* 4.2 percent adjusted for currency.
NM—Not meaningful
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
In the fourth quarter, the company increased Income from continuing
operations by 14.1 percent ($487 million) to $4.0 billion versus the
fourth quarter of 2006. Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations of $2.80 increased 23.9 percent versus the prior year.
The company’s performance in the fourth quarter was driven by
several factors:
The strength of the company’s global business model—led by strong
performance in Asia Pacific and emerging country markets, plus contin-
ued solid performance in Europe;
Double-digit revenue growth in the Services and Software segments; and
Margin expansion led by the Systems and Technology and Software segments.
Total revenue in the fourth quarter of $28.9 billion increased 9.9
percent as reported (4 percent adjusted for currency). Revenue growth
was led by the Global Services and Software segments and, on a
geographic basis, by Asia Pacific, EMEA and the emerging countries.
The two services segments together had $14.9 billion of revenue
in the fourth quarter, an increase of 16.5 percent (10 percent adjusted
for currency) year to year, with double-digit revenue growth across
all lines of business. Total signings for Global Services in the fourth
quarter were $15.4 billion, a decrease of 13 percent versus the fourth
quarter of 2006. Longer term signings decreased 25 percent com-
pared to a very strong fourth quarter in 2006. Shorter term signings
increased 8 percent. GTS revenue increased 16.4 percent (10 percent
adjusted for currency), with double-digit growth across all business
lines, geographies and sectors. GTS signings decreased 9 percent in
the fourth quarter, with longer term signings decreasing 14 percent,
partially offset by a 6 percent increase in shorter term signings. SO
revenue increased 14.5 percent, driven primarily by prior-year sign-
ings, the continued sales of new business in existing accounts and
good yield from current-year signings. SO signings decreased 26
percent versus fourth-quarter 2006. ITS revenue increased 11.4 per-
cent, with growth in all geographies, led by EMEA and Asia Pacific.
ITS signings increased 6 percent versus fourth-quarter 2006, led by
double-digit growth in the Americas. BTO revenue increased 56.5
percent with double-digit growth in all geographies and continued
strength in the Daksh business, which increased over 40 percent year
to year. BTO signings increased 147 percent year to year. Maintenance
revenue increased 16.2 percent and included services provided to
InfoPrint Solutions, which contributed 7 points of growth in the
quarter. GTS gross profit in the quarter increased 17.2 percent, with
gross profit margin improving 0.2 points, primarily driven by margin
expansion in SO and ITS. The GTS segment fourth-quarter pre-tax
margin improved 0.9 points to 10.2 percent from fourth-quarter
2006. The margin improvement was driven primarily by an improved
cost structure in SO, a mix to higher value products in ITS and good

36
expense management. GBS revenue increased 16.8 percent (10 percent
adjusted for currency) with growth in all geographies and sectors.
Revenue performance was led by growth in AMS offerings and
double-digit growth across all consulting service lines. GBS signings
decreased 20 percent, driven by a 48-percent decline in longer term
signings when compared to a very strong fourth quarter of 2006.
Shorter term signings increased 9 percent to $3.9 billion for the
quarter, the highest level of shorter term signings achieved in any
quarter in this business. GBS gross profit increased 9.0 percent in the
quarter, with a gross margin decline of 1.7 points due to higher
employee bonus compensation costs. The GBS segment contributed
$0.6 billion of pre-tax profit in the quarter, an increase of 9.2 percent
versus the fourth quarter of 2006. Pre-tax profit margin declined 0.5
points to 11.3 percent driven primarily by the impact of higher
employee bonus compensation in the quarter, partially offset by
improved expense productivity.
Systems and Technology segment revenue was $6.8 billion, a
decrease of 3.9 percent as reported (8 percent adjusted for currency),
when compared to the fourth quarter of 2006; excluding the divested
printer business, revenue was essentially flat (decreased 4 percent
adjusted for currency). System z revenue decreased 15.1 percent,
with revenue declines in the U.S. and EMEA, partially offset by
double-digit revenue growth in Asia Pacific. This was the tenth quar-
ter of a long and successful technology cycle for System z; MIPS
shipments decreased 4 percent year to year. System i revenue
increased 2.0 percent driven primarily by growth in POWER6 servers.
System p revenue grew 9.5 percent, with growth in all geographies
led by double-digit growth in Asia Pacific. This was the sixth con-
secutive quarter of revenue growth for System p, driven primarily by
POWER6 servers. System x revenue increased 4.3 percent with
growth in server products (6 percent) and blades (31 percent).
Performance in the quarter reflected strong acceptance of the new
BladeCenter-S, which was introduced at the end of the quarter, and
strong demand for the new high-end Quad-Core processor servers.
Systems Storage revenue increased 10.8 percent, driven by growth in
tape products of 22 percent and external disk products of 7 percent.
RetailStoreSolutionsrevenueincreased5.9percent.Microelectronics
revenue declined 15.2 percent driven by a slowdown in demand for
game processors. Segment gross margin at 45.7 percent, improved
3.9 points versus the fourth quarter of 2006 with margin improve-
ment in every system brand, except System i. Systems and Technology
segment pre-tax profit increased 17.8 percent to $1.4 billion. Pre-tax
margin improved 3.8 points to 19.4 percent, driven primarily by
operational cost management, a mix to higher end models within the
brands and the value of the new POWER6 products in the market.
Software segment revenue of $6.3 billion, increased 11.6 percent
(6 percent adjusted for currency), reflecting strong execution in clos-
ing transactions in the quarter and continued strong demand for the
Key Branded Middleware products. Revenue growth this quarter was
primarily organic, as the company wrapped around prior year acqui-
sitions. Revenue from Key Branded Middleware increased 15.4 percent
(9 percent adjusted for currency) and represented 58 percent of total
software revenue. Revenue from the WebSphere Family of products
grew 22.8 percent in the quarter, with strong performance tied to the
industry’s adoption of services-oriented architecture. Information
Management revenue increased 11.4 percent. The FileNet acquisi-
tion, now in its second year, contributed to the revenue growth.
Lotus revenue increased 6.7 percent compared to a very strong
fourth quarter of 2006. This is the thirteenth consecutive quarter of
growth from Lotus software. Lotus Connections, which was released
in June 2007, has been rapidly adopted by customers. Tivoli software
revenue increased 19.0 percent with double-digit growth in Systems
Management, Security and Storage products. Rational revenue
increased 22.2 percent in the quarter, as the company’s largest cus-
tomers embraced this integrated product set. Software gross profit
increased 12.4 percent in the quarter, with margin improvement of
0.6 points. In addition to the strong revenue and gross profit perfor-
mance in the fourth quarter, the Software segment delivered pre-tax
profit of $2.4 billion, an increase of 20.8 percent. The pre-tax margin
of 34.9 percent increased 2.6 points, reflecting the strong revenue
growth with a relatively fixed cost base.
Global Financing revenue increased 7.7 percent (2 percent adjusted
for currency), driven primarily by increased sales of used equipment.
From a geographic perspective, revenue increased in all geogra-
phies, led by strong performance in Asia Pacific, EMEA and the
emerging countries. Americas’ revenue was $11.7 billion, an increase
of 4.8 percent as reported (2 percent adjusted for currency). EMEA
revenue increased 16.2 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) to
$10.8 billion. Revenue increased in most of the major countries,
when adjusted for currency, led by Spain which was up 15 percent.
Asia Pacific revenue increased 14.7 percent (9 percent adjusted for
currency) to $5.5 billion, led by growth in the India, Greater China,
Australia/New Zealand, ASEAN and Korea regions. Collectively,
these regions increased 20.3 percent, adjusted for currency, versus
the fourth quarter of 2006. The emerging BRIC countries of Brazil,
Russia, India and China together grew 29.4 percent (18 percent
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review............................................ 23
Prior Year in Review .................................. 37
Notes.................................................................64

37
Prior Year in Review
YR.-TO-YR.
PERCENT/
MARGIN
Revenue $ 91,424 $ 91,134 0.3%*
income-to-revenue ratio 27.3% 26.7% 0.7pts.
Provision for income taxes $ 3,901 $ 4,232 (7.8)%
operations $ 9,416 $ 7,994 17.8%
Income/(loss) from
discontinued operations $ 76 $ (24) NM
Income before cumulative
effect of change in
accounting principle $ 9,492 $ 7,970 19.1%
Cumulative effect of change
in accounting principle,
net of tax** $ — $ (36) NM
Net income $ 9,492 $ 7,934 19.6%
Earnings per share of
common stock:
Assuming dilution:
Discontinued operations 0.05 (0.01) NM
Cumulative effect of
change in accounting
principle** — (0.02) NM
Total $ 6.11 $ 4.87 25.5%
outstanding:
Assets+ $103,234 $105,748 (2.4)%
Liabilities+ $ 74,728 $ 72,650 2.9%
Equity+ $ 28,506 $ 33,098 (13.9)%
* Flat adjusted for currency.
**Reflects implementation of FASB Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional
Asset Retirement Obligations.” See note B, “Accounting Changes,” on page 75 for
+ At December 31.
NM—Not meaningful
adjusted for currency). In addition to the BRIC markets, there are
many other nations with a similar profile that have demonstrated
rapidly growing markets with strong demand for business and IT
infrastructure solutions. In December 2007, the company announced
a new organization and management structure aimed at continuing
to capture these opportunities.
Total expense and other income increased 8.6 percent compared
to the fourth quarter of 2006. Total expense and other income to
revenue ratio improved 0.3 points to 25.9 percent. Selling, general
and administrative expense increased 7.0 percent (3 percent adjusted
for currency), primarily driven by currency, continuing investments
in key markets and acquisitions and increased accounts receivable
provisions. Interest expense was $214 million, an increase of $144
million versus the fourth quarter of 2006. The higher level of interest
expense was primarily driven by the increased debt utilized to fund the
ASR agreements in the second quarter. Other (income) and expense
was $98 million of income, a reduction of $52 million (34.5 percent)
versus the fourth quarter of 2006. A reduction in gains on real estate
transactions and losses from foreign currency transactions were par-
tially offset by increased interest income due to higher cash balances.
The company’s effective tax rate in the fourth-quarter 2007 was
28.0 percent, flat when compared to the fourth-quarter 2006 rate.
Share repurchases totaled approximately $0.5 billion in the fourth
quarter, including $0.3 billion related to the settlement of the ASR
agreements (see note M, “Stockholders Equity Activity,” on pages 92
and 93). The weighted-average number of diluted common shares
outstanding in the fourth quarter of 2007 was 1,412.9 million com-
pared with 1,532.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2006.
operating activities, driven primarily by Net income. Net cash from
investing activities was a source of cash of $1,098 million in fourth
quarter of 2007 versus a use of cash of $5,634 million in the fourth
quarter of 2006, resulting primarily from the disposition of higher
levels of short term marketable securities.

38
Continuing Operations
The company’s 2006 performance was the result of a series of actions
taken over the last several years to steadily transform the company.
The company has divested of businesses that are commoditizing, while
investing in targeted acquisitions to continue to build capabilities in
higher value areas. The company has also been focused on increasing
productivity, to expand margins and improve efficiency. In addition,
it has accelerated its move to become a globally integrated company.
These actions have resulted in a more balanced mix of businesses and a
stronger, more competitive and sustainable global business. The com-
pany’s 2006 financial results reflected this improved business model.
The company divested its Personal Computing business on April
30, 2005. Therefore, the reported results for 2006 did not include any
activity for the Personal Computing Division, while the results for
2005 included four months of activity. This lack of comparable periods
had a material impact on the company’s reported revenue growth.
Total revenue, as reported, increased 0.3 percent versus 2005;
excluding the Personal Computing business external revenue from
2005, total 2006 revenue increased 3.6 percent (3.2 percent adjusted
for currency). Pre-tax income from continuing operations grew 8.9
percent, while diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
increased 23.4 percent compared to 2005. Income from continuing
operations increased 17.8 percent compared to 2005, benefiting from
a 5.3 point improvement in the effective tax rate year to year.
The increased revenue, excluding the Personal Computing busi-
ness, in 2006 as compared to 2005, was primarily due to:
Improved demand in the Software business, driven by Key Branded
Middleware products, with positive contributions from key acquisitions;
Increased demand in the Systems and Technology business driven by Micro-
electronics, System z and Storage; growth in System x and Retail Store
Solutions; and
Continued growth in the emerging countries, Brazil, Russia, India and
China, (up 21 percent) and solid performance in the Americas and
EMEA geographies.
The increased income from continuing operations before income
taxes in 2006 as compared to 2005 was primarily due to:
Revenue growth in the Software segment as discussed above;
Continued execution of the company’s productivity initiatives driving
improved Global Services gross margins; and
Revenue growth and continued operational improvement in the Micro-
electronics business.
Total revenue, as reported, increased 0.3 percent (flat adjusted for
currency) versus 2005. From a geographic perspective, as-reported
revenue performance was mixed in 2006 compared to 2005, with
growth in the Americas and EMEA, being offset by decreased reve-
nue in Asia Pacific.
Americas’ revenue increased 1.8 percent (1 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2006 versus 2005 and increased in all regions with the
U.S. up 1.0 percent, Canada 2.4 percent (decreased 4 percent adjusted
for currency) and Latin America 8.6 percent (3 percent adjusted
for currency).
EMEA revenue increased 0.2 percent on an as-reported basis
(declined 1 percent adjusted for currency) in 2006 when compared to
2005. In the major countries, the U.K. increased 0.5 percent (decreased
1 percent adjusted for currency), France increased 1.6 percent (flat
adjusted for currency), Italy increased 1.6 percent (flat adjusted for
currency) and Spain increased 2.1 percent (flat adjusted for cur-
rency). Revenue in Germany declined 2.8 percent (4 percent adjusted
for currency) year to year.
Asia Pacific revenue declined 5.7 percent (3 percent adjusted for
currency) year over year. Japan, which represented over 50 percent of
the Asia Pacific revenue base, declined 10.1 percent (5 percent adjusted
for currency). The Japan revenue decline was partially offset by
increased revenue in Korea (12.6 percent) and India (22.9 percent).
The emerging countries of Brazil, Russia, India and China
together grew 9.9 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency) as the
company continued to invest to build capabilities in these countries.
Brazil grew 15.4 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency), Russia
increased 13.9 percent (14 percent adjusted for currency) and India
increased 22.9 percent (26 percent adjusted for currency). China
declined 0.3 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) as performance
was significantly impacted by the Personal Computing divestiture.
OEM revenue increased 17.9 percent (18 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2006 driven by strong demand for game processors in
the Microelectronics business.
The company believes that a more appropriate revenue analysis is
one that excludes the revenue results of the Personal Computing
Division in 2005 because it presents results on a comparable basis
and provides a more meaningful focus on the company’s ongoing
operational performance.
Total revenue, excluding the divested Personal Computing busi-
ness, increased 3.6 percent (3.2 percent adjusted for currency) versus
2005. Adjusted for currency, revenue increased in all geographic
markets with the strongest growth coming from the Americas.
Americas’ revenue grew 4.7 percent as reported (4 percent
adjusted for currency), with growth in all regions. From a product
perspective, the increased revenue was driven by software. Latin
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

39
America led the regions with growth of 14.4 percent (9 percent
adjusted for currency). Brazil grew 18.9 percent (8 percent adjusted
for currency). The U.S. increased 3.6 percent and Canada grew
6.5 percent (flat adjusted for currency).
EMEA revenue increased 3.2 percent (2 percent adjusted for cur-
rency) in 2006 when compared with 2005, with revenue growth in all
the major countries, except Germany. Revenue increased in the U.K.
3.0 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency), France 4.0 percent
(2 percent adjusted for currency), Spain 4.1 percent (2 percent
adjusted for currency) and Italy 3.6 percent (2 percent adjusted for
currency). Germany declined a modest 0.3 percent as reported
(2 percent adjusted for currency) in 2006 when compared to 2005.
Russia grew 21.1 percent (21 percent adjusted for currency).
Asia Pacific revenue declined 0.8 percent (increased 2 percent
adjusted for currency) in 2006 versus the prior year. Although Japan
revenue declined 7.5 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency), its
performance improved sequentially throughout 2006 and returned to
growth in the fourth quarter; partially offsetting the revenue decline
in Japan was growth in other Asia Pacific regions. China grew 15.8
percent (14 percent adjusted for currency), Korea grew 14.2 percent
(6 percent adjusted for currency) and India increased 38.5 percent
(42 percent adjusted for currency).
For the year, the company benefited from solid contributions
from the emerging countries of Brazil, Russia, India and China.
Collectively, revenue from these four countries increased 20.5 per-
cent (16 percent adjusted for currency) in 2006 versus 2005.
OEM revenue increased 17.9 percent (18 percent adjusted for
currency) in 2006 versus 2005 driven by strong game processor
demand in the Microelectronics business.
The following is an analysis of the reportable segment results for
Global Services, Systems and Technology and Software. The Global
Financing segment analysis is included in the Global Financing sec-
tion on page 51.
GLOBAL SERVICES
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Global Services revenue: $48,291 $47,407 1.9%
Global Technology Services $32,322 $31,501 2.6%
Strategic Outsourcing 17,044 16,522 3.2
Integrated Technology Services 7,448 7,538 (1.2)
Maintenance 5,986 5,868 2.0
Business Transformation
Outsourcing 1,845 1,573 17.2
Global Business Services $15,969 $15,906 0.4%
GTS revenue increased 2.6 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency).
SO revenue increased 3.2 percent due primarily to signings growth
in 2005 and a continued focus on increasing sales in existing accounts.
ITS revenue decreased 1.2 percent. The rate of revenue growth in
ITS improved during the second half of 2006 reflecting progress
from the changes implemented throughout the year to improve the
business, including streamlining offerings and aligning skills to
address higher growth and higher value areas. The acquisition of ISS,
added to the company’s capabilities in security and intrusion protec-
tion and contributed to improved performance in the fourth quarter
of 2006. BTO revenue increased 17.2 percent. Maintenance revenue
increased 2.0 percent driven by increased availability services on non-
IBM IT equipment, primarily in the Americas and Asia Pacific.
GBS revenue increased 0.4 percent (1 percent adjusted for cur-
rency). The rate of year-over-year revenue growth in GBS increased
in the second half of 2006 reflecting progress made on actions taken
throughout the year that focused on operational transformation and
profitable growth initiatives.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Global Services gross profit:
Global Technology Services:
Gross profit $9,623 $9,226 4.3%
Global Business Services:
Gross profit $3,694 $3,088 19.6%
The GTS segment pre-tax margin was 9.6 percent, an increase of
1.9 points versus 2005. This increase and the gross margin increase
were driven by productivity initiatives and cost efficiencies, includ-
ing benefits from the targeted restructuring action in the second
quarter of 2005.
GBS gross profit increased 19.6 percent to $3.7 billion and gross
margin improved 3.7 points versus 2005. The segment pre-tax mar-
gin was 9.8 percent, an improvement of 5.3 points versus 2005.
In addition to the benefit received from the incremental restructur-
ing in the second quarter of 2005, the margin improvements were
driven by improved utilization, better contract management and
stable-to-improved pricing.

40
SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Systems and Technology revenue: $21,970 $20,981 4.7%
System z 7.8%
System i (15.0)
System p (1.1)
System x 3.7
System Storage 6.4
Microelectronics 21.9
Engineering & Technology Services (16.2)
Retail Store Solutions 21.4
Printing Systems (7.6)
Systems and Technology revenue increased 4.7 percent (4 percent
adjusted for currency) in 2006 versus 2005. System z revenue increased
7.8 percent reflecting continued strong customer acceptance of both
specialty engines for Linux and Java workloads and traditional main-
frame workloads. MIPS shipments increased 11 percent versus 2005.
System x revenue increased 3.7 percent driven by increased server
revenue (5.3 percent) and System x blades growth of 22.3 percent.
Although System p revenue declined 1.1 percent for the year, high-
end server revenue increased 9.4 percent. In the third quarter of
2006, the company completed its transition to POWER5+ and
expanded the implementation of POWER Quadcore technology to
all POWER-based entry level System p products. System i revenue
declined 15.0 percent as the company completed its transition to
POWER5+ in the third quarter of 2006, however clients continued
to leverage their existing capacity.
Systems Storage revenue increased 6.4 percent and was driven by
Total disk growth of 7.8 percent, while tape grew 3.1 percent. Within
Total disk, mid-range disk revenue increased 16.5 percent and stor-
age area network products increased 10.6 percent, while enterprise
products revenue declined 6.7 percent. The revenue increase in tape
products was primarily driven by the new tape security offering
which includes unique encryption capabilities.
Microelectronics revenue increased 21.9 percent due to strong
demand in the game processor business and networking components.
Retail Store Solutions revenue increased 21.4 percent primarily
due to clients replacing older technology in favor of integrated retail
solutions. Printing Systems revenue decreased 7.6 percent due pri-
marily to lower maintenance revenue as a result of a declining install
base and lower sales of hardware products.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Systems and Technology gross profit:
Gross profit $8,284 $8,473 (2.2)%
Gross profit margin 37.7% 40.4% (2.7)pts.
Systems and Technology gross profit margin declined 2.7 points to
37.7 percent in 2006 versus 2005. The decline in gross profit margin
was driven by revenue mix towards lower margin products in 2006
versus 2005 (2.5 points) and pricing pressure in the low- and middle-
range server brands. Segment pre-tax margin was 7.5 percent, down
1.0 point versus the prior year.
SOFTWARE
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Software revenue: $18,161 $16,830 7.9%
Middleware $13,891 $12,552 10.7%
Key Branded Middleware 9,369 8,004 17.1
WebSphere Family 23.3
Information Management 14.0
Lotus 12.0
Tivoli 26.3
Rational 4.4
Other middleware 4,522 4,548 (0.6)
Operating systems 2,273 2,426 (6.3)
Product Lifecycle Management 1,123 1,077 4.2
Other 873 775 12.7
Software segment revenue increased 7.9 percent (7 percent adjusted
for currency) in 2006 versus 2005 reflecting strong demand for the
company’s industry-leading middleware capabilities. The revenue
growth was driven from both organic sources and acquisitions.
Key Branded Middleware revenue increased 17.1 percent, reflect-
ing continued momentum and benefit from sales and development
investments along with additional benefit from acquisitions.
Revenue from the WebSphere family of products increased 23.3
percent and was led by double-digit growth in WebSphere Application
Servers (25.3 percent) and WebSphere Business Integration (22.7
percent) software.Management Discussion............................ 14
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

41
Total SG&A expense of $20,259 million decreased 4.9 percent
versus 2005. The decrease was primarily driven by the restructuring
charges recorded in the second quarter of 2005. In addition, retire-
ment-related expense and stock-based compensation decreased versus
2005. Those decreases were partially offset by increased operational
expenses as a result of strategic acquisitions and investments in the
software and services businesses as well as emerging countries.
Other (income) and expense was income of $766 million and
$2,122 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease in income
was primarily driven by the $1,108 million pre-tax gain on the sale of
the Personal Computing business in 2005. In addition, the company
settled certain antitrust issues with the Microsoft Corporation in
2005 and the gain from this settlement was $775 million. Income
from certain real estate activities decreased year to year, as 2005 had
unusually large gains from a few transactions. Partially offsetting
those decreases were additional Interest income; foreign currency
transaction gains in 2006 versus losses in 2005 and real estate related
restructuring charges recorded in the second quarter of 2005.
RD&E expense of $6,107 million increased 4.5 percent primarily
driven by acquisitions and investments to maintain technology lead-
ership across the product offerings. Software spending increased
$210 million and Systems and Technology spending increased $92
million in 2006 versus 2005. These increases were partially offset by
the year-to-year reduction in Personal Computing of $52 million due
to the divestiture of that business in 2005.
Intellectual property and custom development income of $900
million decreased $48 million or 5.0 percent versus 2005. There were
no significant IP transactions in 2006 and 2005.
Interest expense of $278 million increased $58 million, or 26.6
percent in 2006, primarily driven by higher effective interest rates
year to year.
INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of
29.3 percent for 2006, compared with the 2005 effective tax rate of
34.6 percent. The 5.3 point improvement in the tax rate was driven
by the absence of the foreign earnings repatriation-related tax charge
recorded in the third quarter of 2005 (4.3 points) as well as a benefit
from the fourth-quarter 2006 settlement of the U.S. federal income
tax audit for the years 2001 through 2003 (3.0 points). Those benefits
were partially offset by a one-time tax cost associated with the 2006
intercompany transfer of certain intellectual property (4.3 points).
Information Management revenue increased 14.0 percent. Growth
was driven by the Information on Demand portfolio of software
products. The acquisition of FileNet Corporation, during the fourth
quarter of 2006, also contributed to the growth.
Lotus revenue increased 12.0 percent driven by the Notes/Domino
family of collaboration products.
Tivoli revenue increased 26.3 percent with double-digit growth
in each of its key segments: Systems Management (24.5 percent),
Security (40.8 percent) and Storage (27.4 percent). The 2006 acquisi-
tions of Micromuse, Inc. in the first quarter and MRO Software, Inc.
in the fourth quarter added to the Tivoli brand capabilities and con-
tributed to the revenue growth.
Rational revenue increased 4.4 percent in 2006 versus 2005, in a
slower growing market. Revenue from Other Middleware products
declined 0.6 percent in 2006. This product set includes more mature
products which provide a more stable flow of revenue.
Operating Systems revenue declined 6.3 percent. The decline in
revenue was primarily driven by improved price performance in
System z operating systems. PLM revenue increased 4.2 percent.
This product set benefited from a number of large transactions in the
second quarter of 2006.
($ in millions)
YR.-TO-YR.
Software gross profit:
Gross profit $15,471 $14,296 8.2%
The increase in Software gross profit dollars and gross profit margin
was primarily driven by the growth in Software revenue.
The Software segment contributed $5.5 billion of pre-tax profit
in 2006, an increase of 14.9 percent versus 2005. Pre-tax profit mar-
gins improved 1.5 points to 26.9 percent.
GLOBAL FINANCING
See page 51 for a discussion of Global Financing’s revenue and
gross profit.
TOTAL EXPENSE AND OTHER INCOME
Total expense and other income increased 2.8 percent versus 2005.
Overall, the increase was primarily due to increased Research, devel-
opment and engineering expense driven by acquisitions and lower
Other (income) and expense income driven by the gains associated
with the sale of the Personal Computing business and the Microsoft
Corporation settlement in 2005. Those increases were partially offset
by lower SG&A expense due primarily to the restructuring charges
recorded in the second quarter of 2005.The expense-to-revenue ratio
increased 0.7 points to 27.3 percent in 2006, as revenue increased 0.3
percent and expense increased 2.8 percent in 2006 versus 2005.

42
FINANCIAL POSITION
Total assets of $103,234 million declined $2,514 million ($6,223 mil-
lion adjusted for currency) primarily due to lower prepaid pension
assets and a decrease in Cash and cash equivalents. These decreases
were partially offset by increases in Goodwill, long-term deferred tax
assets, Marketable Securities, trade receivables, financing receivables
and Intangible Assets.
Total liabilities of $74,728 million increased $2,078 million (down
$362 million adjusted for currency) primarily driven by Compensation
and benefits, Deferred income and Accounts payable. Partially off-
setting those increases were decreases in long-term deferred tax and
restructuring liabilities.
Stockholders’ equity decreased $4,592 million to $28,506 million
primarily driven by retirement-related charges and net common
stock transactions, partially offset by increased Retained earnings.
The retirement-related driven decrease in Stockholders’ equity and
the decrease in prepaid pension assets were a result of the adoption
of SFAS No. 158 in 2006.
operating activities, an increase of $105 million compared to 2005.
The increase was primarily driven by increased Net income ($1,559
million), lower pension funding in 2006 ($549 million) and an
increase in cash driven by Accounts payable ($891 million) primarily
resulting from the divestiture of the Personal Computing business in
2005. These increases were partially offset by growth in accounts
receivable ($2,731 million) primarily driven by asset growth in
Global Financing and a decrease in cash related to deferred income
taxes ($461 million), due to utilization of tax credit carryforwards in
2005. Net cash used in investing increased $7,126 million versus
2005 primarily due to net purchases of marketable securities and
other investments ($2,668 million), increased spending on acquisitions
($2,316 million), increased net capital spending ($1,210 million) and
a decline in divestiture-related cash proceeds ($932 million). Net
cash used in financing activities increased $1,057 million primarily
due to higher dividend payments ($434 million) and increased net
cash used to retire debt ($730 million).
Discontinued Operations
On December 31, 2002, the company sold its HDD business to
Hitachi for approximately $2 billion. The final cash payment of $399
million was received on December 30, 2005. In addition, the com-
pany paid Hitachi $80 million to settle warranty obligations during
2005. These transactions were consistent with the company’s previous
estimates. The HDD business was accounted for as a discontinued
operation whereby the results of operations and cash flows were
removed from the company’s results from continuing operations for
all periods presented.
In 2006, the company reported net income of $76 million, net of
tax, primarily related to tax benefits from tax audit settlements. The
company incurred a loss from discontinued operations of $24 million
in 2005, net of tax. This loss was primarily due to additional costs
associated with parts warranty as agreed upon by the company and
Hitachi, under the terms of the agreement for the sale of the HDD
business to Hitachi.
Other Information
Looking Forward
Looking forward, the company enters 2008 in an excellent opera-
tional and financial position.
The company has a significant global presence, operating in 170
countries, with approximately 63 percent of its revenue generated
outside the U.S. In addition, approximately 69 percent of the com-
pany’s employees are located outside the United States, including
about 35 percent in Asia Pacific. This global reach gives the company
access to markets, with well-established organizations and manage-
ment systems who understand the clients and their challenges and
who can respond to these opportunities with value-add solutions.
The company’s transformation to a globally integrated enterprise
provides the capabilities to service clients globally and deliver the
best skills and cost from anywhere in the world.
In emerging markets, the company will continue to invest for
revenue growth and leadership. The company is focused on identi-
fying growth opportunities and following a disciplined investment
policy to capitalize on these opportunities. The company has had
good success in the emerging markets of Brazil, Russia, India and
China. In addition, there are additional opportunities around
the world that are growing at a rapid rate; countries and markets
within Southeast Asia, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Latin
America that have market growth rates greater than the global
average. Through its investments, the company has developed
extensive capabilities in emerging countries to capture these growth
opportunities. In 2008, the company will also implement a new
organization and management structure that will focus on these
emerging nations and markets.
The company is a proven infrastructure provider of IT technology.
Through its history, the company has built the infrastructure in most
countries that are now considered to have “mature” economies. This
track record will enable the company to capture opportunities in
new, expanding markets worldwide. The company’s broad product
and services portfolio delivers value to clients—through a combina-
tion of services, hardware and software. The portfolio is focused on
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Discontinued Operations........................... 42
Other Information...................................... 42
Notes.................................................................64

43
high-value solutions that can deliver measurable benefit to clients
with offerings that can address a wide scope of client issues including:
energy savings, security and resiliency, risk management and cost
reduction among many others.
The company remains committed to technology leadership and
will continue to focus internal investments, complemented with
strategic acquisitions, on high-value, high-growth opportunities.
The company invested over $6 billion in RD&E in 2007 and
approximately $30 billion over the past five years.
In addition, the company’s financial position is strong. Through
its efficient cash generation business model based on disciplined
balance sheet management, in 2007, the company generated $12.4
billion in free cash flow and ended the year with $16.1 billion in cash
and marketable securities. This provides the company with the finan-
cial flexibility for investments in changing business environments.
The company also has a significant annuity content in its business
which reduces its business risk versus more transaction-dependent
business models.
In May 2007, the company met with investors and analysts and
discussed a road map to deliver earnings per share in 2010 in the range
of $10 to $11 per share, or 14 to 16 percent compound growth rate
from 2006. The company’s 2010 road map is to generate earnings per
share growth through a combination of revenue growth, margin
improvement, growth initiatives, acquisitions, the current projected
benefit of retirement-related cost and effective capital deployment to
fund growth and provide returns to shareholders through dividends
and common stock repurchases.
The company’s performance in 2007 highlighted the benefits of
its global reach and the strength of its business model. The financial
results reflected solid progress on major elements of the long-term
goals, however, the company measures the success of its business
model over the long term, not any individual quarter or year. The
company’s strategies, investments and actions are all taken with an
objective of optimizing long-term performance.
The continued investments in Software have led to this segment’s
emergence as a strong source of revenue growth and the largest con-
tributor to the company’s profit in 2007. The Software business is
differentiated in the industry by both the strength of its individual
products and the breadth of the software offerings. The key to con-
tinued Software growth stems from the ability to maintain and grow
this industry-leading software business, and by continuing to capitalize
on industry trends such as SOA and Information on Demand. The
company expects to accomplish this through a combination of inter-
nal development and strategic acquisitions. These products will be
rapidly developed and integrated to bring continued value to clients.
Within the Global Services business, revenue and profit growth
improved and the company saw significant results from the targeted
actions and investments it has made the last few years. The Global
Services business enters 2008 with a revenue backlog of $118 billion,
an increase of $2 billion from the prior year. The portfolio is strong
with a complement of offerings and capabilities that deliver both
high value and productivity to clients. The overall Global Services
business is well-positioned going forward.
In the Systems and Technology business, the company will focus
its investments on differentiating technologies with high-growth
potential including POWER6, BladeCenter-S, high-performance
computing, virtualization and energy efficiency. The transition to
POWER6 technology will be completed in the first half of 2008.
New POWER-based virtualization offerings will be announced to
extend the company’s lead in UNIX virtualization. The next genera-
tion mainframe product will be available beginning late in the
first quarter—that quarter will likely be a period of transition with
benefits coming in the second quarter. This product will have fifty
percent more capacity than the current system and will extend the
company’s leadership in energy efficiency, security and resiliency.
The December, 2007 acquisition of XIV will strengthen the storage
portfolio with solutions based on XIV architecture expected to be
announced in 2008.
The company expects 2008 pre-tax retirement-related plan cost
to be approximately $1.6 billion—a decrease of $950 million to $1
billion compared to 2007. This estimate reflects current pension
plan assumptions and the impacts of pension plan redesign efforts.
See note U, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on page 106 for addi-
tional information. The actual return on the IBM Personal Pension
Plan (PPP) assets in 2007 was 14 percent, compared to a 15 percent
return in 2006.
The company expects that its effective tax rate in 2008 will be
approximately 27.5 percent. This rate is lower than the 2007 tax rate
of 28.1 percent due to an expectation of a more favorable mix of
income in lower tax jurisdictions. The rate will change year to year
based on non-recurring events, such as the settlement of income tax
audits, as well as recurring factors including the geographic mix of
income before taxes, the timing and amount of foreign dividend
repatriation, state and local taxes and the effects of various global
income tax strategies.
In 2007 and 2006, the company’s cash tax rate was approximately
18 percent and 16 percent, respectively.
The company’s cash tax rate represents the amount of income
taxes paid during the year over Income from continuing operations
before income taxes. The cash tax rate differs from the company’s
effective tax rate due to a number of variables including, but not
limited to, certain items of income and expense that are recognized
in different years for financial reporting purposes than for income tax
purposes, differences in currency rates used in the translation of the
non-U.S. income tax provision and income tax payments and current
year cash tax payments or refunds that are related to prior years. The
company anticipates that its cash tax rate may increase in the near
term as a result of the settlement of audits.

44
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The company has consistently generated strong cash flow from
operations, providing a source of funds ranging between $14.5 bil-
lion and $16.1 billion per year over the past five years. The company
provides for additional liquidity through several sources; maintaining
a sizable cash balance, access to global funding sources and a commit-
ted global credit facility. The following table provides a summary of
these major sources of liquidity for the years ended December 31,
2003 through 2007.
Cash Flow and Liquidity Trends
($ in billions)
2007 2006 2005 2004 2003
Net cash from
operating activities $16.1 $15.0 $14.9 $15.3 $14.5
Cash and short-term
marketable securities $16.1 $10.7 $13.7 $10.6 $ 7.6
Size of global credit
facilities $10.0 $10.0 $10.0 $10.0 $10.0
Trade receivables
securitization facility $ — $ — $ 0.5 $ 0.5 $ —
The major rating agencies’ ratings on the company’s debt securities
at December 31, 2007 appear in the following table. The Standard
and Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Services ratings remain unchanged
from December 31, 2006. In May 2007, Fitch Ratings lowered its
ratings on senior long-term debt from AA- to A+ and on commercial
paper from F1+ to F1. Fitch changed its ratings following the com-
pany’s issuance of new debt utilized to fund the ASR in the second
quarter. The company has no contractual arrangements that, in the
event of a change in credit rating, would result in a material adverse
effect on its financial position or liquidity. The company believes its
earnings and cash flow growth provide sufficient flexibility within the
existing credit ratings to continue to execute its current investment,
dividend and acquisition strategies.
STANDARD MOODY’S
AND INVESTORS FITCH
POOR’S SERVICE RATINGS
Senior long-term debt A+ A1 A+
Commercial paper A-1 Prime-1 F1
The company prepares its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows in
accordance with SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows,” on page
60 and highlights causes and events underlying sources and uses
of cash in that format on page 33. For purposes of running its busi-
ness, the company manages, monitors and analyzes cash flows in a
different format.
As discussed on page 50, one of the company’s two primary objec-
tives of its Global Financing business is to generate strong return on
equity. Increasing receivables is the basis for growth in a financing
business. Accordingly, management considers Global Financing
receivables as a profit-generating investment, not as working capital
that should be minimized for efficiency. After classifying Global
Financing accounts receivables as an investment, the remaining net
operational cash flow less capital expenditures is viewed by the com-
pany as the free cash flow available for investment and distribution
to shareholders.
From the perspective of how management views cash flow, in
2007, free cash flow was $12.4 billion, an increase of $1.9 billion
compared to 2006. This cash performance was driven primarily by
the growth in Net income from continuing operations, continued
focus on working capital and lower pension funding year over year.
Over the past five years, the company generated over $50 billion
in free cash flow available for investment and distribution to share-
holders. As a result, during that period the company invested $9.9
billion in strategic acquisitions, received $1.4 billion from divestitures
and returned over $53 billion to shareholders through dividends and
share repurchases. The amount of prospective returns to sharehold-
ers in the form of dividends and share repurchases will vary based
upon several factors including each year’s operating results, capital
expenditure requirements, research and development and acquisi-
tions, as well as the factors discussed following the table on page 45.
The company’s Board of Directors meets quarterly to consider
the dividend payment. The company expects to fund dividend pay-
ments through cash from operations. In the second quarter of 2007,
the Board of Directors increased the company’s quarterly common
stock dividend from $0.30 to $0.40 per share.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

45
Events that could temporarily change the historical cash flow dynam-
ics discussed on page 44 include significant changes in operating
results, material changes in geographic sources of cash, unexpected
adverse impacts from litigation or future pension funding during
periods of severe and prolonged downturn in the capital markets.
Whether any litigation has such an adverse impact will depend on a
number of variables, which are more completely described on page
96. In January 2008, the company closed the previously announced
Cognos acquisition for approximately $5.0 billion in cash; the
Telelogic acquisition is also expected to close for approximately $0.8
billion following the completion of regulatory reviews. With respect
to pension funding, in the first quarter of 2007, the company made a
$500 million voluntary cash contribution to the U.S. nonpension
postretirement plan, and in the first quarter of 2006, the company
contributed approximately $1 billion to the U.K. pension plan. In
addition, on January 19, 2005, the company contributed $1.7 billion
to the qualified portion of the PPP, a U.S. defined benefit plan. As
highlighted in the Contractual Obligations table on page 46, the com-
pany expects to make legally mandated pension plan contributions to
certain non-U.S. plans of approximately $3.3 billion in the next five
years. The company is not quantifying any further impact from pen-
sion funding because it is not possible to predict future movements
in the capital markets or pension plan funding regulations.
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the Act) was enacted into
law in 2006, and, among other things, increases the funding require-
ments for certain U.S. defined benefit plans beginning after December
31, 2007. No mandatory contribution is required for the U.S. defined
benefit plan in 2008.
The table below represents the way in which management reviews cash flow as described on page 44.
($ in billions)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003
Net cash from operating activities (Continuing Operations) $16.1 $15.0 $14.9 $15.3 $14.5
Less: Global Financing accounts receivable (1.3) (0.3) 1.8 2.5 1.9
Net cash from operating activities (Continuing
Operations), excluding Global Financing receivables 17.4 15.3 13.1 12.9 12.6
Capital expenditures, net (5.0) (4.7) (3.5) (3.7) (3.9)
Free cash flow (excluding Global Financing
accounts receivable) 12.4 10.5 9.6 9.1 8.7
Acquisitions (1.0) (3.8) (1.5) (1.7) (1.8)
Divestitures 0.3 — 0.9 — 0.1
Share repurchase (18.8) (8.1) (7.7) (7.1) (4.3)
Dividends (2.1) (1.7) (1.2) (1.2) (1.1)
Non-Global Financing debt 10.9 (1.1) 1.2 0.7 (0.9)
Other (includes Global Financing accounts
receivable and Global Financing debt) 3.8 1.1 1.9 3.1 1.0
Change in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term marketable securities $ 5.5 $ (3.0) $ 3.1 $ 2.9 $ 1.7

46
Total contractual obligations are reported in the table above excluding
the effects of time value and therefore, may not equal the amounts
reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
Purchase obligations include all commitments to purchase goods
or services of either a fixed or minimum quantity that meet any of the
following criteria: (1) they are noncancelable, (2) the company would
incur a penalty if the agreement was canceled, or (3) the company
must make specified minimum payments even if it does not take
delivery of the contracted products or services (“take-or-pay”). If the
obligation to purchase goods or services is noncancelable, the entire
value of the contract is included in the table above. If the obligation
is cancelable, but the company would incur a penalty if canceled, the
dollar amount of the penalty is included as a purchase obligation.
Contracted minimum amounts specified in take-or-pay contracts are
also included in the table as they represent the portion of each con-
tract that is a firm commitment.
In the ordinary course of business, the company enters into con-
tracts that specify that the company will purchase all or a portion of
its requirements of a specific product, commodity or service from a
supplier or vendor. These contracts are generally entered into in order
to secure pricing or other negotiated terms. They do not specify fixed
or minimum quantities to be purchased and, therefore, the company
does not consider them to be purchase obligations.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
In the ordinary course of business, the company enters into off-bal-
ance sheet arrangements as defined by the SEC Financial Reporting
Release 67 (FRR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and
Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Con-
tractual Obligations.”
On May 25, 2007, the company entered into ASR agreements
with three investment banks. The initial purchase price of the ASR
agreements is subject to adjustment based on the volume weighted-
average price of the company’s common stock over the contractual
settlement period. The settlement can be effected in cash or common
shares of the company at the company’s election. In accordance with
Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-19, “Accounting for
Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled
in, a Company’s Own Stock,” the financial instruments generated by
this settlement mechanism are not recognized in the company’s
financial statements until settlement, at which time the settlement
payment or receipt is recorded in Stockholders’ equity. The liquidity
risk related to the settlement of these contracts is mitigated by the
company’s contractual ability to elect cash or share settlement.
Additionally, these contracts restrict the maximum amount of shares
potentially deliverable by the company. Refer to note M, “Stock-
holders’ Equity Activity,” on pages 92 and 93 for further information
on the ASR agreements entered into by the company.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
($ in millions)
TOTAL
CONTRACTUAL
PAYMENTS DUE IN
PAYMENT STREAM 2008 2009-10 2011-12 AFTER 2012
Long-term debt obligations $26,066 $3,618 $10,450 $4,629 $ 7,369
Capital (finance) lease obligations 297 88 135 36 38
Operating lease obligations 5,074 1,220 1,958 1,143 753
Purchase obligations 1,814 702 676 306 130
Other long-term liabilities:
Minimum pension funding (mandated)* 3,258 637 1,308 1,313 —
Executive compensation 1,118 60 135 154 769
Long-term termination benefits 2,123 254 241 158 1,470
Tax reserves** 2,737 772 — — —
Other 844 89 195 89 472
Total $43,331 $7,440 $15,098 $7,828 $11,001
* Represents future pension contributions that are mandated by local regulations or statute, all associated with non-U.S. pension plans. The projected payments beyond 2012 are not currently
determinable. See note U, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 105 to 116 for additional information on the non-U.S. plans’ investment strategies and expected contributions and for
information regarding the company’s unfunded pension liability of $14,109 million at December 31, 2007.
**These amounts represent the liability for unrecognized tax benefits under FIN 48. The company estimates that approximately $772 million of the liability is expected to be settled within
the next 12 months. The settlement period for the noncurrent portion of the income tax liability cannot be reasonably estimated as the timing of the payments will depend on the progress
of tax examinations with the various tax authorities; however, it is not expected to be due within the next 12 months.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

47
We have no other off-balance sheet arrangements that has, or is
reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on finan-
cial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses,
results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
See the table on page 46 for the company’s contractual obligations
and note N, “Contingencies and Commitments,” on pages 95 and 96,
for detailed information about the company’s guarantees, financial
commitments and indemnification arrangements. The company does
not have retained interests in assets transferred to unconsolidated
entities or other material off-balance sheet interests or instruments.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The application of GAAP requires the company to make estimates
and assumptions about future events that directly affect its reported
financial condition and operating performance. The accounting esti-
mates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that the
company considers to be the most critical to its financial statements.
An accounting estimate is considered critical if both (a) the nature of
the estimates or assumptions is material due to the levels of subjectiv-
ity and judgment involved, and (b) the impact within a reasonable
range of outcomes of the estimates and assumptions is material to
the company’s financial condition or operating performance. Senior
management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure
of these estimates with the Audit Committee of the company’s Board
of Directors. The critical accounting estimates related to the Global
Financing business are described on page 55 in the Global Financing
section. The company’s significant accounting policies are described
in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 64 to 73.
A quantitative sensitivity analysis is provided where that informa-
tion is reasonably available, can be reliably estimated and provides
material information to investors. The amounts used to assess sensi-
tivity (e.g., 1 percent, 5 percent, etc.) are included to allow users of
the Annual Report to understand a general direction cause and effect
of changes in the estimates and do not represent management’s pre-
dictions of variability.
PENSION ASSUMPTIONS
The measurement of the company’s benefit obligation and net peri-
odic pension cost/(income) requires the use of certain assumptions,
including, among others, estimates of discount rates and expected
return on plan assets.
Changes in the discount rate assumptions will impact the service
cost, (gain)/loss amortization and interest cost components of the net
periodic pension cost/(income) calculation (see pages 111 and 112
for information regarding the discount rate assumptions) and the
projected benefit obligation (PBO). As presented on page 111, the
company increased the discount rate assumption for the PPP by 25
basis points to 6.00 percent on December 31, 2007. This change will
decrease pre-tax cost and expense recognized in 2008 by approxi-
mately $65 million. If the discount rate assumption for the PPP
decreased by 25 basis points on December 31, 2007, pre-tax cost and
expense recognized in 2008 would have increased by approximately
$65 million. Changes in the discount rate assumptions will impact
the PBO which, in turn, may impact the company’s funding decisions
if the PBO exceeds plan assets. Each 25 basis point increase or
decrease in the discount rate will cause a corresponding decrease or
increase, respectively, in the PPP’s PBO of an estimated $1.2 billion
based upon December 31, 2007 data. Page 109 presents the PPP’s
PBO (after the increase in discount rate presented on page 111) and
plan assets as of December 31, 2007.
The expected long-term return on plan assets is used in calculating
the net periodic pension (income)/cost. See page 112 for information
regarding the expected long-term return on plan assets assumption.
The differences between the actual return on plan assets and expected
long-term return on plan assets are recognized over five years in the
expected return on plan assets line in net periodic pension cost/
(income) and also as a component of gains/losses in Accumulated
gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings, which is recognized
over the service lives of the employees in the plan, provided such
amounts exceed certain thresholds which are based upon the obliga-
tion or the value of plan assets, as provided by accounting standards.
To the extent the outlook for long-term returns changes such that
management changes its expected long-term return on plan assets
assumption, each 50 basis point increase or decrease in the expected
long-term return on PPP plan assets assumption will have an estimated
decrease or increase, respectively, of $249 million on the following
year’s pre-tax net periodic pension cost/(income) (based upon the
PPP’s plan assets at December 31, 2007 and assuming no contribu-
tions are made in 2008).
The company may voluntarily make contributions or be required,
by law, to make contributions to its pension plans. Actual return on
pension plan assets that differ from the expected long-term return on
plan asset assumptions, may result in more or less future company
contributions than is planned by management.
Impacts of these types of changes on the company’s pension plans
in other countries worldwide will vary depending upon the status of
each respective plan.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Application of the various accounting principles in GAAP related to
the measurement and recognition of revenue requires the company
to make judgments and estimates. Specifically, complex arrange-
ments with nonstandard terms and conditions may require significant
contract interpretation to determine the appropriate accounting,
including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element
arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting. Other
significant judgments include determining whether IBM or a reseller
is acting as the principal in a transaction and whether separate con-
tracts are considered part of one arrangement.

48
Revenue recognition is also impacted by the company’s ability to
estimate sales incentives, expected returns, and allowances for uncol-
lectible receivables. The company considers various factors, including
a review of specific transactions, the credit-worthiness of the custom-
ers, historical experience and market and economic conditions when
calculating these provisions and allowances. Estimates are evaluated
each quarter to assess the adequacy of the estimates. If these estimates
were changed by 5 percent in 2007, Net income would be impacted
by $46 million (excluding Global Financing receivables reserves dis-
cussed on page 55).
COSTS TO COMPLETE SERVICE CONTRACTS
The company enters into numerous service contracts through its GTS
and GBS businesses. During the contractual period, revenue, cost
and profits may be impacted by estimates of the ultimate profitability
of each contract, especially contracts for which the company uses the
percentage-of-completion (POC) method of accounting. If at any
time these estimates indicate the POC contract will be unprofitable,
the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded
immediately in cost. The company performs ongoing profitability
analyses of its services contracts in order to determine whether the
latest estimates require updating. Key factors reviewed by the com-
pany to estimate the future costs to complete each contract are future
labor costs, future product costs and productivity efficiencies.
Contract loss provisions recorded as a component of Other accrued
expenses and liabilities are approximately $41 million and $32 million
at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
INCOME TAXES
The company is subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and numerous
foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments are required in determin-
ing the consolidated provision for income taxes.
During the ordinary course of business, there are many transac-
tions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is
uncertain. As a result, the company recognizes tax liabilities based on
estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. These
tax liabilities are recognized when, despite the company’s belief that
its tax return positions are supportable, the company believes that
certain positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax
authorities. The company believes that its accruals for tax liabilities
are adequate for all open audit years based on its assessment of many
factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This
assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a
series of complex judgments about future events. To the extent that
the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts
recorded, such differences will impact income tax expense in the
period in which such determination is made.
Significant judgment is also required in determining any valua-
tion allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the
need for a valuation allowance, management considers all available
evidence including past operating results, estimates of future taxable
income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. In the
event that the company changes its determination as to the amount
of deferred tax assets that can be realized, the company will adjust its
valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax
expense in the period in which such determination is made.
To the extent that the provision for income taxes increases/
decreases by 1 percent of Income from continuing operations before
income taxes, consolidated Income from continuing operations
would have declined/improved by $145 million in 2007.
VALUATION OF ASSETS AND REPORTING UNITS
The application of business combination and impairment accounting
requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The pur-
chase method of accounting for business combinations requires the
company to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed to properly allocate purchase price consideration between
assets that are depreciated and amortized from goodwill. Impairment
testing for assets, other than goodwill, requires the allocation of cash
flows to those assets or group of assets and if required, an estimate of
fair value for the assets or group of assets. Impairment testing for
goodwill requires the company assign assets and liabilities to report-
ing units along with estimating future cash flows for those reporting
units based on assumptions of future events.
The company’s estimates are based upon assumptions believed to be
reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. These
valuations require the use of management’s assumptions, which would
not reflect unanticipated events and circumstances that may occur.
RESTRUCTURING ACTIONS
The company has executed, and may continue to execute, restructur-
ing actions which require management to utilize significant estimates
related to expenses for severance and other employee separation
costs, realizable values of assets made redundant or obsolete, lease
cancellation and other exit costs. If the actual amounts differ from
the company’s estimates, the amount of restructuring charges could
be materially impacted. See note Q, “2005 Actions,” on pages 99 and
100 for a description of restructuring actions.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

49
LOSS CONTINGENCIES
The company is currently involved in various claims and legal pro-
ceedings. Quarterly, the company reviews the status of each significant
matter and assesses its potential financial exposure. If the potential
loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and
the amount can be reasonably estimated, the company accrues a lia-
bility for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required in both
the determination of probability and the determination as to whether
an exposure is reasonably estimable. Because of uncertainties related
to these matters, accruals are based only on the best information
available at the time. As additional information becomes available,
the company reassesses the potential liability related to its pending
claims and litigation and may revise its estimates. These revisions in
the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact
on the company’s results of operations and financial position.
Currency Rate Fluctuations
Changes in the relative values of non-U.S. currencies to the U.S.
dollar affect the company’s results. At December 31, 2007, currency
changes resulted in assets and liabilities denominated in local curren-
cies being translated into more dollars than at year-end 2006. The
company uses a variety of financial hedging instruments to limit
specific currency risks related to financing transactions and other
foreign currency-based transactions. Further discussion of currency
and hedging appears in note K, “Derivatives and Hedging Trans-
actions,” on pages 88 to 91.
The company earned approximately 47 percent of its pre-tax
income from continuing operations in currencies other than the U.S.
dollar. The company also maintains hedging programs to limit the
volatility of currency impacts on the company’s financial results.
These hedging programs limit the impact of currency changes on
the company’s financial results but do not eliminate them. In addition
to the translation of earnings and the company’s hedging programs,
the impact of currency changes also will affect the company’s pricing
and sourcing actions. For example, the company may procure com-
ponents and supplies in multiple functional currencies and sell
products and services in other currencies. Therefore, it is impractical
to quantify the impact of currency on these transactions and on
consolidated Net income. In 2007, the company believes the extended
period of dollar weakness was positive for the company’s Net income,
although the precise impact is difficult to assess.
For non-U.S. subsidiaries and branches that operate in U.S. dollars
or whose economic environment is highly inflationary, translation
adjustments are reflected in results of operations, as required by SFAS
No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation.” Generally, the company
manages currency risk in these entities by linking prices and contracts
to U.S. dollars and by entering into foreign currency hedge contracts.
Market Risk
In the normal course of business, the financial position of the company
is routinely subject to a variety of risks. In addition to the market risk
associated with interest rate and currency movements on outstanding
debt and non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, other
examples of risk include collectibility of accounts receivable and
recoverability of residual values on leased assets.
The company regularly assesses these risks and has established
policies and business practices to protect against the adverse effects
of these and other potential exposures. As a result, the company does
not anticipate any material losses from these risks.
The company’s debt, in support of the Global Financing business
and the geographic breadth of the company’s operations, contains an
element of market risk from changes in interest and currency rates.
The company manages this risk, in part, through the use of a variety
of financial instruments including derivatives, as explained in note K,
“Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 88 to 91.
To meet disclosure requirements, the company performs a sensitivity
analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures may have on
the fair values of the company’s debt and other financial instruments.
The financial instruments that are included in the sensitivity
analysis comprise all of the company’s Cash and cash equivalents,
Marketable securities, long-term receivables, investments, Long-term
and Short-term debt and all derivative financial instruments. The
company’s portfolio of derivative financial instruments generally
includes interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps, forward con-
tracts and option contracts.
To perform the sensitivity analysis, the company assesses the risk
of loss in fair values from the effect of hypothetical changes in inter-
est rates and foreign currency exchange rates on market-sensitive
instruments. The market values for interest and foreign currency
exchange risk are computed based on the present value of future cash
flows as affected by the changes in rates that are attributable to the
market risk being measured. The discount rates used for the present
value computations were selected based on market interest and for-
eign currency exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2007 and
2006. The differences in this comparison are the hypothetical gains
or losses associated with each type of risk.
Information provided by the sensitivity analysis does not necessarily
represent the actual changes in fair value that the company would incur
under normal market conditions because, due to practical limitations,
all variables other than the specific market risk factor are held constant.
In addition, the results of the model are constrained by the fact that
certain items are specifically excluded from the analysis, while the
financial instruments relating to the financing or hedging of those items
are included by definition. Excluded items include forecasted foreign
currency cash flows and the company’s net investment in foreign
operations. As a consequence, reported changes in the values of some

50
Employees and Related Workforce
YR.-TO-YR. CHANGE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005 2007-06 2006-05
IBM/wholly owned subsidiaries 386,558 355,766 329,373 8.7% 8.0%
Less-than-wholly owned subsidiaries 11,769 10,720 12,377 9.8 (13.4)
Complementary 28,642 28,063 24,595 2.1 14.1
In 2007, total employees at IBM and its wholly owned subsidiaries
increased 30,792 compared with 2006. The U.S. remained the larg-
est country, with 121,000 employees, down modestly versus 2006 due
to the Printer divestiture, while resources increased in Asia Pacific,
EMEA and Latin America. The company continues to invest in
Global Services and Software through a combination of hiring and
acquisitions. The company also continues to rebalance its workforce
globally to improve its global reach and competitiveness and to
reflect the changing geographic mix of its business.
The company has been adding resources aggressively in emerging
markets, particularly in the BRIC countries—Brazil, Russia, India
and China—where employment totals approximately 98,000. India
experienced the largest growth, up 22,200 to approximately 74,000
employees at year end. Higher employment in these countries
reflects growth within these markets, as well as the company’s con-
tinued transformation to a globally integrated enterprise.
The complementary workforce is an approximation of equivalent
full-time employees hired under temporary, part-time and limited-
term employment arrangements to meet specific business needs in a
flexible and cost-effective manner.
Global Financing
Description of Business
Global Financing is a reportable segment that is measured as if it were
a standalone entity. Accordingly, the information presented in this sec-
tion is consistent with this separate company view.
The mission of Global Financing is to generate a strong return
on equity and to facilitate clients’ acquisition of IBM hardware,
software and services.
Global Financing invests in financing assets, manages the associ-
ated risks, and leverages with debt, all with the objective of generating
consistently strong returns on equity. The primary focus on IBM
products and IBM clients mitigates the risks normally associated with
of the financial instruments impacting the results of the sensitivity
analysis are not matched with the offsetting changes in the values of
the items that those instruments are designed to finance or hedge.
The results of the sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2007, and
December 31, 2006, are as follows:
INTEREST RATE RISK
At December 31, 2007, a 10 percent decrease in the levels of interest
rates with all other variables held constant would result in a decrease
in the fair market value of the company’s financial instruments of
$220 million as compared with a decrease of $110 million at
December 31, 2006. A 10 percent increase in the levels of interest
rates with all other variables held constant would result in an increase
in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments of $202 mil-
lion as compared to an increase of $93 million at December 31, 2006.
Changes in the relative sensitivity of the fair value of the company’s
financial instrument portfolio for these theoretical changes in the
level of interest rates are primarily driven by changes in the company’s
debt maturities, interest rate profile and amount.
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE RISK
At December 31, 2007, a 10 percent weaker U.S. dollar against for-
eign currencies, with all other variables held constant, would result
in an increase in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments
of $123 million as compared with a decrease of $348 million at
December 31, 2006. Conversely, a 10 percent stronger U.S. dollar
against foreign currencies, with all other variables held constant,
would result in a decrease in the fair value of the company’s financial
instruments of $123 million compared with an increase of $348 mil-
lion at December 31, 2006.
Financing Risks
See the “Global Financing-Description of Business” on pages 50
and 51 for a discussion of the financing risks associated with the
Global Financing business and management’s actions to mitigate
such risks while striving for consistently strong returns on Global
Financing’s equity.
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Global Financing ........................................ 50
Notes.................................................................64

51
a financing company. Global Financing has the benefit of both a deep
knowledge of its client base and a clear insight into the products that
are being leased. This combination allows Global Financing to effec-
tively manage two of the major risks (credit and residual value) that
are normally associated with financing.
Global Financing comprises three lines of business:
Client financing provides lease and loan financing to end users and inter-
nal clients for terms generally between two and seven years. Internal
financing is predominantly in support of Global Services’ long-term client
service contracts. Global Financing also factors a selected portion of the
company’s accounts receivable, primarily for cash management purposes.
All internal financing arrangements are at arm’s-length rates and are
based upon market conditions.
Commercial financing provides primarily short-term inventory and
accounts receivable financing to dealers and remarketers of IT products.
Remarketing sells and leases used equipment to new or existing clients both
externally and internally. This equipment is primarily sourced from the
conclusion of lease transactions. Externally-remarketed equipment reve-
nue represents sales or leases to clients and resellers. Internally-remarketed
equipment revenue primarily represents used equipment that is sold or
leased internally to the System and Technology and Global Services seg-
ments. The System and Technology segment may also sell the equipment
that it purchases from Global Financing to external clients.
In addition to the strength of the economy and its impact on corporate
IT budgets, key drivers of Global Financing’s results are interest
rates and originations. Interest rates directly impact Global Financ-
ing’s business by increasing or decreasing both financing revenue and
the associated borrowing costs. Originations, which determine the
asset base of Global Financing’s annuity-like business, are impacted
by IBM’s non-Global Financing sales volumes and Global Financing’s
participation rates. Participation rates are the propensity of IBM’s
clients to finance their purchases through Global Financing in lieu of
paying IBM up-front cash or financing through a third party.
Results of Operations
($ in millions)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005
External revenue $2,502 $2,365 $2,401
Internal revenue 1,482 1,527 1,506
Total revenue 3,984 3,892 3,907
Cost 1,819 1,773 1,648
Gross profit $2,165 $2,119 $2,259
Gross profit margin 54.4% 54.5% 57.8%
Pre-tax income $1,386 $1,455 $1,583
After-tax income* $ 877 $ 914 $1,032
Return on equity* 26.1% 29.5% 33.2%
* See page 55 for the details of the After-tax income and Return on equity calculations.
The increase in 2007 revenue, as compared to 2006, was primarily
due to:
Growth in external revenue of 5.8 percent (2 percent adjusted for cur-
rency) primarily driven by increased used equipment sales (up 12.7 percent
to $704 million); partially offset by
A decline in internal revenue of 3.0 percent, due primarily to lower used
equipment sales to the Systems and Technology segment (down 15.7 percent
to $780 million), partially offset by an increase in internal financing
revenue of 16.6 percent to $702 million. The increase in financing rev-
enue was due to higher average asset balances and higher asset yields.
Global Financing gross profit increased 2.2 percent compared to
2006, with gross margin declining 0.1 point. This was due to higher
margin used equipment sales largely offset by margin compression
on financing revenue due to higher borrowing costs.
The decline in 2006 revenue, as compared to 2005 was primarily
due to:
A decline in external revenue of 1.5 percent (2 percent adjusted for cur-
rency) primarily driven by an 8.3 percent decrease to $625 million in
used equipment sales; partially offset by
Growth in internal revenue of 1.4 percent driven by an increase in
financing revenue of 10.6 percent to $602 million due to higher average
asset balances and higher asset yields.
Global Financing gross profit decreased 6.2 percent and gross mar-
gin declined 3.3 points in 2006 versus 2005. The decrease in dollars
and gross margin was driven primarily by lower financing margins
due to higher borrowing costs related to the interest rate environ-
ment in 2006, and a decrease in equipment sales.
Global Financing pre-tax income decreased 4.7 percent in 2007
versus 2006, and 8.1 percent in 2006 versus 2005. The decrease in
2007 was driven by an increase of $90 million in accounts receivable
provisions, partially offset by the increase in gross profit of $46 mil-
lion. The decrease in 2006 versus 2005 was primarily driven by the
decrease in gross profit of $140 million. The increase in accounts
receivable provisions in 2007 was primarily due to the increasing size
of the receivables portfolio. Overall coverage rate is 1.3 percent, down
0.2 points versus 2006. (Also see pages 52 and 53 for an additional
discussion of Global Financing receivables and allowances.)
The decrease in return on equity from 2006 to 2007, and from
2005 to 2006 was primarily due to lower pre-tax income.

52
Financial Condition
BALANCE SHEET
($ in millions)
Cash $ 755 $ 879
Net investment in sales-type leases 10,876 10,108
Equipment under operating leases:
External clients(a)
2,401 2,264
Internal clients(b)(c)
1,872 1,976
Client loans 10,667 9,267
Total client financing assets 25,816 23,615
Commercial financing receivables 6,375 5,844
Intercompany financing receivables(b)(c)
2,984 2,534
Other receivables 368 327
Other assets 1,288 746
Total financing assets $37,586 $33,945
Intercompany payables(b)
$ 6,934 $ 5,858
Debt(d)
24,532 22,287
Other liabilities 2,672 2,590
Total financing liabilities 34,138 30,735
Total financing equity 3,448 3,211
Total financing liabilities and equity $37,586 $33,945
(a)
Includes intercompany mark-up, priced on an arms-length basis, on products purchased
from the company’s product divisions, which is eliminated in IBM’s consolidated results.
(b)
Entire amount eliminated for purposes of IBM’s consolidated results and therefore does
not appear on page 59.
(c)
These assets, along with all other financing assets in this table, are leveraged at the value
in the table using Global Financing debt.
(d)
Global Financing debt is comprised of intercompany loans and external debt. A portion
of Global Financing debt is in support of the company’s internal business, or related to
intercompany mark-up embedded in the Global Financing assets. See table on page 54.
SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS
The primary use of funds in Global Financing is to originate client
and commercial financing assets. Client financing assets for end users
consist primarily of IBM hardware, software and services, but also
include non-IBM equipment, software and services to meet IBM cli-
ents’ total solutions requirements. Client financing assets are primarily
sales type, direct financing, and operating leases for equipment, as
well as loans for hardware, software and services with terms generally
for two to seven years. Global Financing’s client loans are primarily
for software and services and are unsecured. These loans are subjected
to additional credit analysis in order to mitigate the associated risk.
Loan agreements include credit protective language and dollar limits
on how much can be financed in order to minimize credit risk. Client
financing also includes internal activity as described on page 51.
Commercial financing receivables arise primarily from inventory
and accounts receivable financing for dealers and remarketers of IBM
and non-IBM products. Payment terms for inventory financing and
accounts receivable financing generally range from 30 to 90 days. These
short-term receivables are primarily unsecured and are also subject to
additional credit actions in order to mitigate the associated risk.
ORIGINATIONS
The following are total external and internal financing originations.
($ in millions)
Client financing:
External $14,171 $13,087 $12,249
Internal 1,040 1,214 1,167
Commercial financing 30,541 27,969 27,032
Total $45,752 $42,270 $40,448
New financing originations exceeded cash collections for both client
and commercial financing in 2007, which resulted in a net increase in
financing assets from December 31, 2006. The increase in originations
in 2007 from 2006, as well as the increase in 2006 versus 2005, was
due to improving volumes in both client and commercial financing.
Cash generated by Global Financing in 2007 was deployed to pay
intercompany payables and dividends to IBM as well as to reduce
intercompany debt.
GLOBAL FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND ALLOWANCES
The following table presents external financing receivables, excluding
residual values, and the allowance for doubtful accounts.
($ in millions)
Gross financing receivables $27,642 $24,926
Specific allowance for doubtful accounts 230 294
Unallocated allowance for doubtful accounts 138 76
Total allowance for doubtful accounts 368 370
Net financing receivables $27,274 $24,556
Allowance for doubtful account coverage 1.3% 1.5%
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

53
ROLL-FORWARD OF FINANCING RECEIVABLES
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
($ in millions)
ADDITIONS/
ALLOWANCE (REDUCTIONS) DEC. 31,
JAN. 1, 2007 USED* A/R PROVISION OTHER** 2007
$370 $(101) $70 $29 $368
* Represents reserved receivables, net of recoveries, that were disposed of during the period.
**Primarily represents translation adjustments.
The percentage of financing receivables reserved decreased from 1.5
percent at December 31, 2006, to 1.3 percent at December 31, 2007
primarily due to the decrease in the specific allowance for doubtful
accounts. Specific reserves decreased 21.8 percent from $294 million
at December 31, 2006 to $230 million at December 31, 2007 due to
the disposition of reserved receivables during the period combined
with lower requirements for additional specific reserves. This lower
requirement is generally due to the credit quality of the portfolio, as
well as portfolio management to reduce credit risk. Unallocated
reserves increased 81.6 percent from $76 million at December 31,
2006, to $138 million at December 31, 2007 primarily due to the
significant growth of the financing receivables portfolio. Global
Financing’s provision expense was an addition of $70 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007 and a reduction of $20 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attrib-
uted to the growth of the unallocated reserves.
RESIDUAL VALUE
Residual value is a risk unique to the financing business and manage-
ment of this risk is dependent upon the ability to accurately project
future equipment values at lease inception. Global Financing has
insight into the product plans and cycles for the IBM products under
lease. Based upon this information, Global Financing continually
monitors projections of future equipment values and compares them
with the residual values reflected in the portfolio. See note A,
“Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 73 for the company’s
accounting policy for residual values.
Global Financing optimizes the recovery of residual values by
selling assets sourced from end of lease, leasing used equipment to
new clients or extending lease arrangements with current clients.
Sales of equipment, which are primarily sourced from equipment
returned at end of lease, represented 37.3 percent of Global
Financing’s revenue in 2007 and 39.8 percent in 2006. The decrease
was due to the decline in internal used equipment sales, partially
offset by the increase in external used equipment sales. The gross
margin on these sales was 43.7 percent and 38.1 percent in 2007 and
2006, respectively. The increase was driven primarily by higher mar-
gin internal used equipment sales.
The table on page 54 presents the recorded amount of unguaran-
teed residual value for sales-type and operating leases at December
31, 2006 and 2007. In addition, the table presents the residual value
as a percentage of the original amount financed, and a schedule of
when the unguaranteed residual value assigned to equipment on
leases at December 31, 2007 is expected to be returned to the com-
pany. In addition to the unguaranteed residual value, on a limited
basis, Global Financing will obtain guarantees of the future value of
the equipment to be returned at end of lease. These third-party
guarantees are included in minimum lease payments as provided for
by accounting standards in the determination of lease classifications
for the covered equipment and provide protection against risk of loss
arising from declines in equipment values for these assets. The resid-
ual value guarantee increases the minimum lease payments that are
utilized in determining the classification of a lease as a sales-type lease
or an operating lease. The aggregate asset values associated with the
guarantees were $682 million and $794 million for financing transac-
tions originated during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. In 2007, the residual value guarantee program resulted
in the company recognizing approximately $483 million of revenue
that would otherwise have been recognized in future periods as oper-
ating lease revenue. If the company had chosen to not participate in
a residual value program in 2007 and prior years, overall revenues
would not have been materially affected due to the relatively constant
year-to-year aggregate asset value associated with the residual value
guarantees. The associated aggregate guaranteed future values at the
scheduled end of lease were $38 million each for financing transac-
tions originated during the same time periods, respectively. The cost
of guarantees was $5 million per year in 2007 and 2006.

54
UNGUARANTEED RESIDUAL VALUE
($ in millions)
TOTAL ESTIMATED RUN OUT OF 2007 BALANCE
2011 AND
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 BEYOND
Sales-type leases $ 854 $ 915 $211 $286 $294 $124
Operating leases 342 421 148 123 117 33
Total unguaranteed residual value $ 1,196 $ 1,336 $359 $409 $411 $157
Related original amount financed $23,225 $24,517
Percentage 5.2% 5.4%
DEBT
Debt-to-equity ratio 7.1x 6.9x
Global Financing funds its operations primarily through borrowings
using a debt-to-equity ratio of approximately 7 to 1. The debt is used
to fund Global Financing assets and is composed of intercompany loans
and external debt. The terms of the intercompany loans are set by the
company to substantially match the term and currency underlying the
receivable and are based on arm’s-length pricing. Both assets and debt
are presented in the Global Financing Balance Sheet on page 52.
The Global Financing business provides funding predominantly for
the company’s external clients but also provides intercompany financ-
ing for the company, as described in the “Description of Business” on
pages 50 and 51. As previously stated, the company measures Global
Financing as if it were a standalone entity and accordingly, interest
expense relating to debt supporting Global Financing’s external cli-
ent and internal business is included in the “Global Financing Results
of Operations” on page 51 and in note V, “Segment Information,” on
pages 116 to 119.
In the company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings on page
58, however, the interest expense supporting Global Financing’s
internal financing to the company is reclassified from Cost of
Financing to Interest expense.
The following table provides additional information on debt. In
this table, Intercompany activity is comprised of internal loans and
leases at arm’s length pricing in support of Global Services’ long-
term contracts and other internal activity. The company believes
these assets should be appropriately levered in line with the overall
Global Financing business model.
($ in millions)
DECEMBER 31, 2007 DECEMBER 31, 2006
Global Financing Segment $24,532 $22,287
Debt to support external clients $21,072 $18,990
Debt to support internal clients 3,460 3,297
Non-Global Financing Segments 10,743 395
Debt supporting operations 14,203 3,692
Intercompany activity (3,460) (3,297)
Total company debt $35,274 $22,682
Road Map .........................................................14
Forward-Looking and
Year in Review ..................................................23
Notes.................................................................64

55
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Global Financing is a segment of the company and as such, is sup-
ported by the company’s overall liquidity position and access to capital
markets. Cash generated by Global Financing was primarily deployed
to reduce debt and pay dividends to the company in order to main-
tain an appropriate debt-to-equity ratio.
Return on Equity
($ in millions)
Numerator:
Global Financing After-tax income(a)
* $ 877 $ 914
Denominator:
Average Global Financing equity(b)
** $3,365 $3,097
Global Financing Return on equity(a)/(b)
26.1% 29.5%
* Calculated based upon an estimated tax rate principally based on Global Financing’s
geographic mix of earnings as IBM’s provision for income taxes is determined on a
consolidated basis.
**Average of the ending equity for Global Financing for the last five quarters.
Critical Accounting Estimates
As discussed in the section, “Critical Accounting Estimates,” on page
47, the application of GAAP requires the company to make estimates
and assumptions about future events that directly affect its reported
financial condition and operating performance. The accounting esti-
mates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that the
company considers to be the most critical to Global Financing. The
company’s significant accounting policies are described in note A,
“Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 64 to 73.
FINANCING RECEIVABLES RESERVES
Global Financing reviews its financing receivables portfolio at least
quarterly in order to assess collectibility. A description of the meth-
ods used by management to estimate the amount of uncollectible
receivables is included on page 73. Factors that could result in actual
receivable losses that are materially different from the estimated
reserve include sharp changes in the economy, or a significant change
in the economic health of a particular industry segment that repre-
sents a concentration in Global Financing’s receivables portfolio.
To the extent that actual collectibility differs from management’s
estimates by 5 percent, Global Financing after-tax income would be
higher or lower by an estimated $12 million (using 2007 data),
depending upon whether the actual collectibility was better or worse,
respectively, than the estimates.
RESIDUAL VALUE
Residual value represents the estimated fair value of equipment
under lease as of the end of the lease. Residual value estimates impact
the determination of whether a lease is classified as operating or
sales type. Global Financing estimates the future fair value of leased
equipment by using historical models, analyzing the current market
for new and used equipment and obtaining forward-looking product
information such as marketing plans and technological innovations.
Residual value estimates are periodically reviewed and “other than
temporary” declines in estimated future residual values are recog-
nized upon identification. Anticipated increases in future residual
values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed. Factors
that could cause actual results to materially differ from the estimates
include significant changes in the used-equipment market brought
on by unforeseen changes in technology innovations and any result-
ing changes in the useful lives of used equipment.
To the extent that actual residual value recovery is lower than
management’s estimates by 5 percent, Global Financing’s after-tax
income would be lower by an estimated $21 million (using 2007
data). If the actual residual value recovery is higher than manage-
ment’s estimates, the increase in after-tax income will be realized at
the end of lease when the equipment is remarketed.
Market Risk
See pages 49 and 50 for discussion of the company’s overall mar-
ket risk.
Looking Forward
Given Global Financing’s primary mission of supporting IBM’s
hardware, software and services businesses, originations for both the
client and commercial financing businesses will be dependent upon
the overall demand for IT hardware, software and services, as well as
client participation rates.
Interest rates and the overall economy (including currency fluc-
tuations) will have an effect on both revenue and gross profit. The
company’s interest rate risk management policy, however, combined
with the Global Financing funding strategy (see page 54), should
mitigate gross margin erosion due to changes in interest rates. The
company’s policy of matching asset and liability positions in foreign
currencies will limit the impacts of currency fluctuations.
The economy could impact the credit quality of the Global
Financing receivables portfolio and therefore the level of provision
for bad debts. Global Financing will continue to apply rigorous
credit policies in both the origination of new business and the evalu-
ation of the existing portfolio.
As discussed on page 53, Global Financing has historically been
able to manage residual value risk both through insight into the
product cycles, as well as through its remarketing business.
Global Financing has policies in place to manage each of the key
risks involved in financing. These policies, combined with product
and client knowledge, should allow for the prudent management of
the business going forward, even during periods of uncertainty with
respect to the economy.

56
MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Responsibility for the integrity and objectivity of the financial informa-
tion presented in this Annual Report rests with IBM management. The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, applying certain estimates and judgments as required.
IBM maintains an effective internal control structure. It consists,
in part, of organizational arrangements with clearly defined lines of
responsibility and delegation of authority, and comprehensive sys-
tems and control procedures. An important element of the control
environment is an ongoing internal audit program. Our system also
contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to cor-
rect deficiencies as they are identified.
To assure the effective administration of internal controls, we
carefully select and train our employees, develop and disseminate
written policies and procedures, provide appropriate communication
channels and foster an environment conducive to the effective func-
tioning of controls. We believe that it is essential for the company to
conduct its business affairs in accordance with the highest ethical
standards, as set forth in the IBM Business Conduct Guidelines.
These guidelines, translated into numerous languages, are distrib-
uted to employees throughout the world, and reemphasized through
internal programs to assure that they are understood and followed.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, is retained to audit IBM’s Consolidated Financial
Statements and the effectiveness of the internal control over financial
reporting. Its accompanying report is based on audits conducted in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States).
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed
solely of independent, non-management directors, and is responsible
for recommending to the Board the independent registered public
accounting firm to be retained for the coming year, subject to stock-
holder ratification. The Audit Committee meets periodically and
privately with the independent registered public accounting firm,
with the company’s internal auditors, as well as with IBM manage-
ment, to review accounting, auditing, internal control structure and
financial reporting matters.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting of the company. Internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide rea-
sonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
The company’s internal control over financial reporting includes
those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) pro-
vide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisi-
tion, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of inter-
nal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsor-
ing Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this
evaluation, management concluded that the company’s internal con-
trol over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 26, 2008
Mark Loughridge
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
February 26, 2008
Report of Management

57
TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION:
In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements
appearing on pages 58 through 119 present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of International Business Machines
Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all mate-
rial respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organ-
izations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s
management is responsible for these financial statements, for main-
taining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page 56.
Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial state-
ments and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accor-
dance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement
and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial state-
ments included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by manage-
ment, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our
audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assess-
ing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating
the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in note B to the financial statements, the Company
adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 158, “Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Post-employment Plans,” as of December 31, 2006.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the mainte-
nance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii)
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detec-
tion of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2008
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

58
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: NOTES 2007 2006* 2005*
Revenue:
Services $54,057 $48,328 $47,509
Sales 42,202 40,716 41,218
Financing 2,526 2,379 2,407
Total Revenue 98,786 91,424 91,134
Cost:
Services 39,160 35,065 35,151
Sales 16,552 16,882 18,360
Financing 1,345 1,182 1,091
Total Cost 57,057 53,129 54,602
Gross Profit 41,729 38,295 36,532
Expense and Other Income:
Selling, general and administrative 22,060 20,259 21,314
Research, development and engineering P 6,153 6,107 5,842
Intellectual property and custom development income (958) (900) (948)
Other (income) and expense (626) (766) (2,122)
Interest expense J&K 611 278 220
Total Expense and Other Income 27,240 24,978 24,306
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes 14,489 13,317 12,226
Provision for income taxes O 4,071 3,901 4,232
Income from Continuing Operations 10,418 9,416 7,994
Discontinued Operations:
(Loss)/earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax (00) 76 (24)
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 10,418 9,492 7,970
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax** B — — (36)
Net Income $10,418 $ 9,492 $ 7,934
Earnings/(loss) per Share of Common Stock:
Assuming Dilution:
Continuing operations R $ 7.18 $ 6.06 $ 4.91
Discontinued operations R (0.00) 0.05 (0.01)
Before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle R 7.18 6.11 4.90
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle** — — (0.02)
Total R $ 7.18 $ 6.11 $ 4.87
Basic:
Continuing operations R $ 7.32 $ 6.15 $ 4.99
Discontinued operations R (0.00) 0.05 (0.02)
Before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle R 7.32 6.20 4.98
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle** R — — (0.02)
Total R $ 7.32 $ 6.20 $ 4.96
Weighted-Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding:
Assuming dilution 1,450,570,579 1,553,535,384 1,627,632,662
Basic 1,423,039,793 1,530,806,987 1,600,591,264
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation of new Revenue and Cost categories. See note A, “Basis of Presentation,” on page 64 for additional information.
**Reflects implementation of FASB Interpretation No. 47. See note B, “Accounting Changes,” on page 75 for additional information.
The accompanying notes on pages 64 through 119 are an integral part of the financial statements.
Consolidated Statement of Earnings

59
($ in millions except per share amount)
AT DECEMBER 31: NOTES 2007 2006
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 14,991 $ 8,022
Marketable securities D 1,155 2,634
Notes and accounts receivable—trade (net of allowances of $241 in 2007
and $221 in 2006) 11,428 10,789
Short-term financing receivables (net of allowances of $296 in 2007 and $307 in 2006) F 16,289 15,095
Other accounts receivable (net of allowances of $13 in 2007 and $15 in 2006) 1,072 964
Inventories E 2,664 2,810
Deferred taxes O 1,687 1,806
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 3,891 2,539
Total current assets 53,177 44,660
Plant, rental machines and other property G 38,584 36,521
Less: Accumulated depreciation G 23,503 22,082
Plant, rental machines and other property—net G 15,081 14,440
Long-term financing receivables F 11,603 10,068
Prepaid pension assets U 17,417 10,629
Goodwill I 14,285 12,854
Intangible assets—net I 2,107 2,202
Investments and sundry assets H 6,761 8,381
Total Assets $120,431 $103,234
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Taxes O $ 3,673 $ 4,670
Short-term debt J&K 12,235 8,902
Accounts payable 8,054 7,964
Compensation and benefits 4,645 4,595
Deferred income 9,802 8,587
Other accrued expenses and liabilities 5,901 5,372
Total current liabilities 44,310 40,091
Long-term debt J&K 23,039 13,780
Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations U 13,582 13,553
Deferred income 3,060 2,502*
Other liabilities L 7,970 4,801*
Total Liabilities 91,962 74,728
Contingencies and Commitments N
Stockholders’ equity: M
Common stock, par value $.20 per share and additional paid-in capital 35,188 31,271
Shares authorized: 4,687,500,000
Shares issued (2007—2,057,607,421; 2006—2,008,470,383)
Retained earnings 60,640 52,432
Treasury stock, at cost (shares: 2007—672,373,283; 2006—501,987,771) (63,945) (46,296)
Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings M (3,414) (8,901)
Total Stockholders’ Equity 28,470 28,506
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $120,431 $103,234
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation of new Deferred income category, previously combined in Other liabilities.
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

60
($ in millions)
Cash Flow from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations:
Net income $ 10,418 $ 9,492 $ 7,934
Loss/(income) from discontinued operations 00 (76) 24
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations
to cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation 4,038 3,907 4,147
Amortization of intangibles 1,163 1,076 1,041
Stock-based compensation 713 846 1,043
Deferred income taxes 740 1,724 2,185
Net gain on asset sales and other (89) (175) (1,525)
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions/divestitures:
Receivables (including financing receivables) (1,408) (512) 2,219
Retirement related (228) (850)* (1,728)*
Inventories 182 112 202
Other assets/other liabilities 706 (881)** (91)**
Accounts payable (142) 355 (536)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities from Continuing Operations 16,094 15,019 14,914
Cash Flow from Investing Activities from Continuing Operations:
Payments for plant, rental machines and other property (4,630) (4,362) (3,842)
Proceeds from disposition of plant, rental machines and other property 537 430 1,107
Investment in software (875) (804) (792)
Purchases of marketable securities and other investments (30,449) (28,555) (4,526)
Proceeds from disposition of marketable securities and other investments 31,441 25,542 4,180
Divestiture of businesses, net of cash transferred 310 — 932
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired (1,009) (3,799) (1,482)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities from Continuing Operations (4,675) (11,549) (4,423)
Cash Flow from Financing Activities from Continuing Operations:
Proceeds from new debt*** 21,744 1,444 4,363
Short-term borrowings/(repayments) less than 90 days—net 1,674 1,834 (232)
Payments to settle debt*** (11,306) (3,400) (3,522)
Common stock repurchases+ (18,828) (8,084) (7,739)
Common stock transactions—other+ 4,123 1,685 1,233
Cash dividends paid (2,147) (1,683) (1,250)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities from Continuing Operations (4,740) (8,204) (7,147)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 294 201 (789)
Net cash used in discontinued operations from: Operating activities (5) (12) (40)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 6,969 (4,546) 2,515
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1 8,022 12,568 10,053
Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31 $ 14,991 $ 8,022 $12,568
Supplemental Data:
Income taxes paid—net of refunds received $ 2,608 $ 2,068 $ 1,994
Interest paid on debt $ 1,485 $ 1,202++ $ 973++
Capital lease obligations $ 57 $ 36 $ 287
Equity securities received as divestiture consideration+++ $ — $ — $ 430
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation combining Pension assets and Pension liabilities into one caption—Retirement related.
** Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation to combine Other than temporary declines in securities and other investments and the Other assets/other liabilities into one caption.
*** See note A, “Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows,” on page 64 for additional information.
+ Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation of the new Common stock repurchases and Common stock transactions—other previously combined in Common stock transactions—net.
++ Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation of disclosing interest paid on debt versus total interest paid including net investment hedging activity.
+++Lenovo equity valued at $542 million net of lock-up provisions of $112 million. See note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on page 81 for additional information.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

61
($ in millions)
ACCUMULATED
COMMON GAINS AND
STOCK AND (LOSSES)
ADDITIONAL RETAINED TREASURY NOT AFFECTING
PAID-IN CAPITAL EARNINGS STOCK RETAINED EARNINGS TOTAL
2005
Stockholders’ equity, January 1, 2005 $26,673 $38,148 $(31,072) $(2,061) $31,688
Net income plus gains and (losses) not
affecting retained earnings:
Net income 7,934 $ 7,934
Gains and (losses) not affecting retained
earnings (net of tax):
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge
derivatives (net of tax expense of $502) 891 891
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(net of tax expense of $345*) (1,153) (1,153)
Minimum pension liability adjustment
(net of tax expense of $320) 290 290
Net unrealized gains on marketable
securities (net of tax expense of $8) 17 17
Total gains and (losses) not affecting
retained earnings 45
Subtotal: Net income plus gains and (losses)
not affecting retained earnings $ 7,979
Cash dividends declared—common stock (1,250) (1,250)
Common stock issued under employee plans
(18,572,017 shares) 2,257 2,257
Purchases (606,697 shares) and sales (2,594,786 shares)
of treasury stock under employee plans—net (98) 197 99
Other treasury shares purchased, not retired
(90,237,800 shares) (7,671) (7,671)
Decrease in shares remaining to be issued in acquisition (24) (24)
Income tax benefits—stock transactions 20 20
Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2005 $28,926 $44,734 $(38,546) $(2,016) $33,098
* Foreign currency translation adjustments are presented gross with associated hedges shown net of tax.
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

62
($ in millions)
ACCUMULATED
COMMON GAINS AND
STOCK AND (LOSSES)
2006
Stockholders’ equity, January 1, 2006 $28,926 $44,734 $(38,546) $ (2,016) $33,098
Net income 9,492 $ 9,492
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedge
derivatives (net of tax benefit of $178) (342) (342)
(net of tax benefit of $225*) 1,020 1,020
Minimum pension liability adjustment
(net of tax expense of $900) 1,881 1,881
retained earnings 2,613
Adjustments to initially adopt SFAS No. 158
Prior service credits/(costs) (net of tax expense of $494) 871 871
Net gains/(losses) (net of tax benefit of $6,028) (10,371) (10,371)
Transition assets/(obligations)
(net of tax expense of $1) 2 2
not affecting retained earnings and adjustments
to adopt SFAS No. 158 $ 2,607
(27,211,279 shares) 2,322 2,322
Purchases (633,769 shares) and sales
(3,489,803 shares) of treasury stock
under employee plans—net (111) 272 161
(97,564,462 shares) (8,022) (8,022)
Income tax benefits—stock transactions 26 26
Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2006 $31,271 $52,432 $(46,296) $ (8,901) $28,506

63
($ in millions)
ACCUMULATED
COMMON GAINS AND
STOCK AND (LOSSES)
2007
Stockholders’ equity, January 1, 2007 $31,271 $52,432 $(46,296) $(8,901) $28,506
Adjustment to initially adopt FIN 48 117 117
Net income 10,418 $10,418
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedge
derivatives (net of tax benefit of $32) (123) (123)
(net of tax benefit of $553*) 726 726
Retirement-related benefit plans:
Prior service credits (net of tax expense of $31) 44 44
Net gains/(losses) (net of tax expense of $1,913) 3,611 3,611
Amortization of prior service costs/(credits)
(net of tax benefit of $50) (85) (85)
Amortization of net gains/(losses)
(net of tax expense of $654) 1,110 1,110
Amortization of transition assets
(net of tax benefit of $1) (2) (2)
retained earnings 5,487
not affecting retained earnings $15,905
(49,137,038 shares) 4,332 4,332
Purchases (1,282,131 shares) and sales (9,282,055 shares)
of treasury stock under employee plans—net (179) 729 550
(178,385,436 shares) (405) (18,378) (18,783)
Income tax expense—stock transactions (4) (4)
Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2007 $35,188 $60,640 $(63,945) $(3,414) $28,470

64
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Management Discussion ..................................14
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
A. Significant Accounting Policies............ 64
B. Accounting Changes...................................73
C. Acquisitions/Divestitures............................76
D. Financial Instruments
(excluding derivatives).................................82
E. Inventories...................................................83
F. Financing Receivables.................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
Note A. Signiﬁcant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
In the first quarter of 2007, the International Business Machines
Corporation (IBM and/or the company) changed the presentation of
revenue and cost in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings to
reflect the categories of Services, Sales and Financing. Previously,
the presentation included Global Services, Hardware, Software,
Global Financing and an Other category. In the past, these categories
were aligned with the company’s reportable segment presentation of
external revenue and cost. However, as the company moves toward
delivering solutions which bring integrated software and services
capabilities to its clients, the alignment between segments and cate-
gories will diverge. Therefore, there are situations where the Global
Services segments could include software revenue, and conversely,
the Software segment may have services revenue. The change was
made to avoid possible confusion between the segment revenue and
cost presentation and the required category presentation in the
Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
The change only impacts the format for the presentation of the
company’s revenue and cost in the Consolidated Statement of
Earnings and does not reflect any change in the company’s reportable
segment results or in the company’s organizational structure. The
periods presented in this Annual Report are reported on a compara-
ble basis. The management discussion and analysis of revenue and
gross profit from continuing operations focuses on the segment view,
as this is how the business is managed and is the best reflection of the
company’s operating results and strategy.
On December 31, 2002, the company sold its hard disk drive
(HDD) business to Hitachi, Ltd. (Hitachi). The HDD business was
part of the Systems and Technology reportable segment. The HDD
business was accounted for as a discontinued operation under account-
ing principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(GAAP) and therefore, the HDD results of operations and cash flows
have been removed from the company’s results of continuing opera-
tions and cash flows for all periods presented in this document.
For 2006, Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, is
related to tax benefits from tax audit settlements. For 2005, the
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, is primarily addi-
tional costs associated with parts warranty as agreed upon by the
company and Hitachi.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Subsequent to the company’s Form 10-Q filing on October 30, 2007
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, it was determined that
“Proceeds from new debt” and “Payments to settle debt” were under-
stated by an equal, offsetting amount of $3,760 million with no
impact on the “Net cash used in financing activities from continuing
operations” section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for
the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
The company assessed this reporting issue and determined it to
be both qualitatively and quantitatively immaterial with respect to the
overall Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and the key categories
presented in the statement: Net cash used in operating, investing and
financing activities from continuing operations. In the Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2007 on
page 60, the company has made the adjustments described above. In
2008, the company will present the corrected amounts for the nine
months ended September 30, 2007 in its Form 10-Q for the third
quarter of 2008.
Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of IBM
and its controlled subsidiaries, which are generally majority owned.
The accounts of variable interest entities (VIEs) as defined by Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46(R),
“Accounting for Variable Interest Entities,” (FIN 46(R)), are included
in the Consolidated Financial Statements, if required. Investments in
business entities in which the company does not have control, but has
the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial
policies, are accounted for using the equity method and the company’s
proportionate share of income or loss is recorded in Other (income)
and expense. The accounting policy for other investments in equity
securities is described on page 72 within “Marketable Securities.”
Equity investments in non-publicly traded entities are primarily
accounted for using the cost method. All significant intercompany
transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity
with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, expenses
and gains and losses not affecting retained earnings that are reported
in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclo-
sures, including the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
These estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current
events, historical experience, actions that the company may undertake
in the future and on various other assumptions that are believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances. As a result, actual results may be
different from these estimates. See pages 47 to 49 and page 55 for a
discussion of the company’s critical accounting estimates.

65
Revenue
The company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable
and earned. The company considers revenue realized or realizable
and earned when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement,
delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. Delivery does not occur until
products have been shipped or services have been provided to the
client, risk of loss has transferred to the client, and either client accep-
tance has been obtained, client acceptance provisions have lapsed, or
the company has objective evidence that the criteria specified in the
client acceptance provisions have been satisfied. The sales price is not
considered to be fixed or determinable until all contingencies related
to the sale have been resolved.
The company recognizes revenue on sales to solution providers,
resellers and distributors (herein referred to as “resellers”) when the
reseller has economic substance apart from the company, credit risk,
title and risk of loss to the inventory, the fee to the company is not
contingent upon resale or payment by the end user, the company has
no further obligations related to bringing about resale or delivery and
all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.
The company reduces revenue for estimated client returns, stock
rotation, price protection, rebates and other similar allowances. (See
Schedule II, “Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves,”
included in the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K). Revenue
is recognized only if these estimates can be reasonably and reliably
determined. The company bases its estimates on historical results
taking into consideration the type of client, the type of transaction
and the specifics of each arrangement. Payments made under coop-
erative marketing programs are recognized as an expense only if the
company receives from the client an identifiable benefit sufficiently
separable from the product sale whose fair value can be reasonably
and reliably estimated. If the company does not receive an identifi-
able benefit sufficiently separable from the product sale whose fair
value can be reasonably estimated, such payments are recorded as a
reduction of revenue.
Revenue from sales of third-party vendor products or services is
recorded net of costs when the company is acting as an agent between
the client and vendor and gross when the company is a principal to
the transaction. Several factors are considered to determine whether
the company is an agent or principal, most notably whether the com-
pany is the primary obligor to the client, or has inventory risk.
Consideration is also given to whether the company adds meaningful
value to the vendor’s product or service, was involved in the selection
of the vendor’s product or service, has latitude in establishing the
sales price or has credit risk.
The company reports revenue net of any revenue-based taxes
assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and con-
current with specific revenue-producing transactions. In addition to
the aforementioned general policies, the following are the specific
revenue recognition policies for multiple-element arrangements and
for each major category of revenue.
MULTIPLE-ELEMENT ARRANGEMENTS
The company enters into multiple-element revenue arrangements,
which may include any combination of services, software, hardware
and/or financing. To the extent that a deliverable in a multiple-
element arrangement is subject to specific guidance such as leased
hardware that is subject to Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” or software that
is subject to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
(AICPA) Statement of Position (SOP) No. 97-2, “Software Revenue
Recognition,” see “Software” on pages 66 and 67 on whether and/or
how to separate multiple deliverable arrangements into separate units
of accounting (separability) and how to allocate the arrangement
consideration among those separate units of accounting (allocation),
that deliverable is accounted for in accordance with such specific
guidance. For all other deliverables in multiple-element arrange-
ments, the guidance below is applied for separability and allocation.
A multiple-element arrangement is separated into more than one
unit of accounting if all of the following criteria are met:
The delivered item(s) has value to the client on a stand-alone basis;
There is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered
item(s); and
If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the deliv-
ered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered
probable and substantially in the control of the company.
If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one
unit of accounting which would result in revenue being recognized
on a straight-line basis or being deferred until the earlier of when
such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is delivered.
If these criteria are met for each element and there is objective and
reliable evidence of fair value for all units of accounting in an
arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the sepa-
rate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative fair value. There
may be cases, however, in which there is objective and reliable evidence
of fair value of the undelivered item(s) but no such evidence for the
delivered item(s). In those cases, the residual method is used to allo-
cate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the
amount of consideration allocated to the delivered item(s) equals the
total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of the
undelivered item(s). The revenue policies described below are then
applied to each unit of accounting, as applicable.

66
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
E. Inventories...................................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
If the allocation of consideration in a profitable arrangement
results in a loss on an element (other than service elements as dis-
cussed below), that loss is recognized at the earlier of (a) delivery of
that element, (b) when the first dollar of revenue is recognized on
that element, or (c) when there are no remaining profitable elements
in the arrangement to be delivered.
SERVICES
The company’s primary services offerings include information tech-
nology (IT) datacenter and business process outsourcing, application
management services, consulting and systems integration, technology
infrastructure and system maintenance, Web hosting and the design
and development of complex IT systems to a client’s specifications
(Design and Build). These services are provided on a time-and-
material basis, as a fixed-price contract or as a fixed-price per measure
of output contract and the contract terms range from less than one
year to over 10 years.
Revenue from IT datacenter and business process outsourcing
contracts is recognized in the period the services are provided using
either an objective measure of output or a straight-line basis over the
term of the contract. Under the output method, the amount of rev-
enue recognized is based on the services delivered in the period.
Revenue from application management services, technology
infrastructure and system maintenance and Web hosting contracts is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the contracts.
Revenue from time-and-material contracts is recognized as labor
hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred. Revenue related
to extended warranty and product maintenance contracts is recog-
nized on a straight-line basis over the delivery period.
Revenue from fixed-price Design and Build contracts is recog-
nized in accordance with SOP No. 81-1, “Accounting for Performance
of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts,”
under the percentage-of-completion (POC) method. Under the POC
method, revenue is recognized based on the labor costs incurred to
date as a percentage of the total estimated labor costs to fulfill the
contract. If circumstances arise that change the original estimates of
revenues, costs, or extent of progress toward completion, revisions to
the estimates are made. These revisions may result in increases or
decreases in estimated revenues or costs, and such revisions are
reflected in income in the period in which the circumstances that
give rise to the revision become known by management.
The company performs ongoing profitability analyses of its ser-
vices contracts accounted for under the POC method in order to
determine whether the latest estimates of revenue, costs and profits
require updating. If at any time these estimates indicate that the
contract will be unprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the
remainder of the contract is recorded immediately. For non-POC
service contracts, losses are recorded as incurred.
In some of the company’s services contracts, the company bills the
client prior to recognizing revenue from performing the services.
Deferred income of $5,997 million and $5,011 million at December
31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is included in the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position. The year-to-year increase was
driven by growth in the services business and the impacts of currency.
In other services contracts, the company performs the services prior
to billing the client. Unbilled accounts receivable of $2,192 million
and $1,762 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, are
included in Notes and accounts receivable-trade in the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position. Billings usually occur in the month
after the company performs the services or in accordance with spe-
cific contractual provisions. Unbilled receivables are expected to be
billed and collected within four months.
HARDWARE
Revenue from hardware sales and sales-type leases is recognized
when risk of loss has transferred to the client and there are no unful-
filled company obligations that affect the client’s final acceptance of
the arrangement. Any cost of standard warranties and remaining
obligations that are inconsequential or perfunctory are accrued when
the corresponding revenue is recognized. Revenue from rentals and
operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term
of the rental or lease.
SOFTWARE
Revenue from perpetual (one-time charge) license software is recog-
nized at the inception of the license term if all revenue recognition
criteria have been met. Revenue from term (recurring license charge)
license software is recognized on a subscription basis over the period
that the client is entitled to use the license. Revenue from mainte-
nance, unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis and
technical support is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period
such items are delivered. In multiple-element revenue arrangements
that include software that is more than incidental to the products or
services as a whole (software multiple-element arrangements), software
and software-related elements are accounted for in accordance with
the following criteria. Software-related elements include software
products and services, as well as any non-software deliverable for
which a software deliverable is essential to its functionality.

67
A software multiple-element arrangement is separated into more
than one unit of accounting if all of the following criteria are met:
The functionality of the delivered element(s) is not dependent on the
undelivered element(s);
There is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value of the
undelivered element(s). VSOE of fair value is based on the price charged
when the deliverable is sold separately by the company on a regular basis
and not as part of the multiple-element arrangement; and
Delivery of the delivered element(s) represents the culmination of the
earnings process for that element(s).
If any one of these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted
for as one unit of accounting which would result in revenue being
recognized on a straight-line basis or being deferred until the earlier
of when such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is
delivered. If these criteria are met for each element and there is VSOE
of fair value for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrange-
ment consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting
based on each unit’s relative VSOE of fair value. There may be cases,
however, in which there is VSOE of fair value of the undelivered
item(s) but no such evidence for the delivered item(s). In these cases,
the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration.
Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to
the delivered item(s) equals the total arrangement consideration less
the aggregate VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements.
FINANCING
Financing income attributable to sales-type leases, direct financing
leases and loans is recognized on the accrual basis using the effective
interest method. Operating lease income is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the term of the lease.
Services Costs
Recurring operating costs for services contracts, including costs
related to bid and proposal activities, are recognized as incurred. For
fixed price Design and Build contracts, the costs of external hardware
and software accounted for under the POC method are deferred and
recognized based on the labor costs incurred to date, as a percentage
of the total estimated labor costs to fulfill the contract. Certain
eligible, nonrecurring costs incurred in the initial phases of outsourc-
ing contracts are deferred and subsequently amortized. These costs
consist of transition and setup costs related to the installation of
systems and processes and are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the expected period of benefit, not to exceed the term of the contract.
Additionally, fixed assets associated with outsourcing contracts are
capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected
useful life of the asset. If an asset is contract specific, then the depre-
ciation period is the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the
contract term. Amounts paid to clients in excess of the fair value of
acquired assets used in outsourcing arrangements are deferred and
amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of revenue over the
expected period of benefit not to exceed the term of the contract.
The company performs periodic reviews to assess the recoverability
of deferred contract transition and set up costs. This review is done
by comparing the estimated minimum remaining undiscounted cash
flows of a contract to the unamortized contract costs. If such mini-
mum undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the
unamortized costs, a loss is recognized.
Deferred services transition and setup costs were $1,881 million
and $1,511 million at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006,
respectively. The primary driver of the increase year to year was the
continued growth of the Global Services business. Amortization
expense of deferred services transition and setup costs is estimated
at December 31, 2007 to be $517 million in 2008, $414 million
in 2009, $325 million in 2010, $258 million in 2011, and $367 mil-
lion thereafter.
Deferred amounts paid to clients in excess of the fair value of
acquired assets used in outsourcing arrangements were $202 million
and $210 million at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006,
respectively. Amortization of deferred amounts paid to clients in
excess of the fair value of acquired assets is recorded as an offset of
revenue and is estimated at December 31, 2007 to be $92 million in
2008, $46 million in 2009, $33 million in 2010, $20 million in 2011,
and $11 million thereafter.
In situations in which an outsourcing contract is terminated, the
terms of the contract may require the client to reimburse the com-
pany for the recovery of unbilled accounts receivable, unamortized
deferred costs incurred to purchase specific assets utilized in the
delivery of services and to pay any additional costs incurred by the
company to transition the services.
Software Costs
Costs that are related to the conceptual formulation and design of
licensed programs are expensed as incurred to research, development
and engineering expense. Also, for licensed programs, the company
capitalizes costs that are incurred to produce the finished product
after technological feasibility has been established. Capitalized
amounts are amortized using the straight-line method, which is
applied over periods ranging up to three years. The company per-
forms periodic reviews to ensure that unamortized program costs
remain recoverable from future revenue. Costs to support or service
licensed programs are charged to software cost as incurred.

68
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
E. Inventories...................................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
The company capitalizes certain costs that are incurred to pur-
chase or to create and implement internal-use computer software,
which includes software coding, installation, testing and certain data
conversions. These capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line
basis over two years and are recorded in Selling, general and admin-
istrative expense. See note I, “Intangible Assets Including Goodwill,”
on pages 84 and 85.
Product Warranties
The company offers warranties for its hardware products that range
up to three years, with the majority being either one or three years.
Estimated costs for warranty terms standard to the deliverable are
recognized when revenue is recorded for the related deliverable. The
company estimates its warranty costs standard to the deliverable
based on historical warranty claim experience and applies this esti-
mate to the revenue stream for products under warranty. Estimated
future costs for warranties applicable to revenue recognized in the
current period are charged to cost of revenue. The warranty accrual
is reviewed quarterly to verify that it properly reflects the remaining
obligation based on the anticipated expenditures over the balance of
the obligation period. Adjustments are made when actual warranty
claim experience differs from estimates. Costs from fixed-price support
or maintenance contracts, including extended-warranty contracts,
are recognized as incurred.
Changes in the warranty liability balance are presented in the
following table:
($ in millions)
2007 2006
Balance at January 1 $ 582 $ 754
Current period accruals 466 540
Accrual adjustments to reflect actual experience (29) 49
Charges incurred (607) (762)
Balance at December 31 $ 412 $ 582
The decrease in the balance was primarily driven by a reduction in
estimated future costs as a result of the divestiture of the Personal
Computing business to Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo) in April 2005.
Shipping and Handling
Costs related to shipping and handling are recognized as incurred
and included in Cost in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Expense and Other Income
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense is charged to
income as incurred. Expenses of promoting and selling products and
services are classified as selling expense and include such items as
advertising, sales commissions and travel. General and administrative
expense includes such items as compensation, office supplies, non-
income taxes, insurance and office rental. In addition, general and
administrative expense includes other operating items such as a pro-
vision for doubtful accounts, workforce accruals for contractually
obligated payments to employees terminated in the ongoing course
of business, amortization of certain intangible assets and environmental
remediation costs. Certain special actions discussed in note Q, “2005
Actions,” on pages 99 and 100 are also included in SG&A expense.
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL EXPENSE
The company expenses advertising and promotional costs when
incurred. Cooperative advertising reimbursements from vendors are
recorded net of advertising and promotional expense in the period
the related advertising and promotional expense is incurred.
Advertising and promotional expense, which includes media, agency
and promotional expense, was $1,242 million, $1,195 million and
$1,284 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and is recorded
in SG&A expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING
Research, development and engineering (RD&E) costs are expensed
as incurred.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CUSTOM
DEVELOPMENT INCOME
As part of the company’s business model and as a result of the com-
pany’s ongoing investment in research and development, the company
licenses and sells the rights to certain of its intellectual property (IP)
including internally developed patents, trade secrets and technological
know-how. Certain transfers of IP to third parties are licensing/roy-
alty-based and other transfers are transaction-based sales and other
transfers. Licensing/royalty-based fees involve transfers in which the
company earns the income over time, or the amount of income is not
fixed or determinable until the licensee sells future related products
(i.e., variable royalty, based upon licensee’s revenue). Sales and other
transfers typically include transfers of IP whereby the company has
fulfilled its obligations and the fee received is fixed or determinable
at the transfer date. The company also enters into cross-licensing
arrangements of patents, and income from these arrangements is
recorded only to the extent cash is received. Furthermore, the
company earns income from certain custom development projects

69
for strategic technology partners and specific clients. The company
records the income from these projects when the fee is realized or
realizable and earned, is not refundable and is not dependent upon
the success of the project.
OTHER (INCOME) AND EXPENSE
Other (income) and expense includes interest income (other than
from Global Financing external business transactions), gains and
losses on certain derivative instruments, gains and losses from securi-
ties and other investments, gains and losses from certain real estate
transactions, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, gains and
losses from the sale of businesses and amounts related to accretion of
asset retirement obligations. Certain special actions discussed in note
Q, “2005 Actions,” on pages 99 and 100 are also included in Other
(income) and expense.
Business Combinations and
Intangible Assets Including Goodwill
The company accounts for business combinations using the purchase
method of accounting and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the
acquired entities are recorded at their estimated fair values at the
acquisition date. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase
price over the fair value of net assets, including the amount assigned
to identifiable intangible assets. The company does not amortize the
goodwill balance. Substantially all of the goodwill is not deductible
for tax purposes. The primary drivers that generate goodwill are the
value of synergies between the acquired entities and the company
and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies
as an identifiable intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets
with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. See note C,
“Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 76 to 82 and note I, “Intangible
Assets Including Goodwill,” on pages 84 and 85, for additional infor-
mation. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included
in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the acquisition date.
Impairment
Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are tested for impairment
based on undiscounted cash flows and, if impaired, written down to
fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values.
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or sooner when circum-
stances indicate an impairment may exist, using a fair-value approach
at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is the operating segment,
or a business, which is one level below that operating segment (the
“component” level) if discrete financial information is prepared and
regularly reviewed by management at the segment level. Components
are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar eco-
nomic characteristics.
Depreciation and Amortization
Plant, rental machines and other property are carried at cost and
depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line
method. The estimated useful lives of certain depreciable assets are
as follows: buildings, 50 years; building equipment, 10 to 20 years;
land improvements, 20 years; plant, laboratory and office equipment,
two to 15 years; and computer equipment, 1.5 to five years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful
lives or the related lease term, rarely exceeding 25 years.
Capitalized software costs incurred or acquired after technologi-
cal feasibility has been established are amortized over periods up to
seven years. Capitalized costs for internal-use software are amortized
on a straight-line basis over periods up to two years. (See “Software
Costs” on page 67 for additional information). Other intangible
assets are amortized over periods between three and seven years.
Environmental
The cost of internal environmental protection programs that are pre-
ventative in nature are expensed as incurred. When a cleanup program
becomes likely, and it is probable that the company will incur cleanup
costs and those costs can be reasonably estimated, the company
accrues remediation costs for known environmental liabilities. The
company’s maximum exposure for all environmental liabilities cannot
be estimated and no amounts are recorded for environmental liabili-
ties that are not probable or estimable.
Asset Retirement Obligations
Asset retirement obligations (ARO) are legal obligations associated
with the retirement of long-lived assets. These liabilities are initially
recorded at fair value and the related asset retirement costs are capi-
talized by increasing the carrying amount of the related assets by the
same amount as the liability. Asset retirement costs are subsequently
depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets. Subsequent to
initial recognition, the company records period-to-period changes in
the ARO liability resulting from the passage of time in Interest
expense and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the
original expected cash flows to the related assets.
Defined Benefit Pension and
Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans
The funded status of the company’s defined benefit pension plans
and nonpension postretirement benefit plans (retirement-related
benefit plans) is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position. The funded status is measured as the difference
between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at
December 31, the measurement date. For defined benefit pension
plans, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation
(PBO), which represents the actuarial present value of benefits

70
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
E. Inventories...................................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
expected to be paid upon retirement based on estimated future com-
pensation levels. For the nonpension postretirement benefit plans,
the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation (APBO), which represents the actuarial present value of
postretirement benefits attributed to employee services already ren-
dered. The fair value of plan assets represents the current market
value of cumulative company and participant contributions made to
an irrevocable trust fund, held for the sole benefit of participants,
which are invested by the trust fund. Overfunded plans, with the fair
value of plan assets exceeding the benefit obligation, are aggregated
and recorded as a Prepaid pension asset equal to this excess.
Underfunded plans, with the benefit obligation exceeding the fair
value of plan assets, are aggregated and recorded as a Retirement and
nonpension postretirement benefit obligation equal to this excess.
The current portion of the Retirement and nonpension postre-
tirement benefit obligations represents the actuarial present value of
benefits payable in the next 12 months exceeding the fair value of
plan assets, measured on a plan-by-plan basis. This obligation is
recorded in Compensation and benefits in the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position.
Net periodic pension and nonpension postretirement benefit cost/
(income) is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings and
includes service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets,
amortization of prior service costs/(credits) and (gains)/losses previ-
ously recognized as a component of Gains and (losses) not affecting
retained earnings and amortization of the net transition asset remaining
in Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings.
Service cost represents the actuarial present value of participant ben-
efits earned in the current year. Interest cost represents the time value
of money cost associated with the passage of time. Certain events,
such as changes in employee base, plan amendments and changes in
actuarial assumptions, result in a change in the benefit obligation and
the corresponding change in the Gains and (losses) not affecting
retained earnings. The result of these events is amortized as a com-
ponent of net periodic cost/(income) over the service lives of the
participants, provided such amounts exceed thresholds which are
based upon the benefit obligation or the value of plan assets. The
average service lives of the participants in the IBM Personal Pension
Plan, a U.S. defined benefit pension plan, currently approximates 10
years and varies for participants in non-U.S. plans. Net periodic cost/
(income) is recorded in Cost, SG&A and RD&E in the Consolidated
Statement of Earnings based on the employees’ respective function.
(Gains)/losses and prior service costs/(credits) not recognized as
a component of net periodic cost/(income) in the Consolidated
Statement of Earnings as they arise are recognized as a component of
Gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings in the Consolidated
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, net of tax. Those (gains)/losses
and prior service costs/(credits) are subsequently recognized as a com-
ponent of net periodic cost/(income) pursuant to the recognition and
amortization provisions of applicable accounting standards. (Gains)/
losses arise as a result of differences between actual experience and
assumptions or as a result of changes in actuarial assumptions. Prior
service costs/(credits) represent the cost of benefit improvements
attributable to prior service granted in plan amendments.
The measurement of benefit obligations and net periodic cost/
(income) is provided by third-party actuaries based on estimates
and assumptions approved by the company’s management. These
valuations reflect the terms of the plans and use participant-specific
information such as compensation, age and years of service, as well as
certain assumptions, including estimates of discount rates, expected
return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, interest credit-
ing rates and mortality rates.
Defined Contribution Plans
The company records expense for defined contribution plans for the
company’s contribution when the employee renders service to the com-
pany, essentially coinciding with the cash contributions to the plans.
TheexpenseisrecordedinCost,SG&AandRD&EintheConsolidated
Statement of Earnings based on the employees’ respective function.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation represents the cost related to stock-based
awards granted to employees. The company measures stock-based
compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of
the award and recognizes the cost on a straight-line basis (net of
estimated forfeitures) over the employee requisite service period.
The company estimates the fair value of stock options using a Black-
Scholes valuation model. The cost is recorded in Cost, SG&A, and
RD&E in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings based on the
employees’ respective function.
The company records deferred tax assets for awards that result in
deductions on the company’s income tax returns, based on the
amount of compensation cost recognized and the statutory tax rate in
the jurisdiction in which it will receive a deduction. Differences
between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting
purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on the income tax
return are recorded in Additional Paid-In Capital (if the tax deduc-
tion exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the Consolidated Statement
of Earnings (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and
no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).
See note T, “Stock-Based Compensation,” on pages 102 to 105
for additional information.

71
Income Taxes
Income tax expense is based on reported income before income taxes.
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of temporary differences
between asset and liability amounts that are recognized for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts that are recognized for income
tax purposes. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently
enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are recognized to reduce
deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be
realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, manage-
ment considers all available evidence including past operating results,
estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax
planning strategies. When the company changes its determination as
to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, the valuation
allowance is adjusted with a corresponding impact to income tax
expense in the period in which such determination is made.
The company recognizes tax liabilities when, despite the compa-
ny’s belief that its tax return positions are supportable, the company
believes that certain positions may not be fully sustained upon review
by tax authorities. Benefits from tax positions are measured at the
largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of
being realized upon settlement. The current portion of tax liabilities
is included in Taxes and the noncurrent portion of tax liabilities is
included in Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these
matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences
impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination
is made. Interest and penalties, if any, related to accrued liabilities for
potential tax assessments are included in income tax expense.
Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts
Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that have a local func-
tional currency are translated to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange
rates. Translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated gains and
(losses) not affecting retained earnings in the Consolidated Statement
of Stockholders’ Equity. Income and expense items are translated at
weighted-average rates of exchange prevailing during the year.
Inventories, Plant, rental machines and other property—net, and
other non-monetary assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries and
branches that operate in U.S. dollars are translated at approximate
exchange rates prevailing when the company acquired the assets or
liabilities. All other assets and liabilities denominated in a currency
other than U.S. dollars are translated at year-end exchange rates with
the transaction gain or loss recognized in Other (income) and expense.
Cost of sales and depreciation are translated at historical exchange
rates. All other income and expense items are translated at the
weighted-average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. These
translation gains and losses are included in Net income for the period
in which exchange rates change.
Derivatives
All derivatives are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position at fair value and are reported in Prepaid expenses
and other current assets, Investments and sundry assets, Other accrued
expenses and liabilities or Other liabilities. Classification of each
derivative as current or noncurrent is based upon whether the maturity
of the instrument is less than or greater than 12 months. To qualify
for hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by
SFAS No. 138, “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and
Certain Hedging Activities,” SFAS No.149, “Amendment of Statement
133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and SFAS
No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—
An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140” (collectively,
“SFAS No. 133”), the company requires that the instruments be
effective in reducing the risk exposure that they are designated to
hedge. For instruments that hedge cash flows, hedge effectiveness
criteria also require that it be probable that the underlying transac-
tion will occur. Instruments that meet established accounting criteria
are formally designated as hedges. These criteria demonstrate that
the derivative is expected to be highly effective at offsetting changes
in fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposure both at incep-
tion of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The method
of assessing hedge effectiveness and measuring hedge ineffectiveness
is formally documented at hedge inception. The company assesses
hedge effectiveness and measures hedge ineffectiveness at least quar-
terly throughout the designated hedge period.
The company applies hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS
No. 133, whereby the company designates each derivative as a hedge
of: (1) the fair value of a recognized financial asset or liability or of an
unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value” hedge); (2) the variabil-
ity of anticipated cash flows of a forecasted transaction or the cash
flows to be received or paid related to a recognized financial asset or
liability (“cash flow” hedge); or (3) a hedge of a long-term investment
(“net investment” hedge) in a foreign operation. In addition, the
company may enter into derivative contracts that economically
hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not
apply or the company elects not to apply hedge accounting under
SFAS No.133. In these cases, there exists a natural hedging relation-
ship in which changes in the fair value of the derivative, which are
recognized currently in Net income, act as an economic offset to
changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item(s).
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as a fair
value hedge, along with offsetting changes in the fair value of the
underlying hedged exposure, are recorded in earnings each period.
For hedges of interest rate risk, the fair value adjustments are
recorded as adjustments to Interest expense and Cost of Financing in
the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. For hedges of currency risk
associated with recorded financial assets or liabilities, derivative fair

72
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
B. Accounting Changes ............................. 73
E. Inventories...................................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
value adjustments are recognized in Other (income) and expense in
the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Changes in the fair value of
a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded, net
of applicable taxes, in the Accumulated gains and (losses) not affect-
ing retained earnings, a component of Stockholders’ equity. When
Net income is affected by the variability of the underlying cash flow,
the applicable offsetting amount of the gain or loss from the derivative
that is deferred in Stockholders’ equity is released to Net income and
reported in Interest expense, Cost, SG&A expense or Other (income)
and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings based on the
nature of the underlying cash flow hedged. Effectiveness for net
investment hedging derivatives is measured on a spot-to-spot basis.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of net investment
hedging derivatives and other non-derivative financial instruments
designated as net investment hedges are recorded as foreign currency
translation adjustments, net of applicable taxes, in the Accumulated
gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings section of the
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity. Changes in the fair
value of the portion of a net investment hedging derivative excluded
from the effectiveness assessment are recorded in Interest expense.
When the underlying hedged item ceases to exist, all changes in
the fair value of the derivative are included in Net income each period
until the instrument matures. When the derivative transaction ceases
to exist, a hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in
its fair value except as required under other relevant accounting stan-
dards. Derivatives that are not designated as hedges, as well as changes
in the fair value of derivatives that do not effectively offset changes in
the fair value of the underlying hedged item throughout the designated
hedge period (collectively, “ineffectiveness”), are recorded in Net
income each period and are reported in Other (income) and expense.
The company reports cash flows arising from derivative financial
instruments designated as fair value or cash flow hedges consistent
with the classification of cash flows from the underlying hedged
items that these derivatives are hedging. Accordingly, the cash flows
associated with derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow
hedges are classified in Cash flows from operating activities in the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Cash flows from derivatives
designated as net investment hedges and derivatives that do not
qualify as hedges are reported in investing activities. For currency
swaps designated as hedges of foreign currency denominated debt
(included in the company’s debt risk management program as
addressed in note K, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on
pages 88 to 91), cash flows directly associated with the settlement of
the principal element of these swaps are reported in Payments to
settle debt in the Cash flow from financing activities section of the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Financial Instruments
In determining the fair value of its financial instruments, the company
uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market
conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. For the major-
ity of financial instruments, including most derivatives, long-term
investments and long-term debt, standard market conventions and
techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing mod-
els, replacement cost and termination cost are used to determine fair
value. Dealer quotes are used for the remaining financial instruments.
All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approxima-
tion of value, and such value may never actually be realized.
Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less
at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
Marketable Securities
Debt securities included in Current assets represent securities that are
expected to be realized in cash within one year of the balance sheet
date. Long-term debt securities that are not expected to be realized in
cash within one year and alliance equity securities that are within the
scope of SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities,” are included in Investments and sundry assets.
Those securities are considered available for sale and are reported at
fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes,
recorded in Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained
earnings within Stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are
calculated based on the specific identification method. Other-than-
temporary declines in market value from original cost are charged to
Other (income) and expense in the period in which the loss occurs.
In determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in the
market value has occurred, the company considers the duration that,
and extent to which, fair value of the investment is below its cost.
Realized gains and losses also are included in Other (income) and
expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Inventories
Raw materials, work in process and finished goods are stated at the
lower of average cost or market. In accordance with SFAS No. 95,
“Statement of Cash Flows,” cash flows related to the sale of inventories
are reflected in Net cash provided by operating activities from con-
tinuing operations in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

73
Allowance for Uncollectible Receivables
TRADE
An allowance for uncollectible trade receivables is estimated based on
a combination of write-off history, aging analysis and any specific,
known troubled accounts.
FINANCING
Financing receivables include sales-type leases, direct financing leases
and loans. The methodologies that the company uses to calculate
both its specific and its unallocated reserves, which are applied con-
sistently to its different portfolios are as follows:
Specific—The company reviews all financing account receivables
considered at risk on a quarterly basis. The review primarily consists
of an analysis based upon current information available about the
client, such as financial statements, news reports and published credit
ratings, as well as the current economic environment, collateral net
of repossession cost and prior collection history. For loans that are
collateral dependent, impairment is measured using the fair value of
the collateral when foreclosure is probable. Using this information,
the company determines the expected cash flow for the receivable
and calculates a recommended estimate of the potential loss and the
probability of loss. For those accounts in which the loss is probable,
the company records a specific reserve.
Unallocated—The company records an unallocated reserve that is
calculated by applying a reserve rate to its different portfolios,
excluding accounts that have been specifically reserved. This reserve
rate is based upon credit rating, probability of default, term, asset
characteristics and loss history.
Receivable losses are charged against the allowance when man-
agement believes the uncollectibility of the receivable is confirmed.
Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
Certain receivables for which the company recorded specific
reserves may also be placed on non-accrual status. Non-accrual assets
are those receivables (impaired loans or non-performing leases) with
specific reserves and other accounts for which it is likely that the
company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to
original terms of the lease or loan agreement. Income recognition is
discontinued on these receivables. Cash collections are first applied
as a reduction to principal outstanding. Any cash received in excess
of principal payments outstanding is recognized as interest income.
Receivables may be removed from non-accrual status, if appropriate,
based upon changes in client circumstances.
Estimated Residual Values of Lease Assets
The recorded residual values of the company’s lease assets are esti-
mated at the inception of the lease to be the expected fair value of
the assets at the end of the lease term. The company periodically
reassesses the realizable value of its lease residual values. Any antici-
pated increases in specific future residual values are not recognized
before realization through remarketing efforts. Anticipated decreases
in specific future residual values that are considered to be other-
than-temporary are recognized immediately upon identification and
are recorded as an adjustment to the residual-value estimate. For
sales-type and direct financing leases, this reduction lowers the
recorded net investment and is recognized as a loss charged to
financing income in the period in which the estimate is changed, as
well as an adjustment to unearned income to reduce future-period
financing income.
Common Stock
Common stock refers to the $.20 par value capital stock as designated
in the company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Treasury stock is
accounted for using the cost method. When treasury stock is reissued,
the value is computed and recorded using a weighted-average basis.
Earnings per Share of Common Stock
Earnings per share of common stock—basic is computed by dividing
Net income by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the period. Earnings per share of common stock,
assuming dilution, reflects the maximum potential dilution that could
occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were
exercised or converted into common stock and would then share in
the Net income of the company. See note R, “Earnings Per Share of
Common Stock,” on page 101 for additional information.
Note B. Accounting Changes
New Standards to be Implemented
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) Financial
Accounting Standard (FAS) 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement
No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Its Related Interpretive
Accounting Pronouncements That Address Leasing Transactions,”
and FSP FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157.”
FSP FAS 157-1 removes leasing from the scope of SFAS No. 157,
“Fair Value Measurements.” FSP FAS 157-2 delays the effective date
of SFAS No. 157 from 2008 to 2009 for all nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed
at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
annually). See SFAS No. 157 discussion on page 74.

74
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
A. Significant Accounting Policies..................64
E. Inventories...................................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business
Combinations,” which will become effective in 2009 via prospective
application to new business combinations. This Statement requires
that the acquisition method of accounting be applied to a broader set
of business combinations, amends the definition of a business com-
bination, provides a definition of a business, requires an acquirer to
recognize an acquired business at its fair value at the acquisition date
and requires the assets and liabilities assumed in a business combination
to be measured and recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition
date (with limited exceptions). The company will adopt this Statement
in fiscal year 2009 and its effects on future periods will depend on the
nature and significance of any acquisitions subject to this Statement.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrol-
ling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment
of ARB No. 51.” This Statement requires that the noncontrolling
interest in the equity of a subsidiary be accounted for and reported as
equity, provides revised guidance on the treatment of net income and
losses attributable to the noncontrolling interest and changes in own-
ership interests in a subsidiary and requires additional disclosures that
identify and distinguish between the interests of the controlling and
noncontrolling owners. Pursuant to the transition provisions of SFAS
No. 160, the company will adopt the Statement in fiscal year 2009 via
retrospective application of the presentation and disclosure require-
ments. The company does not expect the adoption of this Statement
to have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair
Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including
an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which will become
effective in 2008. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to measure eligible
financial assets, financial liabilities and firm commitments at fair
value, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that are otherwise not
permitted to be accounted for at fair value under other generally
accepted accounting principles. The fair value measurement election
is irrevocable and subsequent changes in fair value must be recorded
in earnings. The company will adopt this Statement in fiscal year
2008 and does not expect the adoption of this Statement to have a
material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In September 2006, the FASB finalized SFAS No. 157 which will
become effective in 2008 except as amended by FSP FAS 157-1 and
FSP FAS 157-2 as previously described. This Statement defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements; however, it does not
require any new fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS
No. 157 will be applied prospectively to fair value measurements and
disclosures for financial assets and financial liabilities and nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value
in the financial statements on at least an annual basis beginning in the
first quarter of 2008. While the company does not expect the adop-
tion of this Statement to have a material impact on its Consolidated
Financial Statements at this time, the company will monitor any
additional implementation guidance that is issued that addresses the
fair value measurements for certain financial assets, such as private
market pension plan assets, and nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial
liabilities not disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on at
least an annual basis.
Standards Implemented
In the first quarter of 2007, the company adopted SFAS No. 156,
“Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of
FASB Statement No. 140,” that provides guidance on accounting
for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities.
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 156, separately
recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities must be initially
measured at fair value, if practicable. Subsequent to initial recogni-
tion, the company may use either the amortization method or the
fair value measurement method to account for servicing assets and
servicing liabilities within the scope of this Statement. The adoption
of this Statement did not have a material effect on the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
“Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amend-
ment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140,” which permits fair value
remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an
embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The adoption of
this Statement did not have a material effect on the Consolidated
The company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB
Statement No. 109” (FIN 48) on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the
accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income tax law. This
Interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial
statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of
uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax
returns. See note O, “Taxes,” on pages 97 to 99 for additional infor-
mation, including the effects of adoption on the Consolidated

75
Effective December 31, 2006, the company adopted SFAS No.
158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87,
88, 106 and 132(R),” which requires the recognition of the funded
status of the retirement-related benefit plans in the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position and the recognition of the changes
in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through
Gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings, net of applicable
tax effects. The provisions of SFAS No. 158 were adopted pursuant
to the transition provisions therein. The company measures defined
benefit plan assets and obligations as of December 31 and SFAS No.
158 did not affect the company’s existing valuation practices. The
adoption of SFAS No. 158 had no impact on the company’s existing
debt covenants, credit ratings or financial flexibility. See note U,
“Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 105 to 116 for additional
information, including the incremental effect of adoption on the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108, codified as
SAB Topic 1.N, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements
when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial State-
ments.” SAB No. 108 describes the approach that should be used to
quantify the materiality of a misstatement and provides guidance for
correcting prior-year errors. The company early adopted SAB No. 108
in the third quarter of 2006 and accordingly, follows SAB No. 108
requirements when quantifying financial statement misstatements.
The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not require any changes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In the third quarter of 2006, the company adopted FSP FIN
46(R)-6, “Determining the Variability to Be Considered in Applying
FASB Interpretation No. 46(R).” FSP FIN No. 46(R)-6 clarifies that
the variability to be considered in applying FASB Interpretation
46(R) shall be based on an analysis of the design of the variable inter-
est entity. The adoption of this FSP did not have a material effect on
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
“Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB
Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3.” SFAS No. 154 changed
the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a voluntary
change in accounting principle. The adoption of this statement did not
affect the Consolidated Financial Statements in fiscal years 2007 and
2006. Its effects on future periods will depend on the nature and sig-
nificance of any future accounting changes subject to this Statement.
Beginning January 2006, the company adopted SFAS No. 151,
“Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” SFAS
No. 151 requires certain abnormal expenditures to be recognized as
expenses in the current period versus being capitalized in inventory.
It also requires that the amount of fixed production overhead allo-
cated to inventory be based on the normal capacity of the production
facilities. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material
effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Effective January 1, 2005, the company adopted the provisions of
SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” The company elected to
adopt the modified retrospective application method provided by
SFAS No. 123(R) and accordingly, financial statement amounts for
the periods presented herein reflect results as if the fair value method
of expensing had been applied from the original effective date of
SFAS No. 123. See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page
70 and note T, “Stock-Based Compensation,” on pages 102 to 105 for
In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47,
“Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, an inter-
pretation of FASB Statement No. 143” (FIN 47). FIN 47 clarifies
that conditional AROs meet the definition of liabilities and should be
recognized when incurred if their fair values can be reasonably esti-
mated. The company implemented FIN 47 at December 31, 2005
and recorded conditional AROs of approximately $85 million. These
conditional AROs relate to the company’s contractual obligations to
remove leasehold improvements in certain non-U.S. locations thereby
restoring leased space to its original condition. Upon implementation
of FIN 47, the company recorded a $36 million charge (net of income
tax benefit of $21 million) which was reported as a cumulative effect
of a change in accounting principle in the 2005 Consolidated
Statement of Earnings. The company’s accounting policy for AROs is
described in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 69.
The pro forma effect of retroactively applying FIN 47 for the
year 2005 was:
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2005
Pro forma amounts assuming accounting
change is applied retroactively:
Pro forma net income $7,964
Pro forma earnings per share of common stock—
assuming dilution $ 4.89
Pro forma earnings per share of common stock—basic $ 4.98
ARO liabilities at December 31, 2005 $ 85

76
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
C. Acquisitions/Divestitures...................... 76
E. Inventories...................................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
As of December 31, 2005, the company was unable to estimate the
range of settlement dates and the related probabilities for certain
asbestos remediation AROs. These conditional AROs are primarily
related to the encapsulated structural fireproofing that is not subject to
abatement unless the buildings are demolished and non-encapsulated
asbestos that the company would remediate only if it performed major
renovations of certain existing buildings. Because these conditional
obligations have indeterminate settlement dates, the company could
not develop a reasonable estimate of their fair values. The company
will continue to assess its ability to estimate fair values at each future
reporting date. The related liability will be recognized once sufficient
additional information becomes available.
In June 2005, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 143-1, “Accounting
for Electronic Equipment Waste Obligations,” (FSP FAS 143-1) that
provides guidance on how commercial users and producers of elec-
tronic equipment should recognize and measure asset retirement
obligations associated with the European Directive 2002/96/EC on
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (the “Directive”). In
2005, the company adopted FSP FAS 143-1 in those European Union
(EU) member countries that transposed the Directive into country-
specific laws. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the
Consolidated Financial Statements. The effect of applying FSP FAS
143-1 in the remaining countries in future periods is not expected to
have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In the third quarter of 2005, the company adopted SFAS No. 153,
“Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion
No. 29.” SFAS No. 153 requires that exchanges of productive assets be
accounted for at fair value unless fair value cannot be reasonably deter-
mined or the transaction lacks commercial substance. The adoption
of SFAS No. 153 did not have a material effect on the Consolidated
Note C. Acquisitions/Divestitures
Acquisitions
2007
In 2007, the company completed 12 acquisitions at an aggregate cost
of $1,144 million.
The Software segment completed six acquisitions: in the first
quarter, Consul Risk Management International BV and Vallent Cor-
poration, both privately held companies. Four acquisitions were
completed in the third quarter: Watchfire Corporation, WebDialogs
Inc. and Princeton Softech Inc., all privately held companies, and
DataMirror Corporation, a publicly held company. Each acquisition
further complemented and enhanced the software product portfolio.
Global Technology Services completed four acquisitions: in the
first quarter, Softek Storage Solutions Corporation (Softek) and DM
Information Systems, Ltd. (DMIS), both privately held companies.
Two acquisitions were completed in the fourth quarter: Novus
Consulting Group, Inc. and Serbian Business Systems, both privately
held companies. Softek augments the company’s unified data mobility
offerings and worldwide delivery expertise for managing data in stor-
age array, host and virtualized IT environments. DMIS will enhance
and complement the Technology Service offerings. Novus CG, a
storage solution company, will provide improved access to business
information, enable stronger regulatory and corporate compliance
and improve overall information technology performance. Serbian
Business Systems establishes the company’s maintenance and techni-
cal support services business in Serbia.
Global Business Services completed one acquisition in the fourth
quarter: IT Gruppen AS, which will add to the company’s presence
in the retail and media sectors.
Systems and Technology completed one acquisition in the fourth
quarter: XIV, Ltd., a privately held company focused on storage
systems technology.
Purchase price consideration was paid in cash. These acquisitions
are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows net of
acquired cash and cash equivalents.
The table on page 77 reflects the purchase price related to these
acquisitions and the resulting purchase price allocations as of
December 31, 2007.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the company entered into a
definitive agreement to acquire Cognos, Inc. The acquisition of
Cognos, Inc., a publicly held company, was completed in January
2008. The acquisition of Cognos, Inc. supports the Information on
Demand strategy and will provide the company with a strong entry
in the Business Intelligence market.
The closing of the Telelogic AB acquisition, announced in the
second quarter of 2007, is conditioned upon satisfactory completion
of regulatory reviews in the European Union. Regulatory reviews in
the U.S. have been completed.

77
($ in millions)
Amortization
2007 acquisitions Life (in Years) Acquisitions
Current assets $ 184
Fixed assets/noncurrent 31
Intangible assets:
Goodwill N/A 999
Completed technology 3 to 7 93
Client relationships 3 to 7 91
Other 2 to 5 17
Total assets acquired 1,415
Current liabilities (136)
Noncurrent liabilities (135)
Total liabilities assumed (271)
Total purchase price $1,144
N/A — Not applicable
The acquisitions were accounted for as purchase transactions, and
accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were
recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The
primary items that generated the Goodwill are the value of the syner-
gies between the acquired companies and IBM and the acquired
assembled workforce, neither of which qualify as an amortizable
intangible asset. Substantially all of the Goodwill is not deductible
for tax purposes. The overall weighted-average life of the identified
amortizable intangible assets acquired is 5.4 years. With the excep-
tion of Goodwill, these identified intangible assets will be amortized
over their useful lives. Goodwill of $999 million was assigned to the
Software ($639 million), Global Business Services ($14 million),
Global Technology Services ($76 million) and Systems and Technology
($269 million) segments.
See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 69 for
further description of the company’s accounting policies related to
business combinations and intangible assets, including Goodwill.
2006
of $4,817 million, which was paid in cash. The cost of these acquisi-
tions are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows net
of acquired cash and cash equivalents. The tables on page 79 represent
the purchase price allocations for all of the 2006 acquisitions. The
Micromuse Inc., FileNet Corporation, Internet Security Systems,
Inc. and MRO Software, Inc. acquisitions are shown separately given
their significant purchase prices.
Micromuse, Inc. — On February 15, 2006, the company acquired
100 percent of the outstanding common shares of Micromuse, Inc. for
cash consideration of $862 million. Micromuse is a leading provider
of network management software used by banks, telecommunications
carriers, governments, retailers and other organizations to monitor
and manage their sophisticated technology infrastructures. The soft-
ware helps customers manage increasingly complex IT systems that
support the proliferation of voice, data and video traffic due to the
growing adoption of voice over IP (VoIP)-based audio and video
services delivered over the Internet. The combination of Micromuse’s
software and the company’s IT services management technology can
provide a comprehensive approach to help customers reduce the
complexity of their IT environments, lower operational costs and
address compliance mandates. Micromuse was integrated into the
Software segment upon acquisition and Goodwill, as reflected in the
table on page 79, has been entirely assigned to the Software segment.
The overall weighted-average useful life of the intangible assets pur-
chased, excluding Goodwill, is 4.0 years.
In the fourth quarter of 2006, as a result of completing the inte-
gration of Micromuse’s legal and intercompany structure into the
company’s legal structure, the company recorded an increase in
current assets and current liabilities with a corresponding offset in
Goodwill totaling $137 million. These increases relate to an increase
in both Deferred tax assets and Current tax liabilities. These adjust-
ments are reflected in the table on page 79.

78
Management Discussion...................................14
Consolidated Statements...................................58
Notes............................................................ 64
A-F .............................................................. 64
A. Significant Accounting Policies...................64
B. Accounting Changes....................................73
C. Acquisitions/Divestitures....................... 76
E. Inventories....................................................83
F. Financing Receivables..................................83
G-M...................................................................84
N-S ....................................................................94
T-W.................................................................102
FileNet Corporation — On October 12, 2006, the company acquired
100percentoftheoutstandingcommonsharesofFileNetCorporation
for cash consideration of $1,609 million. FileNet is a leading provider
of business process and content management solutions that help
companies simplify critical and everyday decision making processes
and give organizations a competitive advantage. The FileNet acquisi-
tion enhances the company’s ability to meet increasing client demand
for a combination of content- and process-centric business process
management capabilities, which is driven by changing governance
and compliance mandates, as well as the need to integrate content-
centric business processes with enterprise applications. The company
has integrated its business process management and service oriented
architecture (SOA) technologies with the FileNet platform to allow
customers to access content wherever it may reside and use it in the
context of business processes. FileNet was integrated into the
Software segment upon acquisition and Goodwill, as reflected in the
table on page 79, has been entirely assigned to the Software segment.
The overall weighted-average useful life of the intangible assets pur-
chased, excluding Goodwill, is 5.9 years.
Internet Security Systems, Inc.— On October 20, 2006, the
company acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of
Internet Security Systems, Inc. (ISS) for cash consideration of
$1,368 million. ISS provides security solutions to thousands of the
world’s leading companies and governments, helping to proactively
protect against Internet threats across networks, desktops and servers.
ISS software, appliances and services monitor and manage network
vulnerabilities and rapidly respond in advance of potential threats.
The acquisition advances the company’s strategy to utilize IT ser-
vices, software and consulting expertise to automate labor-based
processes into standardized, software-based services that can help
clients optimize and transform their businesses. ISS was integrated
into the Global Technology Services segment upon acquisition and
Goodwill, as reflected in the table on page 79, has been entirely
assigned to the Global Technology Services segment. The overall
weighted-average useful life of the intangible assets purchased,
excluding Goodwill, is 5.6 years.
MRO Software Inc.— On October 5, 2006, the company acquired
100 percent of the outstanding common shares of MRO Software,
Inc. for cash consideration of $739 million. MRO’s asset and service
management software and consulting services are used by many of
the world’s top companies to effectively manage how they buy, main-
tain and retire assets — such as production equipment, facilities,
transportation and information technology hardware and software — in
a wide variety of industries including utilities, manufacturing, energy,
pharmaceutical and telecommunications. The acquisition builds upon
the company’s strategy to leverage business consulting, IT services
and software to develop repeatable tools that help clients optimize
and transform their business. MRO was integrated into the Software,
Global Technology Services and Global Business Services segments
upon acquisition and Goodwill, as reflected in the table on page 79,
has been assigned to the Software segment for $337 million, Global
Technology Services segment for $49 million and Global Business
Services segment for $122 million. The overall weighted-average useful
life of the intangible assets purchased, excluding Goodwill, is 5.6 years.
Other Acquisitions — The company acquired nine additional com-
panies that are presented as Other Acquisitions in the table on page
79. Three of the acquisitions were Global Services-related companies:
two were integrated into the Global Technology Services segment:
Viacore, Inc. and Palisades Technology Partners, LLP; the third,
Valchemy, Inc., was integrated into the Global Business Services seg-
ment. Six of the acquisitions were software-related companies that
were integrated into the Software segment: Cims Lab; Language
Analysis Systems, (LAS) Inc.; Buildforge; Unicorn Solutions, Inc.;
Rembo Technology; and Webify Solutions. The purchase price allo-
cations resulted in aggregate Goodwill of $211 million, of which
$161 million was assigned to the Software segment and $51 million
was assigned to the Global Technology Services segment. The over-
all weighted-average useful life of the intangible assets purchased in
these acquisitions, excluding Goodwill, is 3.4 years.

79
2005
of $2,022 million, which was paid in cash. The cost of these acquisi-
tions are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows net
of acquired cash and cash equivalents. The table on page 80 represents
the purchase price allocations for all of the 2005 acquisitions. The
Ascential Corporation (Ascential) acquisition is shown separately
given its significant purchase price.
($ in millions)
MICROMUSE, INC.
ORIGINAL AMOUNT
AMORTIZATION DISCLOSED IN PURCHASE TOTAL FILENET
2006 ACQUISITIONS LIFE (IN YEARS) FIRST QTR. 2006 ADJUSTMENTS* ALLOCATION CORPORATION
Current assets $ 201 $ 56 $ 257 $ 681
Fixed assets/noncurrent 8 — 8 69
Intangible assets:
Goodwill N/A 694 137 831 894
Completed technology 3 to 5 46 — 46 73
Client relationships 3 to 7 46 — 46 194
Other identifiable intangible assets 2 to 4 4 — 4 55
In-process RD 1 — 1 3
Total assets acquired 1,000 193 1,193 1,969
Current liabilities (89) (193) (282) (252)
Noncurrent liabilities (49) — (49) (108)
Total liabilities assumed (138) (193) (331) (360)
Total purchase price $ 862 $ — $ 862 $1,609
* Adjustments primarily relate to acquisition costs, deferred taxes and other accruals.
N/A—Not applicable
($ in millions)
AMORTIZATION INTERNET SECURITY MRO OTHER
2006 ACQUISITIONS LIFE (IN YEARS) SYSTEMS, INC. SOFTWARE, INC. ACQUISITIONS
Current assets $ 309 $ 227 $ 28
Fixed assets/noncurrent 62 20 4
Intangible assets:
Goodwill N/A 967 508 211
Completed technology 3 to 5 135 71 8
Client relationships 3 to 7 60 42 22
Other identifiable intangible assets 2 to 4 21 4 4
In-process RD 3 — —
Total assets acquired 1,557 872 277
Current liabilities (92) (69) (24)
Noncurrent liabilities (97) (64) (13)
Total liabilities assumed (189) (133) (37)
Total purchase price $1,368 $ 739 $240
Ascential—On April 29, 2005, the company acquired 100 percent
of the outstanding common shares of Ascential for cash consideration
of $1,140 million. Ascential is a provider of enterprise data integration
software used to help build enterprise data warehouses, power busi-
ness intelligence systems, consolidate enterprise applications, create
and manage master repositories of critical business information and
enable on demand data access. Ascential complements and strengthens
the company’s information and integration offerings and further
extends the company’s ability to enable clients to become on demand

80
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
E. Inventories...................................................83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
($ in millions)
ASCENTIAL
ORIGINAL AMOUNT
DISCLOSED
AMORTIZATION IN SECOND PURCHASE TOTAL OTHER
2005 ACQUISITIONS LIFE (IN YEARS) QTR. 2005 ADJUSTMENTS* ALLOCATION ACQUISITIONS
Current assets $ 526 $ (1) $ 525 $ 137
Fixed assets/noncurrent 20 — 20 28
Intangible assets:
Goodwill N/A 639 1 640 791
Completed technology 3 56 — 56 35
Client relationships 5 46 — 46 22
Other identifiable intangible assets 1–5 — — — 5
In-process RD — — — 1
Total assets acquired 1,287 — 1,287 1,019
Current liabilities (112) (4) (116) (89)
Noncurrent liabilities (35) 4 (31) (48)
Total liabilities assumed (147) — (147) (137)
Total purchase price $1,140 $— $1,140 $ 882
* Adjustments primarily relate to acquisition costs, deferred taxes and other accruals.
Divestitures
2007
In January 2007, the company announced an agreement with Ricoh Company Limited (“Ricoh”), a publicly traded company, to form a joint
venture company based on the Printing System Division (a division of the Systems and Technology segment).
businesses by providing a single, agile infrastructure for delivering
accurate, consistent, timely and coherent information. Ascential was
integrated into the Software segment upon acquisition and Goodwill,
as reflected in the table below, has been entirely assigned to the
Software segment. The overall weighted-average useful life of the
intangible assets purchased, excluding Goodwill, is 3.9 years.
Other Acquisitions—The company acquired 15 additional com-
panies that are presented as Other Acquisitions in the table below.
Four of the acquisitions were technology services-related companies
that were integrated into the Global Technology Services segment:
Network Solutions; Classic Blue; Corio; and Equitant. One of the
acquisitions, HealthLink, was integrated into the Global Business
Services segment. Nine of the acquisitions were software-related
companies that were integrated into the Software segment: iPhrase;
Data Power Technology, Inc.; Bowstreet; Collation Inc.; DWL;
Isogon Corporation; PureEdge Solutions, Inc.; SRD; and Gluecode.
One acquisition, Meiosys, was integrated into the Systems and
Technology segment. The purchase price allocations resulted in
aggregate Goodwill of $791 million, of which $456 million was
assigned to the Software segment; $239 million was assigned to the
Global Technology Services segment; $62 million was assigned to
the Global Business Services segment and $34 million was assigned
to the Systems and Technology segment. The overall weighted-
average useful life of the intangible assets purchased, excluding
Goodwill, is 3.1 years.

81
The company initially created a wholly owned subsidiary, InfoPrint
Solutions Company, LLC (InfoPrint), by contributing specific assets
and liabilities from its printer business. The Printing Systems
Division generated approximately $1 billion of revenue in 2006. The
InfoPrint portfolio includes solutions for production printing for
enterprises and commercial printers as well as solutions for office
workgroup environments and industrial segments. On June 1, 2007
(“closing date”), the company divested 51 percent of its interest in
InfoPrint to Ricoh. The company will divest its remaining 49 percent
ownership to Ricoh quarterly over the next three years from the clos-
ing date. At December 31, 2007, the company’s ownership in InfoPrint
was 40.8 percent.
The total consideration the company agreed to on January 24,
2007 (the date the definitive agreement was signed) was $725 million
which was paid in cash to the company on the closing date. The cash
received was consideration for the initial 51 percent acquisition of
InfoPrint by Ricoh as well as a prepayment for the remaining 49
percent to be acquired and certain royalties and services to be pro-
vided by the company to InfoPrint. Final consideration for this
transaction will be determined at the end of the three-year period
based upon the participation in the profits and losses recorded by the
equity partners. The company evaluated its ownership and participa-
tion in InfoPrint under the requirements of FIN 46(R). The company
concluded that InfoPrint met the requirements of a variable interest
entity, the company is not the primary beneficiary of the entity and
that deconsolidation of the applicable net assets was appropriate. The
company’s investment in InfoPrint will be accounted for under the
equity method of accounting.
The company will provide maintenance services for one year,
certain hardware products for three years and other information
technology and business process services to InfoPrint for up to five
years. The company assessed the fair value of these arrangements,
and, as a result, deferred $274 million of the proceeds. This amount
will be recorded as revenue, primarily in the company’s services seg-
ments, as services are provided to InfoPrint.
The royalty agreements are related to the use of certain of the
company’s trademarks for up to 10 years. The company assessed the
fair value of these royalty agreements, and, as a result, deferred
$116 million of the proceeds. This amount will be recognized as
Intellectual property and custom development income as it is
earned in subsequent periods.
Net assets contributed, transaction related expenses and provi-
sions were $90 million, resulting in an expected total pre-tax gain of
$245 million, of which $81 million was recorded in Other (income)
and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the second
quarter of 2007.
The deferred pre-tax gain of $164 million at the closing date was
primarily related to: (1) the transfer of the company’s remaining 49
percent interest in InfoPrint to Ricoh, and, (2) the transfer of certain
maintenance services employees to InfoPrint. The company will
recognize this amount over a three year period as the remaining
ownership interest is divested and the employees are transferred. The
pre-tax gain will be recorded in Other (income) and expense in the
As discussed below and on page 82, the company divested its
Personal Computing Business to Lenovo in 2005. A portion of the
total consideration received in that transaction included Lenovo
equity. This equity was subject to specific lock-up provisions. These
restrictions were modified in 2006 as discussed below.
In 2007, the company divested 523 million shares of Lenovo com-
mon stock with proceeds approximating $204 million. At December
31, 2007 the company’s equity in Lenovo represented 4.8 percent of
ordinary voting shares and 8.8 percent of total ownership.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the company recorded a
pre-tax gain of $30 million related to the divestiture. This amount
was primarily due to a reversal of an indemnity provision recorded at
the closing.
2006
As discussed above, a portion of the total consideration received in
the Personal Computing business divestiture included Lenovo equity.
This equity was subject to specific lock-up provisions at closing.
In the second quarter of 2006, the company and Lenovo agreed
to revise these restrictions such that the company can now fully divest
its shares in Lenovo after November 1, 2007 versus the prior lock-up
expiration date of May 1, 2008. As a result of the change in the lock-up
restrictions, the company considers all Lenovo shares to be within the
scope of SFAS No. 115 and has classified them as available-for-sale.
On August 4, 2006, the company signed an agreement with a
financial institution to establish a structure, with the institution act-
ing as agent, to facilitate the company’s disposition of Lenovo shares
from time to time, after their release from the lock-up provisions. At
December 31, 2006, the company had not divested any shares
through the financial institution.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the company recorded a
pre-tax gain of $45 million related to the divestiture. This amount
was primarily due to a reversal of an indemnity provision recorded
at the closing.
2005
On April 30, 2005 (closing date), the company completed the divesti-
ture of its Personal Computing business to Lenovo, a publicly traded
company on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The total consideration
that the company agreed to on December 7, 2004 (the date the
definitive agreement was signed) was $1,750 million which included
$650 million in cash, $600 million in Lenovo equity (valued at the
December 6, 2004 closing price) and the transfer of approximately
$500 million of net liabilities. At the closing date, total consideration

82
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ............................................................. 64
(excluding derivatives) .......................... 82
E. Inventories............................................. 83
F. Financing Receivables........................... 83
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
was valued at $1,725 million, comprised of: $650 million in cash,
$542 million in Lenovo equity and $533 million in net liabilities
transferred. Transaction related expenses and provisions were $628
million, resulting in a net pre-tax gain of $1,097 million which was
recorded in Other (income) and expense in the Consolidated
Statement of Earnings in the second quarter of 2005. In addition, the
company paid Lenovo $138 million in cash primarily to assume addi-
tional liabilities outside the scope of the original agreement. This
transaction had no impact on Income from Continuing Operations.
Total net cash proceeds, less the deposit received at the end of 2004
for $25 million, related to these transactions were $487 million.
The equity received at the closing date represented 9.9 percent of
ordinary voting shares and 18.9 percent of total ownership in
Lenovo. Subsequent to the closing date, Lenovo’s capital structure
changed due to new third-party investments. As a result, the com-
pany’s equity at June 30, 2005 represented 9.9 percent of ordinary
voting shares and 17.05 percent of total ownership in Lenovo. The
equity securities have been accounted for under the cost method of
accounting. The equity is subject to specific lock-up provisions that
restrict the company from divesting the securities. These restrictions
apply to specific equity tranches and expire over a three-year period
from the closing date. The Lenovo equity was valued at $542 million
at the closing date and is recorded in Investments and sundry assets
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. In addition, the
company recorded an equity deferral of $112 million to reflect the
value of the lock-up provisions. This deferral was recorded as a
contra-investment in Investments and sundry assets.
As part of the agreements with Lenovo, the company will provide
certain services. These services include marketing support, informa-
tion technology, human resources support and learning services. These
service arrangements are primarily for periods of three years or less
and can be terminated earlier by Lenovo. The company estimated the
fair value of these service arrangements, and, as a result, has deferred
$262 million of the transaction gain. This amount will be recorded
as revenue, primarily in the Global Services segments, as services are
provided to Lenovo. The deferred amount was recorded in Deferred
income in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
The company also recorded direct and incremental expenses and
related provisions of $254 million associated with the divestiture,
consisting of $74 million for certain indemnities; $64 million for
employee-related charges; $40 million in real estate and information
technology costs; $20 million in transaction expenses; $22 million of
goodwill; and $34 million in other expenses. The company, as part of
the agreement, retained the right and will be given a preference to
provide maintenance, warranty and financing services to Lenovo.
The company retained the warranty liability for all Personal
Computing business products sold prior to the closing date. Lenovo
will have the right to use certain IBM Trademarks under a Trademark
License Agreement for a term of five years. In addition, the company
entered into an arm’s-length supply agreement with Lenovo for a
term of five years, designed to provide the company with computers
for its internal use.
In the third quarter of 2005, as a result of the third-party invest-
ments previously described, Lenovo was required to repurchase the
first equity tranche at a specified share price. The equity repurchase
resulted in the receipt of $152 million of cash and a pre-tax gain of
$17 million. As a result of this transaction, the company’s equity in
Lenovo at September 30, 2005 represented 9.9 percent of ordinary
voting shares and 14.88 percent of total ownership.
Also, in the second half of the year, the company received an
additional $23 million of cash from Lenovo related to working capi-
tal adjustments, net of expenses related to employee matters. These
transactions were consistent with the company’s previous estimates.
Overall, including the gain on the equity sale recorded in the third
quarter, the company recorded an additional net pre-tax gain of $11
million; the resulting net pre-tax gain for the year ending December
31, 2005 is $1,108 million.
In addition, at December 31, 2005, the deferred income bal-
ance related to the services arrangements previously discussed is
$169 million.
Note D. Financial Instruments
(excluding derivatives)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and derivative finan-
cial instruments are recognized and measured at fair value in the
company’s financial statements. Notes and other accounts receivable
and other investments are financial assets with carrying values
that approximate fair value. Accounts payable, other accrued expenses
and short-term debt are financial liabilities with carrying values
that approximate fair value. The carrying amount of long-term
debt is approximately $23.0 billion and $13.8 billion and the
estimated fair value is $26.5 billion and $16.2 billion at December 31,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
In the absence of quoted prices in active markets, considerable
judgment is required in developing estimates of fair value. Estimates
are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the company could real-
ize in a current market transaction. The following methods and
assumptions were used to estimate fair values:

83
LOANS AND FINANCING RECEIVABLES
Estimates of fair value are based on discounted future cash flows
using current interest rates offered for similar loans to clients with
similar credit ratings for the same remaining maturities.
RESTRICTED SECURITIES
The fair value of restricted securities was estimated based on a quoted
price for an identical unrestricted security, adjusted to reflect the
effect of the restriction.
LONG-TERM DEBT
For publicly-traded debt, estimates of fair value are based on market
prices. For other debt, fair value is estimated based on rates cur-
rently available to the company for debt with similar terms and
remaining maturities.
Marketable Securities*
The following table summarizes the company’s marketable securities,
all of which are considered available-for-sale, and alliance investments.
($ in millions)
FAIR VALUE
Marketable securities—current:
Time deposits and other obligations $1,155 $2,634
Marketable securities—noncurrent:**
Time deposits and other obligations $ 530 $ 359
Non-U.S. government securities and
other fixed-term obligations 1 2
Total $ 531 $ 361
Non-equity method alliance investments** $ 879 $ 628
* Gross unrealized gains (before taxes) on marketable securities were $7 million and $19
million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Gross unrealized gains (before
taxes) on alliance investments were $545 million and $178 million at December 31, 2007
and 2006, respectively. Gross unrealized losses (before taxes) on marketable securities
were immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2007 and
2006. Gross unrealized losses (before taxes) on alliance investments were $18 million
at December 31, 2007 and immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements at
December 31, 2006. See note M, “Stockholders’ Equity Activity,” on page 93 for net
change in unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities.
**Included within Investments and sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position. See note H, “Investments and Sundry Assets,” on page 84.
Note E. Inventories
($ in millions)
Finished goods $ 668 $ 506
Work in process and raw materials 1,996 2,304
Total $2,664 $2,810
Note F. Financing Receivables
($ in millions)
Current:
Net investment in sales-type leases $ 4,746 $ 4,590
Commercial financing receivables 6,263 5,814
Client loan receivables 4,652 4,196
Installment payment receivables 629 496
Total $16,289 $15,095
Noncurrent:
Net investment in sales-type leases $ 6,085 $ 5,471
Commercial financing receivables 113 32
Client loan receivables 4,931 4,214
Installment payment receivables 474 351
Total $11,603 $10,068
Net investment in sales-type leases is for leases that relate principally
to the company’s equipment and are for terms ranging from two to
seven years. Net investment in sales-type leases includes unguaran-
teed residual values of $915 million and $854 million at December
31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and is reflected net of unearned
income of $1,016 million and $1,005 million and of allowance for
uncollectible accounts of $127 million and $135 million at those
dates, respectively. Scheduled maturities of minimum lease payments
outstanding at December 31, 2007, expressed as a percentage of the
total, are approximately: 2008, 50 percent; 2009, 30 percent; 2010,
15 percent; 2011, 5 percent; and 2012 and beyond, 1 percent.
Commercial financing receivables relate primarily to inventory
and accounts receivable financing for dealers and remarketers of IBM
and non-IBM products. Payment terms for inventory and accounts
receivable financing generally range from 30 to 90 days.
Client loan receivables relate to loans that are provided by Global
Financing primarily to the company’s clients to finance the purchase
of the company’s software and services. Separate contractual relation-
ships on these financing arrangements are for terms ranging from
two to seven years. Each financing contract is priced independently
at competitive market rates. The company has a history of enforcing
the terms of these separate financing agreements.
The company utilizes certain of its financing receivables as col-
lateral for non-recourse borrowings. Financing receivables pledged
as collateral for borrowings were $258 million and $304 million at
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These borrowings are
included in note J, “Borrowings,” on pages 85 to 88.
The company did not have any financing receivables held for sale
as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.

84
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M ............................................................ 84
G. Plant, Rental Machines and
Other Property...................................... 84
H. Investments and Sundry Assets............ 84
I. Intangible Assets Including Goodwill.. 84
J. Borrowings ............................................ 85
K. Derivatives and Hedging Transactions ......88
L. Other Liabilities..........................................91
M. Stockholders’ Equity Activity.....................92
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
Note G. Plant, Rental Machines
and Other Property
($ in millions)
Land and land improvements $ 701 $ 693
Buildings and building improvements 8,498 8,243
Plant, laboratory and office equipment 25,273 23,907
34,471 32,843
Less: Accumulated depreciation 21,625 20,441
Plant and other property—net 12,847 12,401
Rental machines 4,113 3,678
Less: Accumulated depreciation 1,878 1,640
Rental machines—net 2,235 2,038
Total—net $15,081 $14,440
Note H. Investments and Sundry Assets
($ in millions)
Deferred taxes* $1,513 $3,880
Deferred transition and setup costs
and other deferred arrangements** 1,475 1,232
Alliance investments:
Equity method 271 416
Non-equity method 879 628
Long-term deposits 285 228
Derivatives—noncurrent+ 259 213
Marketable securities 531 361
Prepaid software 221 146
Other assets 1,327 1,277
Total $6,761 $8,381
* The decrease was primarily due to the year-end remeasurement of pension assets.
**Deferred transition and set-up costs and other deferred arrangements are related to
Global Services client arrangements. Also see note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,”
+ See note K, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 88 to 91 for the fair
value of all derivatives reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
Note I. Intangible Assets
Including Goodwill
Intangible Assets
The following table details the company’s intangible asset balances
by major asset class:
($ in millions)
AT DECEMBER 31, 2007
GROSS NET
CARRYING ACCUMULATED CARRYING
INTANGIBLE ASSET CLASS AMOUNT AMORTIZATION AMOUNT
Capitalized software $1,926 $ (826) $1,100
Client-related 1,054 (495) 559
Completed technology 536 (194) 342
Strategic alliances 103 (103) —
Patents/trademarks 128 (61) 67
Other* 154 (115) 39
Total $3,901 $(1,794) $2,107
* Other intangibles are primarily acquired proprietary and nonproprietary business
processes, methodologies and systems, and impacts from currency translation.
($ in millions)
AT DECEMBER 31, 2006
GROSS NET
CARRYING ACCUMULATED CARRYING
INTANGIBLE ASSET CLASS AMOUNT AMORTIZATION AMOUNT
Capitalized software $1,871 $ (837) $1,034
Client-related 1,038 (424) 614
Completed technology 500 (128) 372
Strategic alliances 104 (89) 15
Patents/trademarks 112 (29) 83
Other* 264 (179) 84
Total $3,888 $(1,686) $2,202
* Other intangibles are primarily acquired proprietary and nonproprietary business
processes, methodologies and systems, and impacts from currency translation.
The company amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful
lives unless such lives are deemed indefinite. Amortizable intangible
assets are tested for impairment based on undiscounted cash flows,
and, if impaired, written down to fair value based on either discounted
cash flows or appraised values. Intangible assets with indefinite lives
are tested annually for impairment and written down to fair value as
required. No impairment of intangible assets has been recorded dur-
ing any of the periods presented.

85
Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment, for the year ended December 31, 2007, are presented in the table
below. There was no impairment of goodwill recorded in 2007:
($ in millions)
FOREIGN
BALANCE PURCHASE CURRENCY BALANCE
JANUARY 1, GOODWILL PRICE TRANSLATION DECEMBER 31,
SEGMENT 2007 ADDITIONS ADJUSTMENTS DIVESTITURES ADJUSTMENTS 2007
Global Business Services $ 3,811 $ 14 $ (5) $— $221 $ 4,041
Global Technology Services 2,700 77 27 — 110 2,914
Systems and Technology 214 269 — — 1 484
Software 6,129 639 54 — 24 6,846
Total $12,854 $999 $76 $— $356 $14,285
The net carrying amount of intangible assets decreased by $95
million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the
amortization of acquired intangibles, partially offset by net increases
in capitalized software.
Total amortization was $1,163 million and $1,076 million for the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The aggregate
amortization expense for acquired intangibles (excluding capitalized
software) was $367 million and $316 million for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, in 2007 the
company retired $1,066 million of fully amortized intangible assets,
impacting both the gross carrying amount and accumulated amorti-
zation for this amount.
The future amortization expense for each of the five succeeding
years related to all intangible assets that are currently recorded in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is estimated to be as
follows at December 31, 2007:
($ in millions)
CAPITALIZED ACQUIRED
SOFTWARE INTANGIBLES TOTAL
2008 $670 $324 $995
2009 338 266 604
2010 92 174 266
2011 — 124 124
2012 — 57 57
Note J. Borrowings
Short-Term Debt
($ in millions)
Commercial paper $ 5,831 $3,779
Short-term loans 2,714 2,355
Long-term debt—current maturities 3,690 2,768
Total $12,235 $8,902
The weighted-average interest rates for commercial paper at December
31, 2007 and 2006, were 4.4 percent and 5.3 percent, respectively. The
weighted-average interest rates for short-term loans were 4.8 percent
and 3.0 percent at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

86
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M ............................................................ 84
Other Property ...........................................84
H. Investments and Sundry Assets ..................84
I. Intangible Assets Including Goodwill........84
J. Borrowings ............................................ 85
K. Derivatives and Hedging Transactions ......88
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
Long-Term Debt
PRE-SWAP BORROWING
($ in millions)
AT DECEMBER 31: MATURITIES 2007 2006*
U.S. Dollar Notes and Debentures (average interest rate at December 31, 2007):**
4.48% 2008–2011 $12,295***+ $ 7,137
5.34% 2012–2013 3,545+ 2,047
5.69% 2014–2018 3,026 26
8.375% 2019 750 750
7.00% 2025 600 600
6.22% 2027 469 469
6.50% 2028 313 313
5.875% 2032 600 600
7.00% 2045 150 150
7.125% 2096 850 850
22,598 12,942
Other Currencies (average interest rate at December 31, 2007, in parentheses):
Euros (3.4%) 2008–2013 2,466 2,234
Japanese yen (2.2%) 2010–2014 767 796
Swiss francs (1.5%) 2008 442 410
Other (2.7%) 2008–2013 89 66
26,362 16,448
Less: Net unamortized discount 65 64
Add: SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustment++ 432 164
26,729 16,548
Less: Current maturities 3,690 2,768
Total $23,039 $13,780
** As part of the company’s 2002 acquisition of PricewaterhouseCoopers’ Global Business Consulting and Technology Services Unit, the company issued convertible notes bearing interest
at a stated rate of 3.43 percent with a face value of approximately $328 million to certain of the acquired PricewaterhouseCoopers’ Global Business Consulting and Technology Services
Unit partners. The notes were convertible into 4,764,543 shares of IBM common stock at the option of the holders at any time based on a fixed conversion price of $68.81 per share of the
company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2007, all of the shares have been issued.
*** On January 29, 2008, IBM International Group Capital LLC, which is an indirect, 100 percent-owned finance subsidiary of the company, issued $3.5 billion of 18-month floating
rate notes. These proceeds will be utilized to reduce the 364-day bridge loan associated with the 2007 accelerated share repurchase transaction. (See note M, “Stockholders’ Equity,” on
pages 92 and 93 for additional information.) As such, the 2007 amount includes $3.5 billion of the bridge loan balance which has been reclassified to long-term debt in accordance with
SFAS No. 6, “Classification of Short-Term Obligations Expected to be Refinanced”.
+ $4.1 billion in debt securities issued by IBM International Group Capital LLC, as defined in Rule 3-10(b) of Regulation S-X is included in 2008-2011 ($2.6 billion) and 2012-2013
($1.5 billion). Debt securities issued by IBM International Group Capital LLC are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the company.
++ In accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 133, the portion of the company’s fixed rate debt obligations that is hedged is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position as an amount equal to the sum of the debt’s carrying value plus an SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustment representing changes in the fair value of the hedged debt obligations
attributable to movements in benchmark interest rates.

87
Pre-swap annual contractual maturities of long-term debt outstanding
at December 31, 2007, are as follows:
($ in millions)
2008 $ 3,705
2009 8,373
2010 2,212
2011 1,670
2012 2,996
2013 and beyond 7,406
Total $26,362
Interest on Debt
($ in millions)
Cost of Financing $ 811 $ 692 $ 525
Interest expense* 753 398 327
Net investment hedging activity* (142) (120) (107)
Interest capitalized 9 11 16
Total interest paid and accrued $1,431 $ 981 $ 761
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation to disclose changes in the fair value of the
portion of a net investment hedging derivative excluded from the effectiveness assessment.
See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 71 and 72 under “Derivatives”
for additional information.
Refer to the related discussion on page 118 in note V, “Segment
Information,” for total interest expense of the Global Financing seg-
ment. See note K, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages
88 to 91 for a discussion of the use of currency and interest rate swaps
in the company’s debt risk management program.
Lines of Credit
On June 28, 2007, the company extended by one year its five-year
$10 billion Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank,
N.A., as Syndication Agent amending the company’s existing five-
year $10 billion Credit Agreement (the “Existing Agreement”) dated
June 28, 2006. The Existing Agreement was not otherwise due to
expire until June 28, 2011. The total expense recorded by the com-
pany related to these facilities was $6.2 million in 2007, $7.4 million
in 2006 and $8.9 million in 2005. The amended Credit Agreement
permits the company and its Subsidiary Borrowers to borrow up to
$10 billion on a revolving basis. Borrowings of the Subsidiary
Borrowers will be unconditionally backed by the company. The com-
pany may also, upon the agreement of either existing Lenders, or of
the additional banks not currently party to the Credit Agreement,
increase the commitments under the Credit Agreement up to an
additional $2.0 billion. Subject to certain terms of the Credit
Agreement, the company and Subsidiary Borrowers may borrow,
prepay and reborrow amounts under the Credit Agreement at any
time during the Credit Agreement. Interest rates on borrowings
under the Credit Agreement will be based on prevailing market
interest rates, as further described in the Credit Agreement. The
Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warran-
ties, covenants, events of default, and indemnification provisions. The
company believes that circumstances that might give rise to breach of
these covenants or an event of default, as specified in the Credit
Agreement are remote. The company’s other lines of credit, most of
which are uncommitted, totaled approximately $9,992 million and
$9,429 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest
rates and other terms of borrowing under these lines of credit vary
from country to country, depending on local market conditions.
Post-Swap Borrowing (Long-Term Debt, Including Current Portion)
($ in millions)
2007 2006
AT DECEMBER 31: AMOUNT AVERAGE RATE AMOUNT AVERAGE RATE
Fixed-rate debt* $10,922 5.48% $ 8,758 5.25%
Floating-rate debt** 15,807 4.76% 7,790 6.30%
Total $26,729 $16,548
* Includes $2,600 million in 2007 and $1,500 million in 2006 of notional interest rate swaps that effectively convert floating-rate long-term debt into fixed-rate debt. (See note K,
“Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 88 to 91).
**Includes $9,606 million in 2007 and $6,616 million in 2006 of notional interest rate swaps that effectively convert the fixed-rate long-term debt into floating-rate debt.

88
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M ............................................................ 84
Other Property ...........................................84
J. Borrowings ............................................ 85
K. Derivatives and Hedging Transactions.. 88
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
($ in millions)
Unused lines:
From the committed global credit facility $ 9,792 $ 9,875
From other committed and uncommitted lines 7,895 7,215
Total unused lines of credit $17,687 $17,090
Note K. Derivatives and Hedging
Transactions
The company operates in multiple functional currencies and is a
significant borrower and lender in the global markets. In the normal
course of business, the company is exposed to the impact of interest
rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations, and to a lesser extent
equity price changes and client credit risk. The company limits these
risks by following established risk management policies and proce-
dures, including the use of derivatives, and, where cost effective,
financing with debt in the currencies in which assets are denominated.
For interest rate exposures, derivatives are used to align rate move-
ments between the interest rates associated with the company’s lease
and other financial assets and the interest rates associated with its
financing debt. Derivatives are also used to manage the related cost
of debt. For foreign currency exposures, derivatives are used to limit
the effects of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on financial results.
As a result of the use of derivative instruments, the company is
exposed to the risk that counterparties to derivative contracts will fail
to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate the counterparty
credit risk, the company has a policy of only entering into contracts
with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their
credit ratings and other factors, and maintains strict dollar and term
limits that correspond to each institution’s credit rating. The com-
pany’s established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk
on principal transactions include reviewing and establishing limits
for credit exposure and continually assessing the creditworthiness of
counterparties. Master agreements with counterparties include mas-
ter netting arrangements as further mitigation of credit exposure to
counterparties. These arrangements permit the company to net
amounts due from the company to a counterparty with amounts due
to the company from a counterparty reducing the maximum loss
from credit risk in the event of counterparty default.
The company employs derivative instruments to hedge the vola-
tility in stockholders’ equity resulting from changes in currency
exchange rates of significant foreign subsidiaries of the company with
respect to the U.S. dollar. These instruments, designated as net
investment hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133, expose the
company to liquidity risk as the derivatives have an immediate cash
flow impact upon maturity which is not offset by the translation of
the underlying hedged equity. The company has established cash loss
limits to monitor and manage this liquidity risk. In 2007, the company
expended $258 million, all in the fourth quarter, related to maturities
of net investment hedges. At December 31, 2007, the company had
liabilities of $937 million, representing the fair value of derivative
instruments in qualifying net investment hedge relationships. Of this
amount, $495 million is expected to mature in fiscal 2008. The
weighted-average remaining maturity of all derivative instruments
designated as net investment hedges is approximately 1.5 years.
In its hedging programs, the company uses forward contracts, futures
contracts, interest-rate swaps and currency swaps, depending upon the
underlying exposure. The company does not use derivatives for trad-
ing or speculative purposes, nor is it a party to leveraged derivatives.
A brief description of the major hedging programs follows.
Debt Risk Management
The company issues debt in the global capital markets, principally to
fund its financing lease and loan portfolio. Access to cost-effective
financing can result in interest rate and/or currency mismatches with
the underlying assets. To manage these mismatches and to reduce
overall interest cost, the company uses interest-rate swaps to convert
specific fixed-rate debt into variable-rate (or “floating-rate”) debt
(i.e., fair value hedges) and to convert specific variable-rate debt into
fixed-rate debt (i.e., cash flow hedges).
The company is exposed to exchange rate volatility on foreign
currency denominated debt. To manage this risk, the company
employs cross-currency swaps to convert fixed-rate foreign currency
denominated debt to fixed-rate debt denominated in the functional
currency of the borrowing entity. These swaps are accounted for as
cash flow hedges.
The company is exposed to interest rate volatility on forecasted
debt issuances. To manage this risk, the company may use forward
starting interest-rate swaps to lock in the rate on the interest payments
related to the forecasted debt issuance. These swaps are accounted
for as cash flow hedges.
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the weighted-average remaining
maturity of all swaps in the debt risk management program was
approximately five years.

89
Long-Term Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries
(Net Investment)
A significant portion of the company’s foreign currency denominated
debt portfolio is designated as a hedge of net investment which
reduces the volatility in stockholders’ equity caused by changes in
foreign currency exchange rates in the functional currency of major
foreign subsidiaries with respect to the U.S. dollar. The company
also uses currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts for
this risk management purpose, as well as a component of its debt
management program. The currency effects of these hedges (approx-
imately $880 million losses in 2007, $350 million losses in 2006 and
$570 million gains in 2005, net of tax) were reflected in the
Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings section
of the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, thereby
offsetting a portion of the translation adjustment of the applicable
foreign subsidiaries’ net assets.
Anticipated Royalties and Cost Transactions
The company’s operations generate significant nonfunctional cur-
rency, third-party vendor payments and intercompany payments for
royalties and goods and services among the company’s non-U.S.
subsidiaries and with the parent company. In anticipation of these
foreign currency cash flows and in view of the volatility of the cur-
rency markets, the company selectively employs foreign exchange
forward contracts to manage its currency risk. These forwards are
accounted for as cash flow hedges. The maximum length of time
over which the company is hedging its exposure to the variability in
future cash flows is approximately four years. At December 31,
2007, the weighted-average remaining maturity of these derivative
instruments was approximately 281 days, as compared to 216 days
at December 31, 2006.
Anticipated Commodity Purchase Transactions
In connection with the purchase of electricity for anticipated manu-
facturing requirements, the company selectively employs forward
contracts to manage its price risk. The forwards are accounted for as
cash flow hedges. The company does not have any derivative instru-
ments relating to this program outstanding at December 31, 2007.
Subsidiary Cash and Foreign Currency Asset/
Liability Management
The company uses its Global Treasury Centers to manage the cash of
its subsidiaries. These centers principally use currency swaps to con-
vert cash flows in a cost-effective manner. In addition, the company
uses foreign exchange forward contracts to economically hedge, on a
net basis, the foreign currency exposure of a portion of the company’s
nonfunctional currency assets and liabilities. The terms of these for-
ward and swap contracts are generally less than one year. The changes
in the fair values of these contracts and of the underlying hedged
exposures are generally offsetting and are recorded in Other (income)
and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Equity Risk Management
The company is exposed to equity price changes related to certain
obligations to employees. These equity exposures are primarily
related to market price movements in certain broad equity market
indices and in the company’s common stock. Changes in the overall
value of these employee compensation obligations are recorded in
SGA expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Although
not designated as accounting hedges, the company utilizes equity
derivatives, including equity swaps and futures, to economically hedge
the exposures related to certain employee compensation obligations.
The derivatives are linked to the total return on certain broad equity
market indices or the total return on the company’s common stock.
They are recorded at fair value with gains or losses also reported in
SGA expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Other Derivatives
The company holds warrants in connection with certain investments
that are deemed derivatives because they contain net share or net
cash settlement provisions. The company records the changes in the
fair value of these warrants in Other (income) and expense in the
The company is exposed to a potential loss if a client fails to pay
amounts due under contractual terms (“credit risk”). The company
utilizes credit default swaps to economically hedge its credit exposures.
These derivatives have remaining terms of one year or less. The swaps
are recorded at fair value with gains and losses reported in Other
(income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
To economically hedge its foreign exchange exposure not covered
by any of the previously discussed programs, the company also uses
certain forward and option contracts that are not designated as
accounting hedges. These derivatives are recorded at fair value with
gains and losses reported in Other (income) and expense in the

90
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M ............................................................ 84
Other Property ...........................................84
J. Borrowings..................................................85
K. Derivatives and Hedging Transactions.. 88
L. Other Liabilities.................................... 91
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
The following tables summarize the net fair value of the derivative instruments and the carrying value of foreign currency denominated
debt designated as a hedge of net investment at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position).
($ in millions)
HEDGE DESIGNATION
NET NON-HEDGE/
AT DECEMBER 31, 2007 FAIR VALUE CASH FLOW INVESTMENT OTHER
Derivatives—net asset/(liability):
Debt risk management $167 $ 291 $ — $ 50
Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (“net investments”) — — (937) —
Anticipated royalties and cost transactions — (203) — —
Anticipated commodity purchase transactions — — — —
Subsidiary cash and foreign currency asset/liability management — — — (56)
Equity risk management — — — 30
Other derivatives — — — 6
Total derivatives 167(a)
88(b)
(937)(c)
30(d)
Debt:
Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (“net investments”) — — (2,787)(e)
—
Total $167 $ 88 $(3,724) $ 30
(a)
Comprises assets of $181 million and liabilities of $14 million.
(b)
(c)
Comprises liabilities of $937 million.
(d)
(e)
Represents foreign currency denominated debt formally designated as a hedge of net investment.
($ in millions)
HEDGE DESIGNATION
NET NON-HEDGE/
AT DECEMBER 31, 2006 FAIR VALUE CASH FLOW INVESTMENT OTHER
Derivatives—net asset/(liability):
Debt risk management $(139) $110 $ — $(96)
Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (“net investments”) — — (165) —
Anticipated royalties and cost transactions — (84) — —
Anticipated commodity purchase transactions — (2) — —
Subsidiary cash and foreign currency asset/liability management — — — (14)
Equity risk management — — — 40
Other derivatives — — — 10
Total derivatives (139)(a)
24(b)
(165)(c)
(60)(d)
Debt:
Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (“net investments”) — — (2,529)(e)
—
Total $(139) $ 24 $(2,694) $(60)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Represents foreign currency denominated debt formally designated as a hedge of net investment.

91
Accumulated Derivative Gains or Losses
At December 31, 2007, in connection with its cash flow hedges of
anticipated royalties and cost transactions, the company recorded net
losses of $136 million, net of tax, in Accumulated gains and (losses)
not affecting retained earnings. Of this amount, $174 million of losses
are expected to be reclassified to Net income within the next year,
providing an offsetting economic impact against the underlying
anticipated transactions. At December 31, 2007, losses of approxi-
mately $91 million, net of tax, were recorded in Accumulated gains
and (losses) not affecting retained earnings in connection with cash
flow hedges of the company’s borrowings. Of this amount, $67 mil-
lion of losses are expected to be reclassified to Net income within
the next year, providing an offsetting economic impact against the
underlying transactions.
The following table summarizes activity in the Accumulated gains
and (losses) not affecting retained earnings section of the Consolidated
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity related to all derivatives classified
as cash flow hedges:
($ in millions, net of tax)
DEBIT/(CREDIT)
December 31, 2004 $ 653
Net losses reclassified into earnings from
equity during 2005 (104)
Changes in fair value of derivatives in 2005 (787)
December 31, 2005 (238)
Net gains reclassified into earnings from
equity during 2006 205
Changes in fair value of derivatives in 2006 138
December 31, 2006 104
Net losses reclassified into earnings from
equity during 2007 (116)
Changes in fair value of derivatives in 2007 239
December 31, 2007 $ 227
For the years ending December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, there were
no significant gains or losses recognized in earnings representing
hedge ineffectiveness or excluded from the assessment of hedge
effectiveness (for fair value hedges and cash flow hedges), or associ-
ated with an underlying exposure that did not or was not expected to
occur (for cash flow hedges); nor are there any anticipated in the
normal course of business.
Note L. Other Liabilities
($ in millions)
AT DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006*
Deferred taxes $1,064 $ 665
Income tax reserves** 2,107 —
Executive compensation accruals 1,058 934
Restructuring actions 631 640
Workforce reductions 476 435
Disability benefits 734 626
Derivatives liabilities 534 235
Asset retirement obligations 114 106
Noncurrent warranty accruals 157 176
Environmental accruals 231 221
Other 864 764
Total $7,970 $4,801
* Reclassified to conform with 2007 presentation as the Deferred income category is now
displayed as a separate line on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Also,
Asset retirement obligations is a separate category in 2007 and the 2006 Other category
has been adjusted accordingly.
**Income tax reserve amounts classified as noncurrent as a result of 2007 implementation
of FIN 48. See note O, “Taxes,” on pages 97 to 99 for additional information.
In response to changing business needs, the company periodically
takes workforce reduction actions to improve productivity, cost com-
petitiveness and to rebalance skills. The noncurrent contractually
obligated future payments associated with these activities are reflected
in the Workforce reductions caption in the previous table.
In addition, the company executed certain special actions as
follows: (1) the second quarter of 2005 (discussed in note Q, “2005
Actions,” on pages 99 and 100), (2) the second quarter of 2002 asso-
ciated with the Microelectronics Division and rebalancing of both
the company’s workforce and leased space resources, (3) the fourth
quarterof 2002 associated with the acquisition of the Pricewaterhouse-
Coopers consulting business, (4) the 2002 actions associated with the
HDD business for reductions in workforce, manufacturing capacity
and space, (5) the actions taken in 1999, and (6) the actions that were
executed prior to 1994.

92
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M ............................................................ 84
Other Property ...........................................84
J. Borrowings..................................................85
K. Derivatives and Hedging Transactions........88
L. Other Liabilities.................................... 91
M. Stockholders’ Equity Activity ............... 92
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W ................................................................102
The following table provides a roll forward of the current and noncurrent liabilities associated with these special actions. The current lia-
bilities presented in the table are included in Other accrued expenses and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
($ in millions)
LIABILITY LIABILITY
AS OF OTHER AS OF
DEC. 31, 2006 PAYMENTS ADJUSTMENTS* DEC. 31, 2007
Current:
Workforce $163 $(154) $121 $130
Space 88 (99) 41 30
Other 6 — 1 7
Total Current $257 $(253) $164 $167
Noncurrent:
Workforce $531 $ — $ 26 $557
Space 109 — (35) 74
Total Noncurrent $640 $ — $ (9) $631
* The Other adjustments column in the table above principally includes the reclassification of noncurrent to current and foreign currency translation adjustments. Also, in 2007, $81 million
was included in Other adjustments to record previously unrecognized actuarially calculated gains/losses related to long-term retirement benefits in Europe.
The workforce accruals primarily relate to the Global Services
business. The remaining liability relates to terminated employees
who are no longer working for the company who were granted
annual payments to supplement their incomes in certain countries.
Depending on the individual country’s legal requirements, these
required payments will continue until the former employee begins
receiving pension benefits or dies. Included in the December 31,
2007 workforce accruals above is $46 million associated with the
HDD divestiture discussed in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,”
on page 64. The space accruals are for ongoing obligations to pay
rent for vacant space that could not be sublet or space that was sublet
at rates lower than the committed lease arrangement. The length of
these obligations varies by lease with the longest extending through
2020. Other accruals are primarily the remaining liabilities (other
than workforce or space) associated with the HDD divestiture.
The company employs extensive internal environmental protec-
tion programs that primarily are preventive in nature. The company
also participates in environmental assessments and cleanups at a
number of locations, including operating facilities, previously owned
facilities and Superfund sites. The company’s maximum exposure for
all environmental liabilities cannot be estimated and no amounts
have been recorded for non-ARO environmental liabilities that are
not probable or estimable. The total amounts accrued for non-ARO
environmental liabilities, including amounts classified as current in
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, that do not reflect
actual or anticipated insurance recoveries, were $261 million and
$252 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Estimated
environmental costs are not expected to materially affect the con-
solidated financial position or consolidated results of the company’s
operations in future periods. However, estimates of future costs are
subject to change due to protracted cleanup periods and changing
environmental remediation regulations.
Note M. Stockholders’ Equity Activity
The authorized capital stock of IBM consists of 4,687,500,000 shares
of common stock, $.20 par value, of which 1,385,234,138 shares were
outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 150,000,000 shares of pre-
ferred stock, $.01 par value, none of which were outstanding at
December 31, 2007.
Stock Repurchases
From time to time, the Board of Directors authorizes the company
to repurchase IBM common stock. The company repurchased
178,385,436 common shares at a cost of $18,783 million, 97,564,462
common shares at a cost of $8,022 million and 90,237,800 common
shares at a cost of $7,671 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Included in the 2007 repurchases highlighted above, in May, IBM
International Group (IIG), a wholly owned foreign subsidiary of the
company repurchased 118.8 million shares of common stock for
$12.5 billion under accelerated share repurchase (ASR) agreements
with three banks.
Pursuant to the ASR agreements, executed on May 25, 2007, IIG
paid an initial purchase price of $105.18 per share for the repurchase.
The initial purchase price is subject to adjustment based on the vol-
ume weighted-average price of IBM common stock over a settlement
period of three months for each of the banks. The adjustment will also

93
reflect certain other amounts including the banks’ carrying costs,
compensation for ordinary dividends declared by the company dur-
ing the settlement period and interest benefits for receiving the $12.5
billion payment in advance of the anticipated purchases by each bank
of shares in the open market during the respective settlement periods.
The adjustment amount can be settled in cash, registered shares or
unregistered shares at IIG’s option. Under the ASR agreements, IIG
will have a separate settlement with each of the three banks. The first
settlement occurred on September 6, 2007, resulting in a settlement
payment to the bank of $151.8 million. The second settlement
occurred on December 5, 2007, resulting in a settlement payment to
the bank of $253.1 million. The amounts were paid in cash at the
election of IIG in accordance with the provisions of the ASR agree-
ments and were recorded as adjustments to Stockholders’ equity in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position on the settlement dates.
The remaining settlement is expected to occur in March 2008,
and any amounts to be paid or received by IIG under any of the set-
tlement alternatives in connection with the price adjustment will be
recorded as an adjustment to Stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position on the settlement date.
The estimated fair value of the cash settlement and share settle-
ment alternatives under the ASR agreements as of December 31,
2007 would result in the payment of approximately $33 million or
0.3 million registered shares or unregistered shares, by IIG. In
comparison, each $1 increase in the volume weighted-average share
price would increase these estimates by approximately $40 million or
approximately 0.3 million registered and unregistered shares under
the cash settlement and share settlement alternatives, respectively.
IIG cannot be required to deliver more than 119 million shares if it
elects the share settlement options for the remaining settlement,
regardless of the volume weighted-average share price.
On December 3, 2007, the company announced that it planned to
repurchase up to $1.0 billion of its outstanding common stock in open
market transactions by the end of February 2008. These repurchases,
originally planned for March and April of 2008, are in addition to the
$12.5 billion ASR discussed previously.
The company issued 9,282,055 treasury shares in 2007, 3,489,803
treasury shares in 2006 and 2,594,786 treasury shares in 2005, as a
result of exercises of stock options by employees of certain recently
acquired businesses and by non-U.S. employees. At December 31,
2007, $1,210 million of Board authorized repurchases was still avail-
able. The company plans to purchase shares on the open market
or in private transactions from time to time, depending on market
conditions. In connection with the issuance of stock as part of
the company’s stock-based compensation plans, 1,282,131 common
shares at a cost of $134 million, 633,769 common shares at a cost of
$52 million and 606,697 common shares at a cost of $52 million in
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were remitted by employees to the
company in order to satisfy minimum statutory tax withholding
requirements. Such amounts are included in the Treasury stock bal-
ance in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity.
Accumulated Gains and (Losses) Not Affecting Retained Earnings (Net of Tax)
($ in millions)
RETIREMENT-RELATED BENEFIT PLANS
NET PRIOR SERVICE NET ACCUMULATED
UNREALIZED FOREIGN MINIMUM COSTS/(CREDITS), NET UNREALIZED GAINS/(LOSSES)
GAINS/(LOSSES) CURRENCY PENSION GAINS/(LOSSES) AND GAINS ON NOT AFFECTING
ON CASH FLOW TRANSLATION LIABILITY TRANSITION ASSETS, MARKETABLE RETAINED
HEDGE DERIVATIVES ADJUSTMENTS* ADJUSTMENTS NET OF AMORTIZATION SECURITIES EARNINGS
December 31, 2005 $ 238 $1,908 $(4,229) $ — $ 67 $(2,016)
Change for period (342) 1,020 1,881 — 53 2,613
Adoption of SFAS No. 158 — — 2,348 (11,846) — (9,498)
December 31, 2006 (104) 2,929 — (11,846) 119 (8,901)
Change for period (123) 726 — 4,678 206 5,487
December 31, 2007 $(227) $3,655 $ — $ (7,168) $325 $(3,414)
Net Change in Unrealized Gains on Marketable Securities (Net of Tax)
($ in millions)
FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006
Net unrealized gains arising during the period $246 $77
Less: Net gains included in net income for the period 40* 24*
Net change in unrealized gains on marketable securities $206 $53
* Includes writedowns of $6.4 million and $2.9 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

94
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ............................................................. 94
N. Contingencies and Commitments........ 94
O. Taxes............................................................97
P. Research, Development
and Engineering..........................................99
Q. 2005 Actions................................................99
R. Earnings Per Share of Common Stock....101
S. Rental Expense and
Lease Commitments.................................101
T-W ................................................................102
Note N. Contingencies
and Commitments
Contingencies
The company is involved in a variety of claims, demands, suits, inves-
tigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary
course of its business, including actions with respect to contracts,
intellectual property (IP), product liability, employment, benefits,
securities, and environmental matters. These actions may be com-
menced by a number of different parties, including competitors,
partners, clients, current or former employees, government and
regulatory agencies, stockholders and representatives of the locations
in which the company does business. The following is a summary of
some of the more significant legal matters involving the company.
The company is a defendant in an action filed on March 6, 2003
in state court in Salt Lake City, Utah by The SCO Group (SCO v.
IBM). The company removed the case to Federal Court in Utah.
Plaintiff is an alleged successor in interest to some of ATT’s Unix
IP rights, and alleges copyright infringement, unfair competition,
interference with contract and breach of contract with regard to the
company’s distribution of AIX and Dynix and contribution of code to
Linux. The company has asserted counterclaims, including breach of
contract, violation of the Lanham Act, unfair competition, inten-
tional torts, unfair and deceptive trade practices, breach of the
General Public License that governs open source distributions,
promissory estoppel and copyright infringement. In October 2005,
the company withdrew its patent counterclaims in an effort to sim-
plify and focus the issues in the case and to expedite their resolution.
Motions for summary judgment were heard in March 2007, and the
court has not yet issued its decision. On August 10, 2007, the court
in another suit, The SCO Group, Inc. v. Novell, Inc., issued a deci-
sion and order determining, among other things, that Novell is the
owner of UNIX and UnixWare copyrights, and obligating SCO to
recognize Novell’s waiver of SCO’s claims against IBM and Sequent
for breach of UNIX license agreements. At the request of the court
in SCO v. IBM, on August 31, 2007, each of the parties filed a status
report with the court concerning the effect of the August 10th Novell
ruling on the SCO v. IBM case, including the pending motions. On
September 14, 2007, plaintiff filed for bankruptcy protection, and all
proceedings in this case were stayed.
On November 29, 2006, the company filed a lawsuit against
Platform Solutions, Inc. (PSI) in the United States District Court for
the Southern District of New York. IBM filed its amended complaint
on August 17, 2007 and asserted claims for patent infringement, trade
secret misappropriation, copyright infringement, tortious interfer-
ence and breach of contract in connection with PSI’s development
and marketing of a computer system that PSI says is compatible with
IBM’s S/390 and System z architectures. IBM also sought a declara-
tory judgment that its refusal to license its patents to PSI and certain
of its software for use on PSI systems does not violate the antitrust
laws. IBM seeks damages and injunctive relief. On September 21,
2007, PSI answered the amended complaint and asserted counter-
claims against IBM for alleged monopolization and attempted
monopolization, tying, violations of New York and California stat-
utes proscribing unfair competition, tortious interference with the
acquisition of PSI by a third party and promissory estoppel. PSI also
sought declaratory judgments of noninfringement of IBM’s patents
and patent invalidity. In October 2007, PSI filed a complaint with the
European Commission claiming that the company’s alleged refusal to
do business with PSI violated European competition law. The com-
pany responded to this complaint in December. On January 11, 2008,
the court in the New York lawsuit permitted T3 Technologies, a
reseller of PSI computer systems, to intervene as a counterclaim-
plaintiff, and the court also permitted the company to file a second
amended complaint adding patent infringement claims against T3.
Discovery is proceeding and the court has ordered that the case be
ready for trial after December 1, 2008.
In May 2005, the Louisiana Supreme Court denied the company’s
motion to review and reverse a Louisiana state court’s certification of
a nationwide class in a case filed against the company in 1995. The
class consists of certain former employees who left the company in
1992, and their spouses, claiming damages based on the company’s
termination of an education assistance program. On July 3, 2007, the
company and the plaintiffs filed a proposed class settlement agree-
ment with the 19th Judicial District Court for the Parish of East
Baton Rouge, Louisiana, where the legal action was filed. On
October 1, 2007, the Court gave its final approval of the proposed
settlement pursuant to which IBM paid certain amounts to eligible
individuals who took or would have taken an education course
within a specified period after departing the company. As part of the
settlement, IBM also made contributions to support engineering
education for women and minorities. Class members did not file an
appeal of the Court’s order approving the settlement prior to the
mid-December 2007 deadline.

95
In October 2003, a purported collective action lawsuit was filed
against IBM in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California by 10 former IBM employees alleging, on behalf
of themselves and allegedly similarly situated former employees, that
the company engaged in a pattern and practice of discriminating
against employees on the basis of age when it terminated employees,
both in connection with reductions in force and individualized deter-
minations (Syverson v. IBM). Initially, the District Court dismissed the
lawsuit on the basis of release agreements signed by all the plaintiffs.
On appeal, the Ninth Circuit reversed the trial court’s finding that
the release barred these claims, and in January 2007, after denial of
IBM’s petition for rehearing, the matter was returned to the trial
court for further proceedings. On October 3, 2007, the court dis-
missed with prejudice plaintiffs’ claim for relief under the Older
Workers Benefit Protection Act, and dismissed with leave to amend
plaintiffs’ claim asserting disparate impact age discrimination with
respect to individualized terminations. On November 6, 2007, plain-
tiffs filed a Third Amended Complaint, amending the disparate
impact claim. IBM filed its answer on November 26, 2007.
In July 2005, two lawsuits were filed in the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York related to the company’s
disclosures concerning first-quarter 2005 earnings and the expensing
of equity compensation. Pursuant to an Order from the Court dated
March 28, 2006, the two lawsuits were consolidated into a single action
captioned “In re International Business Machines Corp. Securities
Litigation.” Plaintiffs filed a corrected consolidated amended com-
plaint dated May 19, 2006, in which they named the company and
IBM’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer as defendants
and alleged that defendants made certain misrepresentations and
omissions in violation of Section 10(b), and Rule 10b-5 thereunder,
and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. On
September 20, 2006, the Court denied a Motion to Dismiss that was
filed by IBM. On March 12, 2007, the plaintiffs’ class was certified;
class notifications were mailed on or about May 30, 2007.
In January 2004, the Seoul District Prosecutors Office in South
Korea announced it had brought criminal bid-rigging charges against
several companies, including IBM Korea and LG IBM (a joint ven-
ture between IBM Korea and LG Electronics, which has since been
dissolved, effective January, 2005) and had also charged employees of
some of those entities with, among other things, bribery of certain
officials of government-controlled entities in Korea and bid rigging.
IBM Korea and LG IBM cooperated fully with authorities in these
matters. A number of individuals, including former IBM Korea and
LG IBM employees, were subsequently found guilty and sentenced.
IBM Korea and LG IBM were also required to pay fines. Debarment
orders were imposed at different times, covering a period of no more
than a year from the date of issuance, which barred IBM Korea from
doing business directly with certain government-controlled entities in
Korea. All debarment orders have since expired and when they were
in force did not prohibit IBM Korea from selling products and ser-
vices to business partners who sold to government-controlled entities
in Korea. In addition, the U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC
have both contacted the company in connection with this matter.
The company is a defendant in a civil lawsuit brought in Tokyo
District Court by Tokyo Leasing Co., Ltd., which seeks to recover
losses that it allegedly suffered after IXI Co., Ltd. initiated civil
rehabilitation (bankruptcy) proceedings in Japan and apparently failed
to pay Tokyo Leasing amounts for which Tokyo Leasing now seeks
to hold IBM and others liable. The claims in this suit include tort and
breach of contract.
The company is a defendant in numerous actions filed after
January 1, 2008 in Supreme Court for the State of New York, county
of Broome, on behalf of hundreds of plaintiffs. The complaints allege
causes of action for negligence and recklessness, private nuisance,
and trespass. Plaintiffs in these cases seek medical monitoring and
claim damages in unspecified amounts for a variety of personal inju-
ries and property damages allegedly arising out of the presence of
groundwater contamination and vapor intrusion of groundwater
contaminants into certain structures in which plaintiffs reside or
resided, or conducted business, allegedly resulting from the release of
chemicals into the environment by the company at its former manu-
facturing and development facility in Endicott. These complaints
also seek punitive damages in an unspecified amount.
The company is party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings
brought by U.S. federal or state environmental agencies under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act (CERCLA), known as “Superfund,” or laws similar to CERCLA.
Such statutes require potentially responsible parties to participate in
remediation activities regardless of fault or ownership of sites. The
company is also conducting environmental investigations, assessments
or remediations at or in the vicinity of several current or former
operating sites globally pursuant to permits, administrative orders or
agreements with country, state or local environmental agencies, and
is involved in lawsuits and claims concerning certain current or for-
mer operating sites.

96
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ............................................................. 94
N. Contingencies and Commitments........ 94
O. Taxes...................................................... 97
and Engineering..........................................99
Q. 2005 Actions................................................99
T-W ................................................................102
The company is also subject to ongoing tax examinations and
governmental assessments in various jurisdictions. Along with many
other U.S. companies doing business in Brazil, the company is
involved in various challenges with Brazilian authorities regarding
non-income tax assessments and non-income tax litigation matters.
These matters principally relate to claims for taxes on the importation
of computer software. The total amounts related to these matters are
approximately $2.1 billion, including amounts currently in litigation
and other amounts. In addition, the company has received an income
tax assessment from Mexican authorities relating to the deductibility
of certain warranty payments. In response, the company has filed
an appeal in the Mexican Federal Fiscal court. The total potential
amount related to this matter for all applicable years is approximately
$500 million. The company believes it will prevail on these matters
and that these amounts are not meaningful indicators of liability.
In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,”
(SFAS No. 5), the company records a provision with respect to a claim,
suit, investigation or proceeding when it is probable that a liability
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably esti-
mated. Claims and proceedings are reviewed at least quarterly and
provisions are taken or adjusted to reflect the impact and status of
settlements, rulings, advice of counsel and other information perti-
nent to a particular matter. Any recorded liabilities for the previously
discussed items, including any changes to such liabilities for the year
ended December 31, 2007, were not material to the Consolidated
Financial Statements. Based on its experience, the company believes
that the damage amounts claimed in the matters previously referred
to are not a meaningful indicator of the potential liability. Claims,
suits, investigations and proceedings are inherently uncertain and
it is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of the matters
previously discussed. While the company will continue to defend
itself vigorously in all such matters, it is possible that the company’s
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could
be affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more
of these matters.
Whether any losses, damages or remedies finally determined in any
such claim, suit, investigation or proceeding could reasonably have a
material effect on the company’s business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows will depend on a number of variables, includ-
ing the timing and amount of such losses or damages; the structure
and type of any such remedies; the significance of the impact any such
losses, damages or remedies may have on the Consolidated Financial
Statements; and the unique facts and circumstances of the particular
matter which may give rise to additional factors.
Commitments
The company’s extended lines of credit to third-party entities include
unused amounts of $3,702 million and $2,895 million at December
31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. A portion of these amounts was
available to the company’s business partners to support their working
capital needs. In addition, the company has committed to provide
future financing to its clients in connection with client purchase
agreements for approximately $3,654 million and $2,496 million at
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The change over the
prior year is due to increased signings of long-term IT infrastructure
arrangements in which financing is committed by the company to
fund a client’s future purchases from the company.
The company has applied the provisions of FIN 45, “Guarantor’s
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” to its agreements that con-
tain guarantee or indemnification clauses. These provisions expand
those required by SFAS No. 5, by requiring a guarantor to recognize
and disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of
requiring the guarantor’s performance is remote. The following is a
description of arrangements in which the company is the guarantor.
The company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to
which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect
to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of
contracts entered into by the company, under which the company
customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses
arising from a breach of representations and covenants related to
such matters as title to assets sold, certain IP rights, specified environ-
mental matters, third-party performance of non-financial contractual
obligations and certain income taxes. In each of these circumstances,
payment by the company is conditioned on the other party making a
claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract,
which procedures typically allow the company to challenge the other
party’s claims. Further, the company’s obligations under these agree-
ments may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some
instances, the company may have recourse against third parties for
certain payments made by the company.
It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of
future payments under these or similar agreements due to the condi-
tional nature of the company’s obligations and the unique facts and
circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically,
payments made by the company under these agreements have not
had a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition
or results of operations.
In addition, the company guarantees certain loans and financial
commitments. The maximum potential future payment under these
financial guarantees was $23 million and $32 million at December 31,
2007 and 2006, respectively. The fair value of the guarantees recognized
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is not material.

97
Note O. Taxes
($ in millions)
Income from continuing operations
before income taxes:
U.S. operations $ 7,667 $ 7,277 $ 7,450
Non-U.S. operations 6,822 6,040 4,776
Total income from continuing
operations before income taxes $14,489 $13,317 $12,226
The continuing operations provision for income taxes by geographic
operations is as follows:
($ in millions)
U.S. operations $2,280 $2,413 $2,988
Non-U.S. operations 1,791 1,488 1,244
Total continuing operations
provision for income taxes $4,071 $3,901 $4,232
The components of the continuing operations provision for income
taxes by taxing jurisdiction are as follows:
($ in millions)
U.S. federal:
Current $1,085 $ 602 $ 521
Deferred 683 1,326 1,811
1,768 1,928 2,332
U.S. state and local:
Current 141 11 80
Deferred (19) 198 183
122 209 263
Non-U.S:
Current 2,105 1,564 1,446
Deferred 76 200 191
2,181 1,764 1,637
Total continuing operations
provision for income taxes 4,071 3,901 4,232
Provision for social security,
real estate, personal property
and other taxes 3,832 3,461 3,501
Total taxes included in income
from continuing operations $7,903 $7,362 $7,733
A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to the company’s
continuing operations effective tax rate is as follows:
Statutory rate 35% 35% 35%
Foreign tax differential (6) (5) (5)
State and local 1 1 1
“Act” repatriation* — — 4
Other (2) (2) —
Effective rate 28% 29% 35%
* American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which permitted the repatriation of non-U.S.
earnings at a reduced tax rate.
The effect of tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities did
not have a material impact on the company’s effective tax rate.
The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities
that are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
were as follows:
Deferred Tax Assets
($ in millions)
Stock-based and other compensation $ 2,920 $ 3,147
Retirement-related benefits 2,505 3,002
Capitalized research and development 1,050 1,355
Federal/state tax loss/state credit carryforwards 772 299
Bad debt, inventory and warranty reserves 647 724
Deferred income 645 506
Foreign tax loss/credit carryforwards 498 390
Capital loss carryforwards 9 131
Other 1,962 1,802
Gross deferred tax assets 11,008 11,356
Less: valuation allowance 772 510
Net deferred tax assets $10,236 $10,846
Deferred Tax Liabilities
($ in millions)
Retirement-related benefits $4,964 $2,906
Leases 1,635 1,385
Software development costs 462 505
Other 1,334 1,340
Gross deferred tax liabilities $8,395 $6,136

98
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ............................................................. 94
N. Contingencies and Commitments..............94
O. Taxes...................................................... 97
and Engineering.................................... 99
Q. 2005 Actions.......................................... 99
T-W ................................................................102
For income tax return purposes, the company has available foreign,
domestic and capital loss carryforwards, the tax effect of which is
$799 million, as well as state tax credit carryforwards of approxi-
mately $480 million. Substantially all of these carryforwards are
available for at least two years or are available for 10 years or more.
The company has certain foreign tax loss carryforwards that have
not been reflected in the gross deferred tax asset balance. These
losses, the potential tax benefit of which is approximately $1.1 billion,
have not been recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position as the company has not determined if it will claim these
losses. The company is currently evaluating whether to claim these
losses and expects to make a decision within the next 12 months.
The valuation allowance at December 31, 2007, principally applies
to certain foreign and state loss carryforwards, and state credit car-
ryforwards, that, in the opinion of management, are more likely than
not to expire unutilized. However, to the extent that tax benefits
related to these carryforwards are realized in the future, the reduc-
tion in the valuation allowance will reduce income tax expense. The
year-to-year increase of $262 million was primarily driven by an
additional allowance related to the recognition of certain state tax
credit carryforwards not previously recorded as deferred tax assets.
The company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1,
2007. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 was a decrease in tax
reserves and an increase of $117 million to the January 1, 2007
Retained earnings balance. A reconciliation of the beginning and
ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
($ in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2007 $2,414
Additions based on tax positions
related to the current year 745
Additions for tax positions of prior years 195
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(including impacts due to a lapse in statute) (144)
Settlements (116)
Balance at December 31, 2007 $3,094
The liability at December 31, 2007 of $3,094 can be reduced by $496
million of offsetting tax benefits associated with the correlative
effects of potential transfer pricing adjustments, state income taxes
and timing adjustments. The net amount of $2,598, if recognized,
would favorably affect the company’s effective tax rate.
Interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities are included
in income tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2007,
the company recognized $85 million in interest and penalties. The
company has $195 million for the payment of interest and penalties
accrued at December 31, 2007 and had $126 million accrued on
January 1, 2007 upon adoption of FIN 48.
During the first quarter of 2007, the U.S. Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) commenced its audit of the company’s U.S. income tax
returns for 2004 and 2005. The company anticipates that this audit
will be completed by the end of 2008.
Within the next 12 months, the company believes it is reasonably
possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits associated
with certain positions may be significantly reduced. The potential
decrease in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits is primarily
associated with the possible resolution of the company’s U.S. income
tax audit for 2004 and 2005. Specific positions that may be resolved,
and that may significantly reduce the related amount of unrecog-
nized tax benefits, include various transfer pricing matters and claims
for tax incentives, as well as various other foreign tax matters. The
company estimates that the unrecognized tax benefits at December
31, 2007 could be reduced by approximately $800 million.
In December 2006, the company and the IRS reached resolution
of the company’s U.S. income tax audit for 2001 through 2003. The
settlement of this audit resulted in a decrease in the 2006 effective tax
rate of 3 points due to the release of previously recorded tax reserves.
In the fourth quarter of 2006, as a continuation of its global strat-
egy, the company aligned, through an intercompany transfer, certain
non-U.S. intellectual property rights with existing non-U.S. rights
currently owned by one of the company’s non-U.S. manufacturing
subsidiaries. This transfer resulted in a one-time increase in the 2006
effective tax rate of 4 points.
With limited exception, the company is no longer subject to U.S.
federal, state and local or non-U.S. income tax audits by taxing
authorities for years through 2001. The years subsequent to 2001
contain matters that could be subject to differing interpretations of
applicable tax laws and regulations as it relates to the amount and/or
timing of income, deductions and tax credits. Although the outcome
of tax audits is always uncertain, the company believes that adequate
amounts of tax and interest have been provided for any adjustments
that are expected to result for these years.

99
Total pre-tax restructuring activity was as follows:
($ in millions)
PRE-TAX CHARGES LIABILITY LIABILITY
RECORDED IN ASSET RECORDED IN AS OF
SECOND-QTR. 2005 IMPAIRMENTS SECOND-QTR. 2005 PAYMENTS OTHER** DEC. 31, 2005
Workforce reductions $1,574 $— $1,574 $(1,013) $(107) $454
Vacant space 141 — 141 (53) (5) 83
Asset impairments 95 95 — — — —
Total restructuring activity for
second-quarter 2005 actions $1,810* $95 $1,715 $(1,066) $(112) $537+
* $1,574 million recorded in SGA expense and $236 million recorded in Other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
**Consists of foreign currency translation adjustments ($38 million), net balance sheet reclassifications ($41 million) and reversals of previously recorded liabilities ($34 million) for changes
in the estimated cost of employee terminations and vacant space, offset by approximately $1 million of accretion expense. The reversals were recorded primarily in SGA expense.
+ $391 million recorded as a current liability in Accounts payable and accruals and $146 million as a noncurrent liability in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
The company has not provided deferred taxes on $18.8 billion of
undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries at December 31,
2007, as it is the company’s policy to indefinitely reinvest these earn-
ings in non-U.S. operations. However, the company periodically
repatriates a portion of these earnings to the extent that it does not
incur an additional U.S. tax liability. Quantification of the deferred
tax liability, if any, associated with indefinitely reinvested earnings is
not practicable.
For additional information on the company’s effective tax rate, as
well as the cash tax rate, refer to the “Looking Forward” section of
the Management Discussion on page 43.
Note P. Research, Development
and Engineering
RDE expense was $6,153 million in 2007, $6,107 million in 2006
and $5,842 million in 2005.
The company incurred expense of $5,754 million in 2007, $5,682
million in 2006 and $5,379 million in 2005 for scientific research and
the application of scientific advances to the development of new and
improved products and their uses, as well as services and their appli-
cation. Within these amounts, software-related expense was $3,037
million, $2,842 million and $2,689 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. In addition, included in the expense was a charge of $7
million and $1 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, for acquired
in-process RD.
Expense for product-related engineering was $399 million, $425
million and $463 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Note Q. 2005 Actions
In May 2005, management announced its plans to implement a series
of restructuring actions designed to improve the company’s efficien-
cies, strengthen its client-facing operations and capture opportunities
in high-growth markets. The company’s actions primarily included
voluntary and involuntary workforce reductions, with the majority
impacting the Global Services segments, primarily in Europe, as
well as costs incurred in connection with the vacating of leased
facilities. These actions were in addition to the company’s ongoing
workforce reduction and rebalancing activities that occur each quar-
ter. The total charges expected to be incurred in connection with all
second-quarter 2005 initiatives is approximately $1,771 million
($1,765 million of which has been recorded cumulatively through
December 31, 2007). Approximately $1,631 million of the total
charges require cash payments, of which approximately $1,453 mil-
lion have been made as of December 31, 2007 and $73 million are
expected to be made over the next 12 months.

100
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ............................................................. 94
N. Contingencies and Commitments..............94
O. Taxes............................................................97
and Engineering..........................................99
Q. 2005 Actions.......................................... 99
R. Earnings Per Share of Common Stock.. 101
Lease Commitments........................... 101
T-W ................................................................102
Charges incurred for the workforce reductions consisted of sever-
ance/termination benefits for approximately 16,000 employees
(14,500 of which were for the incremental second-quarter 2005
actions). All separations were substantially completed by March 31,
2006. The noncurrent portion of the liability associated with the
workforce reductions relates to terminated employees who were
granted annual payments to supplement their income in certain
countries. Depending on individual country legal requirements,
these required payments will continue until the former employee
begins receiving pension benefits or is deceased. Cash payments
made through December 31, 2007 associated with the workforce
reductions were $1,342 million.
The vacant space accruals are primarily for ongoing obligations
to pay rent for vacant space, offset by estimated sublease income,
over the respective lease term of the company’s lease agreements.
The length of these obligations varies by lease with the longest
extending through 2013.
In connection with the company’s restructuring activities initiated
in the second quarter of 2005, the company recorded pre-tax impair-
ment charges for certain real estate assets of approximately $95 million
during the year ended December 31, 2005. The principal component
of such impairment charges resulted from the sale of a facility in
Yasu-City, Japan, which closed during the third quarter of 2005. In
connection with this sale, the company recorded an impairment
charge to write the asset down to its fair value in the second quarter.
These restructuring activities had the following effect on the
company’s reportable segments.
($ in millions)
CUMULATIVE
TOTAL PRE-TAX PRE-TAX CHARGES
CHARGES EXPECTED RECORDED FOR 2ND-
TO BE INCURRED QTR. 2005 INITIATIVES*
Global Technology Services $ 722 $ 719
Global Business Services 444 444
Systems and Technology 132 132
Software 98 98
Global Financing 16 16
Total reportable segments 1,412 1,408
Unallocated corporate amounts 360 357
Total $1,771 $1,765
* Includes $13 million and $35 million for reversals of previously recorded charges for the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, due to changes in the estimated
cost of employee terminations and vacant space. These adjustments were primarily
recorded in SGA expense.
($ in millions)
LIABILITY LIABILITY LIABILITY
AS OF AS OF AS OF
DEC. 31, 2005 PAYMENTS OTHER* DEC. 31, 2006 PAYMENTS OTHER+ DEC. 31, 2007
Workforce reductions $454 $(264) $10 $199 $(65) $11 $145
Vacant space 83 (37) 1 47 (21) — 27
Total restructuring activity for
second-quarter 2005 actions $537 $(302) $11 $247** $(86) $11 $171++
* Consists of foreign currency translation adjustments ($37 million), net balance sheet reclassifications ($2 million), accretion expense ($7 million) and reversals of previous recorded
liabilities ($35 million) for changes in the estimated cost of employee terminations and vacant space. These reversals, net of accretion expense, were primarily recorded in SGA expense.
** $92 million recorded as a current liability in Accounts payable and accruals and $155 million as a noncurrent liability in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
+ Consists of foreign currency translation adjustments ($20 million) and accretion expense ($6 million), partially offset by adjustments to previously recorded liabilities ($13 million)
for changes in the estimated cost of employee terminations and vacant space and net balance sheet reclassification of $2 million. The adjustments and accretion expense were primarily
recorded in SGA expense.
++$73 million recorded as a current liability in Accounts payable and accruals and $98 million as a noncurrent liability in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

101
Note R. Earnings Per Share of Common Stock
The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock:
Weighted-average number of shares on which earnings per share calculations are based:
Basic 1,423,039,793 1,530,806,987 1,600,591,264
Add—incremental shares under stock compensation plans 22,730,971 18,074,331 21,757,121
Add—incremental shares associated with Accelerated Share Repurchase agreements 1,891,095 — —
Add—incremental shares associated with convertible notes 1,362,191 3,273,706 3,791,228
Add—incremental shares associated with contingently issuable shares 1,546,529 1,380,360 1,493,049
Assuming dilution 1,450,570,579 1,553,535,384 1,627,632,662
Basic:
Income from continuing operations $10,418 $9,416 $7,994
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations (00) 76 (24)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle* — — (36)
Net income from total operations on which basic earnings per share is calculated $10,418 $9,492 $7,934
Assuming dilution:
Income from continuing operations $10,418 $9,416 $7,994
Net loss applicable to contingently issuable shares liability — — (2)
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations (00) 76 (24)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle* — — (36)
Net income from total operations on which diluted earnings per share is calculated $10,418 $9,492 $7,932
Earnings/(loss) per share of common stock:
Assuming dilution:
Continuing operations $ 7.18 $ 6.06 $ 4.91
Discontinued operations (0.00) 0.05 (0.01)
Before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 7.18 6.11 4.90
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle* — — (0.02)
Total assuming dilution $ 7.18 $ 6.11 $ 4.87
Basic:
Continuing operations $ 7.32 $ 6.15 $ 4.99
Discontinued operations (0.00) 0.05 (0.02)
Before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 7.32 6.20 4.98
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle* — — (0.02)
Total basic $ 7.32 $ 6.20 $ 4.96
* Reflects implementation of FASB Interpretation No. 47. See note B, “Accounting Changes,” on page 75 for additional information.
Weighted-average stock options to purchase 62,782,516 common
shares in 2007, 157,942,283 common shares in 2006 and 165,615,293
common shares in 2005 were outstanding, but were not included in
the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise
price of the options was greater than the average market price of the
common shares for the full year, and therefore, the effect would have
been antidilutive.
Note S. Rental Expense and
Lease Commitments
Rental expense from continuing operations, including amounts charged
to inventories and fixed assets, and excluding amounts previously
reserved, was $1,364 million in 2007, $1,263 million in 2006 and $1,345
million in 2005. Rental expense in agreements with rent holidays and
scheduled rent increases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the

102
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ............................................................. 94
T-W........................................................... 102
T. Stock-Based Compensation................ 102
U. Retirement-Related Benefits ....................105
V. Segment Information................................116
W. Subsequent Events....................................119
reductions and restructuring actions taken through 1993, and in 1999,
2002 and 2005 (previously reserved), sublease income commitments
and capital lease commitments. These amounts reflect activities pri-
marily related to office space, as well as manufacturing facilities.
($ in millions)
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 BEYOND 2012
Operating lease commitments:
Gross minimum rental commitments
(including Vacant space below) $1,220 $1,106 $852 $636 $507 $753
Vacant space $ 37 $ 32 $ 24 $ 23 $ 20 $ 63
Sublease income commitments $ 75 $ 54 $ 43 $ 25 $ 15 $ 13
Capital lease commitments $ 88 $ 68 $ 66 $ 22 $ 14 $ 38
lease term. Contingent rentals are included in the determination of
rental expense as accruable. The table below depicts gross minimum
rental commitments from continuing operations under noncancelable
leases, amounts related to vacant space associated with infrastructure
Note T. Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at grant date, based on
the fair value of the award, and is recognized over the employee
requisite service period. See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,”
The following table presents total stock-based compensation cost
included in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings:
($ in millions)
Cost $ 166 $ 216 $ 330
Selling, general and administrative* 480 541 606
Research, development and engineering 68 89 107
Other (income) and expense** (1) — (8)
Pre-tax stock-based compensation cost 713 846 1,035
Income tax benefits (248) (305) (349)
Total stock-based compensation cost $ 464 $ 541 $ 686
* Includes $7 million of credits recorded during the year ended December 31, 2005, as a result
of awards forfeited in connection with the second-quarter 2005 workforce resource actions.
**Reflects the one-time effects of the divestiture of the Personal Computing business in the
second quarter of 2005 and the divestiture of the Printing Systems business in the second
quarter of 2007.
Total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards
at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $1,101 million and $1,238 million,
respectively, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-aver-
age period of approximately three years.
There was no significant capitalized stock-based compensation
cost at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Incentive Awards
Stock-based incentive awards are provided to employees under the
terms of the company’s plans (the “Plans”). The Plans are administered
by the Executive Compensation and Management Resources Com-
mittee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”). Awards under
the Plans principally include at-the-money stock options, restricted
stock units, performance stock units, stock appreciation rights or any
combination thereof. The nonmanagement members of the IBM
Board of Directors also received stock options under a director stock
option plan through December 31, 2006. The director stock option
plan was terminated effective January 1, 2007.
The amount of shares originally authorized to be issued under the
company’s existing Plans was 274.1 million at December 31, 2007 and
2006. In addition, certain incentive awards granted under previous
plans, if and when those awards were canceled, could be reissued
under the company’s existing Plans. As such, 46.7 million and 45.9
million additional awards were considered authorized to be issued
under the company’s existing Plans as of December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively. There were 34.8 million and 51.6 million option
awards outstanding (which were included in the total options out-
standing at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively) under previous
plans that, if and when canceled, would increase the number of
authorized shares. There were 131.4 million and 131.8 million
unused shares available to be granted under the Plans as of December
31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Under the company’s long-standing practices and policies, all
stock option awards are approved prior to or on the date of grant. The
exercise price of at-the-money stock options is the average of the high
and low market price on the date of grant. The options approval pro-
cess specifies the individual receiving the grant, the number of options

103
or the value of the award, the exercise price or formula for determin-
ing the exercise price and the date of grant. All option awards for
senior management are approved by the Committee. All option awards
for employees other than senior management are approved by senior
management pursuant to a series of delegations that were approved
by the Committee. The grants made pursuant to these delegations are
reviewed periodically with the Committee. Options that are awarded
as part of annual total compensation for senior management and other
employees are made on specific cycle dates scheduled in advance.
With respect to option awards given in connection with promotions
or new hires, the company’s policy requires approval of such awards
prior to the grant date, which is typically the date of the promotion
or the date of hire. The exercise price of these options is the average
of the high and low market price on the date of grant.
STOCK OPTIONS
Stock options are awards which allow the employee to purchase shares
of the company’s stock at a fixed price. Stock options are granted at an
exercise price equal to or greater than the company’s stock price on the
date of grant. These awards, which generally vest 25 percent per year,
are fully vested four years from the date of grant and have a contractual
term of 10 years. The company also has a stock-based program for its
senior executives, designed to drive improved performance and increase
the ownership executives have in the company. These executives have
the opportunity to receive at-the-money stock options by agreeing to
defer a certain percentage of their annual incentive compensation
into IBM equity, where it is held for three years or until retirement.
In 2005, this program was expanded to cover all executives of the
company. Options under this program become fully vested three
years from the date of grant and have a contractual term of 10 years.
The plan element permitting deferral of annual incentive compensa-
tion into IBM equity and receiving at-the-money stock options was
terminated at December 31, 2006.
The company estimates the fair value of stock options using the
Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS
No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123(R)) and SAB No.
107. Key inputs and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock
options include the grant price of the award, the expected option term,
volatility of the company’s stock, the risk-free rate and the company’s
dividend yield. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual
future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive
equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reason-
ableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the company.
The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated at the date
of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following
table presents the weighted-average assumptions used in the valuation
and the resulting weighted-average fair value per option granted:
Option term (years)* 5 5 5
Volatility** 23.1% 26.2% 34.7%
Risk-free interest rate (zero
coupon U.S. treasury note) 4.5% 4.9% 4.0%
Dividend yield 1.4% 1.3% 0.9%
Weighted-average fair value
per option granted $26 $23 $29
* The Option term is the number of years that the company estimates, based upon history,
that options will be outstanding prior to exercise or forfeiture.
**The company’s estimates of expected volatility are principally based on daily price changes
of the company’s stock over the expected option term, as well as the additional requirements
included in the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) and the guidance provided by SAB No.107.
The following table summarizes option activity under the Plans during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
2007 2006 2005
WTD. AVG. NO. OF SHARES WTD. AVG. NO. OF SHARES WTD. AVG. NO. OF SHARES
EXERCISE PRICE UNDER OPTION EXERCISE PRICE UNDER OPTION EXERCISE PRICE UNDER OPTION
Balance at January 1 $ 95 207,663,223 $ 91 236,070,040 $ 89 249,347,906
Options granted 103 1,087,381 85 2,013,623 100 13,016,765
Options exercised 77 (46,961,380) 53 (21,685,948) 47 (11,690,186)
Options canceled/expired 106 (4,127,967) 100 (8,734,492) 97 (14,604,445)
Balance at December 31 $100 157,661,257 $ 95 207,663,223 $ 91 236,070,040
Exercisable at December 31 $100 144,092,169 $ 95 177,318,905 $ 92 176,962,180
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the company did not grant any stock options with exercise prices greater than the stock price at
the date of grant. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the company granted approximately 0.5 million and 12.5 million stock
options, respectively, with exercise prices greater than the stock price at the date of grant. These stock options had weighted-average exercise
prices of $91 and $100 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and are included in the table above.

104
EXERCISES OF EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1,414 million, $727 million
and $470 million, respectively. The total cash received from employees
as a result of employee stock option exercises for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $3,619 mil-
lion, $1,149 million and $550 million, respectively. In connection
with these exercises, the tax benefits realized by the company for the
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $481 million,
$242 million and $148 million, respectively.
The company settles employee stock option exercises primarily
with newly issued common shares and, occasionally, with treasury
shares. Total treasury shares held at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were
approximately 672 million and 502 million shares, respectively.
STOCK AWARDS
In addition to stock options, the company grants its employees stock
awards. These awards are made in the form of Restricted Stock Units
(RSUs), including Retention Restricted Stock Units (RRSUs), or
Performance Stock Units (PSUs). RSUs are stock awards granted to
employees that entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the
award vests, typically over a two- to five-year period. The fair value
of the awards is determined and fixed on the grant date based on the
company’s stock price. During the year ended December 31, 2006,
the company modified its equity compensation plans to increase
awards of RSUs compared to stock options. RSUs awarded during the
year ended December 31, 2005 were not material when compared to
the value of stock options awarded during that year.
The following table summarizes RSU activity under the Plans
during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
The shares under option at December 31, 2007 were in the following exercise price ranges:
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
WTD. AVG.
WTD. AVG. NUMBER AGGREGATE REMAINING
EXERCISE OF SHARES INTRINSIC CONTRACTUAL
EXERCISE PRICE RANGE PRICE UNDER OPTION VALUE LIFE (IN YEARS)
$34–$60 $ 51 3,535,698 $ 200,389,187 —*
$60–$85 77 31,399,013 987,276,354 5
$85–$105 98 64,129,462 648,821,490 5
$105 and over 117 58,597,084 37,137,467 3
$100 157,661,257 $1,873,624,498 4
OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
WTD. AVG.
WTD. AVG. NUMBER AGGREGATE REMAINING
EXERCISE OF SHARES INTRINSIC CONTRACTUAL
EXERCISE PRICE RANGE PRICE UNDER OPTION VALUE LIFE (IN YEARS)
$34–$60 $ 51 3,535,698 $ 200,389,187 —*
$60–$85 76 29,754,378 945,466,395 5
$85–$105 98 53,103,839 542,234,878 4
$105 and over 117 57,698,254 35,220,308 3
$100 144,092,169 $1,723,310,768 4
* Weighted average remaining contractual life is less than one year.
In connection with various acquisition transactions, there were an additional 2.1 million options outstanding at December 31, 2007, as a result of
the company’s assumption of options granted by the acquired entities. The weighted-average exercise price of these options was $79 per share.
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W........................................................... 102
T. Stock-Based Compensation................ 102
U. Retirement-Related Benefits.............. 105

105
2007 2006
WTD. AVG. NUMBER WTD. AVG. NUMBER
GRANT PRICE OF UNITS GRANT PRICE OF UNITS
Balance at January 1 $ 84 10,217,258 $83 6,813,698
RSUs granted 104 4,929,141 85 4,831,227
RSUs released 77 (2,747,110) 76 (1,037,927)
RSUs canceled/forfeited 88 (511,543) 85 (389,740)
Balance at December 31 $ 94 11,887,746 $84 10,217,258
The remaining weighted-average contractual term of RSUs at
December 31, 2007 and 2006 is the same as the period over which
the remaining cost of the awards will be recognized, which is approx-
imately three years. The fair value of RSUs granted during the years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $513 million and $410 mil-
lion, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested and released
during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $213 million
and $79 million. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, there was $740
million and $501 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation
cost related to nonvested RSUs. The company received no cash from
employees as a result of employee vesting and release of RSUs for the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
PSUs are stock awards where the number of shares ultimately
received by the employee depends on the company’s performance
against specified targets and typically vest over a three-year period.
The fair value of each PSU is determined on the grant date, based on
the company’s stock price, and assumes that performance targets will
be achieved. Over the performance period, the number of shares of
stock that will be issued is adjusted upward or downward based upon
the probability of achievement of performance targets. The ultimate
number of shares issued and the related compensation cost recognized
as expense will be based on a comparison of the final performance
metrics to the specified targets. The fair value of PSUs granted during
the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $116 million and
$104 million, respectively. Total fair value of PSUs vested and
released during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was
$88 million and $67 million, respectively.
In connection with employee vesting and release of RSUs and PSUs,
the tax benefits realized by the company for the years ended December
31, 2007 and 2006 were $133 million and $59 million, respectively.
IBM Employees Stock Purchase Plan
The company maintains an Employees Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP).
The ESPP enables eligible participants to purchase full or fractional
shares of IBM common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10
percent of eligible compensation. Eligible compensation includes any
compensation received by the employee during the year. The ESPP
provides for offering periods during which shares may be purchased
and continues as long as shares remain available under the ESPP,
unless terminated earlier at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
Individual ESPP participants are restricted from purchasing more
than $25,000 of common stock in one calendar year or 1,000 shares
in an offering period.
Prior to April 1, 2005, the ESPP was considered compensatory
under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). The share price paid by an
employee prior to April 1, 2005 was the lesser of 85 percent of the
average market price on the first business day of each offering period
or 85 percent of the average market price on the last business day of
each pay period. Effective April 1, 2005, the company modified the
terms of the plan whereas eligible participants may purchase full or
fractional shares of IBM common stock under the ESPP at a five-per-
cent discount off the average market price on the day of the purchase.
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), effective April 1,
2005, the ESPP is not considered compensatory.
Employees purchased 4.0 million, 5.8 million and 6.7 million
shares under the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005, respectively. Cash dividends declared and paid by the
company on its common stock also include cash dividends on the
company stock purchased through the ESPP. Dividends are paid on
full and fractional shares and can be reinvested in the ESPP. The
company stock purchased through the ESPP is considered outstand-
ing and is included in the weighted-average outstanding shares for
purposes of computing basic and diluted earnings per share.
Approximately 16.3 million, 20.3 million and 26.2 million shares
were available for purchase under the ESPP at December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005, respectively.
Note U. Retirement-Related Beneﬁts
Description of Plans
IBM sponsors defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution
plans that cover substantially all regular employees, a supplemental
retention plan that covers certain U.S. executives and nonpension
postretirement benefit plans primarily consisting of retiree medical
and dental benefits for eligible retirees and dependents. These ben-
efits form an important part of the company’s total compensation and
benefits program that is designed to attract and retain highly skilled
and talented employees.

106
U.S. PLANS
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
IBM Personal Pension Plan
IBM provides U.S. regular, full-time and part-time employees hired
prior to January 1, 2005 with noncontributory defined benefit pension
benefits via the IBM Personal Pension Plan (PPP). The PPP consists
of a tax-qualified (qualified) plan and a non-tax qualified (non-quali-
fied) plan. The qualified plan is funded by company contributions
to an irrevocable trust fund, which is held for the sole benefit of par-
ticipants and beneficiaries. The non-qualified plan, which is unfunded,
provides benefits in excess of IRS limitations for qualified plans.
Benefits provided to the PPP participants are calculated using
benefit formulas that vary based on the participant. Pension benefits
are calculated using one of two methods based upon specified crite-
ria used to determine each participant’s eligibility. The first method
uses a five-year, final pay formula that determines benefits based on
salary, years of service, mortality and other participant-specific fac-
tors. The second method is a cash balance formula that calculates
benefits using a percentage of employees’ annual salary, as well as an
interest crediting rate.
Benefit accruals under the PPP ceased effective January 1, 2008
for all participants.
U.S. Supplemental Executive Retention Plan
The company also sponsors a non-qualified U.S. Supplemental
Executive Retention Plan (SERP). The SERP, which is unfunded,
provides benefits to eligible U.S. executives based on average earn-
ings, years of service and age at termination of employment. Effective
July 1, 1999, the company replaced the then-effective SERP with the
current SERP. Some participants in the previous SERP will still be
eligible for benefits under that prior plan if those benefits are greater
than the benefits provided under the current plan.
Benefit accruals under the SERP ceased effective January 1, 2008
for all participants.
Defined Contribution Plans
IBM Savings Plan
U.S. regular, full-time and part-time employees are eligible to
participate in the IBM Savings Plan, which is a qualified defined
contribution plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code. For participants hired prior to January 1, 2005, the company
matches 50 percent of their contributions up to the first 6 percent of
eligible compensation. For participants hired or rehired on or after
January 1, 2005, who have completed one year of service, the company
matches 100 percent of their contributions up to the first 6 percent
of eligible compensation. These participants participate in the 401(k)
Pension Program offered through the IBM Savings Plan. The com-
pany’s matching contributions vest immediately and participants are
always fully vested in their own contributions. All contributions,
including the company match, are made in cash, in accordance
with the participants’ investment elections. There are no minimum
amounts that must be invested in company stock, and there are no
restrictions on transferring amounts out of the company stock to
another investment choice.
Effective January 1, 2008, the IBM Savings Plan, including the
401(k) Pension Program, became the IBM 401(k) Plus Plan. Under the
IBM 401(k) Plus Plan, eligible employees will receive a dollar-for-
dollar match of up to 6 percent of eligible compensation for employ-
ees hired prior to January 1, 2005 and up to 5 percent of eligible
compensation for employees hired on or after January 1, 2005. In
addition, under the IBM 401(k) Plus Plan, eligible employees will
receive automatic contributions from the company equal to 1, 2 or 4
percent of employees’ eligible compensation based on their eligibility
to participate in the PPP as of December 31, 2007. If an employee
was hired on or after January 1, 2005, the employee would be eligible
to receive automatic contributions and matching contributions after
the completion of one year of service.
IBM Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
The company also maintains an unfunded, non-qualified, defined
contribution plan, the IBM Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
(EDCP), which allows eligible executives to defer compensation and
to receive company matching contributions under the applicable IBM
Savings Plan formula (depending on the date of hire, as described
earlier), with respect to amounts in excess of IRS limits for qualified
plans. Amounts contributed to the EDCP as a result of deferred com-
pensation, as well as company matching contributions, are recorded
as liabilities. Deferred compensation amounts may be directed by
participants into an account that replicates the return that would
have been received had the amounts been invested in similar IBM
Savings Plan investment options. The company matching contribu-
tions are directed to participant accounts and change in value each
reporting period based on changes in the company’s stock price.
Effective January 1, 2008, the EDCP was replaced with a new
non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the IBM Excess 401(k)
Plus Plan (Excess Plan). All employees whose eligible compensation
is expected to exceed the IRS compensation limit are eligible to par-
ticipate in the Excess Plan. The purpose of the Excess Plan is to
provide benefits that would be provided under the qualified IBM
401(k) Plus Plan if the compensation limits did not apply. The Excess
Plan, like the EDCP, will provide employees with the opportunity to
save for retirement on a tax-deferred basis.
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W........................................................... 102
T. Stock-Based Compensation......................102

107
Plan Financial Information
SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following table presents a summary of the total retirement-related benefits net periodic cost recorded in the Consolidated Statement
of Earnings:
($ in millions)
U.S. PLANS NON-U.S. PLANS TOTAL
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005 2007 2006 2005 2007 2006 2005
Significant defined benefit pension plans* $ 368 $ 456 $ 381 $ 620 $ 639 $ 729 $ 988 $1,095 $1,110
Other defined benefit pension plans** 105 93 125 202 85 136 307 178 261
SERP 23 20 9 — — — 23 20 9
Total defined benefit pension plans cost $ 496 $ 569 $ 515 $ 822 $ 724 $ 865 $1,318 $1,293 $1,380
IBM Savings Plan and Non-U.S. Plans $ 390 $ 358 $ 331 $ 478 $ 377 $ 337 $ 868 $ 735 $ 668
EDCP 12 11 10 — — — 12 11 10
Total defined contribution plans cost $ 402 $ 370 $ 341 $ 478 $ 377 $ 337 $ 880 $ 747 $ 678
Nonpension postretirement
benefit plans cost $ 342 $ 335 $ 332 $ 57 $ 53 $ 47 $ 399 $ 388 $ 379
Total retirement-related
benefits net periodic cost $1,240 $1,274 $1,188 $1,357 $1,154 $1,249 $2,597 $2,428 $2,437
* Significant defined benefit pension plans consist of the qualified portion of the PPP in the U.S. and the material non-U.S. Plans. See page 108 for a list of significant plans.
**Other defined benefit pension plans consist of the non-qualified portion of the PPP in the U.S. and the non-material non-U.S. plans.
Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plan
U.S. Nonpension Postretirement Plan
The company sponsors a defined benefit nonpension postretirement
benefit plan that provides medical and dental benefits to eligible U.S.
retirees and eligible dependents, as well as life insurance for eligible
U.S. retirees. Effective July 1, 1999, the company established a Future
Health Account (FHA) for employees who were more than five years
away from retirement eligibility. Employees who were within five
years of retirement eligibility are covered under the company’s prior
retiree health benefits arrangements. Under either the FHA or the
prior retiree health benefit arrangements, there is a maximum cost to
the company for retiree health benefits.
Effective January 1, 2004, new hires, as of that date or later, are
not eligible for company subsidized postretirement benefits.
NON-U.S. PLANS
Most subsidiaries and branches outside the United States sponsor
defined benefit and/or defined contribution plans that cover substan-
tially all regular employees. The company deposits funds under various
fiduciary-type arrangements, purchases annuities under group
contracts or provides reserves for these plans. Benefits under the
defined benefit plans are typically based either on years of service and
the employee’s compensation (generally during a fixed number of
years immediately before retirement) or on annual credits. The range
of assumptions that are used for the non-U.S. defined benefit plans
reflects the different economic environments within various countries.
In addition, certain of the company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor
defined benefit nonpension postretirement benefit plans that provide
medical and dental benefits to eligible non-U.S. retirees and eligible
dependents, as well as life insurance for certain eligible non-U.S.
retirees. However, most of the non-U.S. retirees are covered by local
government sponsored and administered programs.

108
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W........................................................... 102
The following table presents a summary of the total projected benefit obligation (PBO) for defined benefit plans, accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation (APBO) for nonpension postretirement benefit plans (benefit obligations), fair value of plan assets and the associated funded
status recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position:
($ in millions)
BENEFIT FAIR VALUE
OBLIGATIONS OF PLAN ASSETS FUNDED STATUS**
AT DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2007 2006 2007 2006
U.S. Plans:
Overfunded plans:
Qualified portion of the PPP $46,323 $46,498 $57,191 $52,913 $ 10,868 $ 6,415
Underfunded plans:
Non-qualified portion of the PPP $ 1,135 $ 1,123 $ — $ — $ (1,135) $ (1,123)
SERP 215 217 — — (215) (217)
Nonpension postretirement benefit plan 5,472 5,773 504 47 (4,968) (5,726)
Total underfunded U.S. Plans $ 6,822 $ 7,113 $ 504 $ 47 $ (6,318) $ (7,066)
Non-U.S. Plans*:
Overfunded plans:
Qualified defined benefit pension plans $29,031 $25,613 $35,504 $29,766 $ 6,473 $ 4,153
Underfunded plans:
Qualified defined benefit pension plans $ 6,777 $ 9,076 $ 5,566 $ 7,866 $ (1,211) $ (1,210)
Non-qualified defined benefit pension plans 5,007 4,765 — — (5,007) (4,765)
Nonpension postretirement benefit plans 851 637 — — (851) (637)
Total underfunded non-U.S. plans $12,635 $14,478 $ 5,566 $ 7,866 $ (7,069) $ (6,612)
Total overfunded plans $75,354 $72,111 $92,695 $82,679 $ 17,341 $ 10,568
Total underfunded plans* $19,457 $21,591 $ 6,070 $ 7,913 $(13,387) $(13,678)
* Excludes non-material non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans; see following section for a list of significant plans.
**Funded status was recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as follows: Asset amounts as Prepaid pension assets; (Liability) amounts as Compensation and benefits
(current liability) and Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations (noncurrent liability).
DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION AND NONPENSION POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following represents financial information for the company’s significant retirement-related benefit plans. The significant defined benefit
pension plans consist of the qualified portion of the PPP in the U.S. and material non-U.S. pension plans, including plans in Germany, the
United Kingdom, Japan, the Netherlands, Canada, Switzerland and Spain. The significant nonpension postretirement benefit plan represents
the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan.

109
The following table presents the components of net periodic cost of the significant retirement-related benefit plans recognized in Consoli-
dated Statement of Earnings:
($ in millions)
NONPENSION POSTRETIREMENT
SIGNIFICANT DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS BENEFIT PLAN
U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS U.S. PLAN
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005 2007 2006 2005 2007 2006 2005
Service cost $ 746 $ 769 $ 682 $ 570 $ 596 $ 694 $ 69 $ 62 $ 45
Interest cost 2,585 2,454 2,463 1,767 1,585 1,635 311 306 324
Expected return on plan assets (3,703) (3,613) (3,672) (2,500) (2,298) (2,245) — — —
Amortization of transition assets — — — (3) (6) (6) — — —
Amortization of prior service costs/(credits) 61 61 61 (125) (108) 8 (62) (62) (62)
Recognized actuarial losses 679 785 567 911 870 578 24 29 25
Plan amendments/curtailments/settlements — — 280 — — 65 — — —
Total net periodic cost $ 368 $ 456 $ 381 $ 620 $ 639 $ 729 $342 $335 $332
The following table presents the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets of the significant retirement-related benefit plans:
($ in millions)
2007 2006 2007 2006 2007 2006
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $46,498 $46,405 $39,454 $36,643 $ 5,773 $ 5,892
Service cost 746 769 570 596 69 62
Interest cost 2,585 2,454 1,767 1,585 311 306
Plan participants’ contributions — — 66 57 — —
Acquisitions/divestitures, net 5 — 85 10 — —
Actuarial losses/(gains) (465) (283) (2,324) (600) (203) 8
Benefits paid from trust (3,046) (2,847) (1,616) (1,454) — —
Direct benefit payments — — (367) (311) (442) (486)
Foreign exchange impact — — 3,177 3,616 — —
Medicare subsidy — — — — (36) (9)
Plan amendments/curtailments/settlements — — 3 (688) — —
Benefit obligation at end of year $46,323 $46,498 $40,815 $39,454 $ 5,472 $ 5,773
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at
beginning of year $52,913 $48,542 $37,632 $31,148 $ 47 $ 66
Actual return on plan assets 7,324 7,218 1,468 3,016 15 3
Employer contributions — — 447 1,769 893 438
Acquisitions/divestitures, net — — 52 (78) — —
Plan participants’ contributions — — 66 57 199 185
Benefits paid from trust (3,046) (2,847) (1,616) (1,454) (650) (645)
Foreign exchange impact — — 3,021 3,174 — —
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $57,191 $52,913 $41,070 $37,632 $ 504 $ 47
Funded status at end of year $10,868 $ 6,415 $ 255 $ (1,822) $(4,968) $(5,726)
Accumulated benefit obligation $46,323 $46,421 $39,396 $38,088 N/A N/A

110
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W........................................................... 102
The following table presents the funded status recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position for the company’s significant
retirement-related benefit plans:
($ in millions)
NONPENSION
POSTRETIREMENT
AT DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2007 2006 2007 2006
Prepaid pension assets $10,868 $6,415 $ 6,473 $ 4,153 $ — $ —
Current liabilities, Compensation and benefits — — (304) (269) — (487)
Noncurrent liabilities, Retirement and
nonpension postretirement benefit obligations — — (5,914) (5,706) (4,968) (5,239)
Funded status—net $10,868 $6,415 $ 255 $(1,822) $(4,968) $(5,726)
The following table presents the pre-tax net loss and prior service costs/(credits) recognized in Gains and (losses) not affecting retained earn-
ings and the changes in pre-tax net loss, prior service costs/(credits) and transition assets recognized in Accumulated gains and (losses) not
affecting retained earnings for the company’s significant retirement-related benefit plans:
($ in millions)
NONPENSION
SIGNIFICANT DEFINED POSTRETIREMENT
BENEFIT PENSION PLANS BENEFIT PLAN
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007: U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS U.S. PLAN
Net loss at January 1 $ 6,944 $11,298 $ 935
Current period net gain (4,086) (1,337) (254)
Amortization of net loss included in net periodic cost (679) (911) (24)
Net loss at December 31 $ 2,179 $ 9,050 $ 657
Prior service costs/(credits) at January 1 $ 61 $ (1,269) $(177)
Current period prior service costs — 51 —
Amortization of prior service (costs)/credits included in net periodic cost (61) 125 62
Prior service credits at December 31 $ — $ (1,093) $(115)
Transition assets at January 1 $ — $ (4) $ —
Amortization of transition assets included in net periodic cost — 3 —
Transition assets at December 31 $ — $ (1) $ —
Total recognized in Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings* $ 2,179 $ 7,956 $ 542
* See note M, “Stockholders’ Equity Activity,” on page 93 for the total net-of-tax change in the Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings and the Consolidated
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for components of net periodic cost, including the related tax effects, recognized in Gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings for the company’s
retirement-related benefit plans.

111
No significant amendments of the U.S. retirement-related benefit
plans or significant non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans occurred
during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 that would
have a material effect on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
In 2006, the company redesigned certain non-U.S. defined ben-
efit pension plans that resulted in a reduction to the PBO of $688
million. The majority of the reduction was attributed to modified
plans in the United Kingdom, Switzerland and the Netherlands.
In December 2005, the company approved amendments to the PPP
and the SERP, which provided that participants would no longer accrue
benefits under these plans beginning January 1, 2008, resulting in a
curtailmentchargeof$267millionthatwasrecordedintheConsolidated
Statement of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2005.
ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE PLAN
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Underlying both the measurement of benefit obligations and net
periodic cost are actuarial valuations. These valuations use partici-
pant-specific information such as salary, age and years of service, as
well as certain assumptions, the most significant of which include
estimates of discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of
compensation increases, interest crediting rates and mortality rates.
The company evaluates these assumptions, at a minimum, annually,
and makes changes as necessary.
The following table presents the assumptions used to measure the
net periodic cost and the year-end benefit obligations for significant
retirement-related benefit plans:
The following table presents the estimated net loss, estimated prior service credits and estimated transition assets of the company’s significant
retirement-related benefit plans that will be amortized from Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings into net periodic
cost/(income) and recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings in 2008:
($ in millions)
SIGNIFICANT DEFINED POSTRETIREMENT
BENEFIT PENSION PLANS BENEFIT PLAN
Net loss $281 $ 600 $ 10
Prior service credits — (134) (62)
Transition assets — 1 —
2007 2006 2005 2007 2006 2005 2007 2006 2005
Weighted-average assumptions used to measure net
periodic cost for the year ended December 31:
Discount rate 5.75% 5.50% 5.75% 4.40% 4.20% 4.70% 5.75% 5.50% 5.75%
Expected long-term return on plan assets 8.00% 8.00% 8.00% 7.00% 7.10% 7.10% N/A N/A N/A
Rate of compensation increase 4.00% 4.00% 4.00% 2.90% 3.00% 3.00% N/A N/A N/A
Weighted-average assumptions used to
measure benefit obligations at December 31:
Discount rate 6.00% 5.75% 5.50% 5.40% 4.40% 4.20% 6.00% 5.75% 5.50%
Rate of compensation increase* N/A 4.00% 4.00% 3.00% 2.90% 3.00% N/A N/A N/A
* Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to the PPP as benefit accruals ceased for all participants beginning January 1, 2008.
Discount Rate
The discount rate assumptions used for the retirement-related ben-
efit plans accounting reflect the yields available on high-quality, fixed
income debt instruments. For the U.S. discount rate assumptions, a
portfolio of corporate bonds is constructed with maturities that
match the expected timing of the benefit obligation payments. In the
non-U.S., where markets for high-quality long-term bonds are not
generally as well developed, long-term government bonds are used as
a base, to which a credit spread is added to simulate corporate bond
yields at these maturities in the jurisdiction of each plan, as the
benchmark for developing the respective discount rates.

112
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W........................................................... 102
For the PPP, the changes in discount rate assumptions impacted
both net periodic cost and the PBO. For purposes of measuring the
net periodic cost for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, the changes in discount rate assumptions resulted in a decrease
in the 2007 net periodic cost of $92 million and an increase in the 2006
and 2005 net periodic cost of $94 million and $90 million, respectively.
For purposes of measuring the PBO, the changes in discount rate
assumptions resulted in a decrease in the PBO of $1,185 million and
$1,240 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
For the significant non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans, the
changes in discount rate assumptions resulted in an increase in the
2007 and 2006 net periodic cost of $30 million and $274 million,
respectively. Changes in discount rate assumptions had no material
impact on the 2005 net periodic cost.
For the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan, the changes
in discount rate assumptions had no material impact on net periodic
cost for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and on
the APBO at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
Expected Long-Term Returns on Plan Assets
The expected long-term return on plan assets assumption takes into
account long-term expectations for future returns, investment strat-
egy and the market-related value of plan assets. The market-related
value of plan assets is a calculated value, in accordance with account-
ing guidance, that recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets
in a systematic manner over five years. The rates of expected return
are developed by the company in conjunction with external advisors,
are calculated using an arithmetic average and are tested for reason-
ableness against the historical return average by asset category, usually
over a 10-year period. The use of expected long-term returns on plan
assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less
than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over
time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to
approximate the actual long-term returns and therefore result in a
pattern of income and expense recognition that more closely matches
the pattern of the services provided by the employees. Differences
between actual and expected returns are recognized over five years in
the expected return on plan assets line in net periodic cost and also
as a component of net loss or gain in the Accumulated gains and
(losses) not affecting retained earnings, which is recognized over the
service lives of the employees in the plan, provided such amounts
exceed thresholds which are based upon the obligation or the value
of plan assets, as provided by accounting standards.
For the PPP, the expected long-term return on plan assets of 8.00
percent remained constant for the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005 and, consequently, had no incremental impact on net
periodic cost.
For the material non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans, the
changes in the expected long-term return on plan assets resulted in
an increase in the 2007, 2006 and 2005 net periodic cost of $50 mil-
lion, $18 million and $140 million, respectively.
For the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan, the company
maintains a nominal, highly liquid trust fund balance to ensure pay-
ments are made timely. As a result, for the years ended December 31,
2007, 2006 and 2005, the expected long-term return on plan assets
and the actual return on those assets were not material.
Rate of Compensation Increases and Mortality Rate
The rate of compensation increases is determined by the company,
based upon its long-term plans for such increases. Mortality rate
assumptions are based on life expectancy and death rates for different
types of participants. Mortality rates are periodically updated based
on actual experience. Changes to defined benefit pension plans mor-
tality rate assumptions increased the 2007 and 2006 net periodic cost
approximately $80 million and $55 million, respectively, and increased
the 2007 benefit obligation approximately $790 million. Changes to
the rate of compensation increases had no material impact on the
2007 net periodic cost and reduced the 2006 net periodic cost approx-
imately $32 million. Changes to the rate of compensation increases
or to mortality rate assumptions had no material impact on the 2005
net periodic cost and on benefit obligations at December 31, 2006.
Interest Crediting Rate
Benefits for certain participants in the PPP are calculated using a
cash balance formula. An assumption underlying this formula is an
interest crediting rate, which impacts both net periodic cost and the
PBO. This assumption provides a basis for projecting the expected
interest rate that participants will earn on the benefits that they are
expected to receive in the following year and is based on the average
from August to October of the one-year U.S. Treasury Constant
Maturity yield plus one percent.
For the PPP, the change in the interest crediting rate to 6.0 per-
cent for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 5.0 percent for the
year ended December 31, 2006 resulted in an increase in the 2007 net
periodic cost of $125 million. The change in the interest crediting
rate to 5.0 percent for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 3.1
percent for the year ended December 31, 2005 resulted in an increase
in the 2006 net periodic cost of $170 million. The change in the
interest crediting rate to 3.1 percent for the year ended December 31,
2005 from 2.3 percent for the year ended December 31, 2004
resulted in an increase in the 2005 net periodic cost of $55 million.

113
Healthcare Cost Trend Rate
For nonpension postretirement benefit plan accounting, the com-
pany reviews external data and its own historical trends for healthcare
costs to determine the healthcare cost trend rates. However, the
healthcare cost trend rate has an insignificant effect on plan costs and
obligations as a result of the terms of the plan which limit the com-
pany’s obligation to the participants. The company assumes that the
healthcare cost trend rate for 2008 will be 8 percent. In addition, the
company assumes that the same trend rate will decrease to 5 percent
over the next six years. A one percentage point increase or decrease
in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would not have a material
effect on the 2007, 2006 and 2005 net periodic cost or the benefit
obligations as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
PLAN ASSETS
The company’s defined benefit pension plans’ asset allocations at
December 31, 2007 and 2006 and target allocation for 2008, by asset
category, are as follows:
U.S. Plan (Actual Allocations)
PLAN ASSETS
2008AT DECEMBER 31:
TARGET
2007 2006 ALLOCATION
Asset Category:
Equity securities* 46.9% 63.9% 47%
Debt securities 44.6 31.2 43
Real Estate* 5.4 3.9 4
Other 3.1 1.0 6
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100%
* See the following discussion regarding certain private market assets, and future funding
commitments thereof, that are not as liquid as the publicly traded securities.
Material Non-U.S. Plans (Weighted-Average)
PLAN ASSETS
2008AT DECEMBER 31:
TARGET
2007 2006 ALLOCATION
Asset Category:
Equity securities 58.0% 62.7% 57%
Debt securities 37.8 34.8 39
Real estate 1.9 2.1 2
Other 2.3 0.4 2
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100%
The investment objectives of the PPP portfolio are designed to gener-
ate returns that will enable the PPP to meet its future obligations. The
precise amount for which these obligations will be settled depends on
future events, including the retirement dates and life expectancy of the
plans’ participants. The obligations are estimated using actuarial
assumptions, based on the current economic environment. The PPP
portfolio’s investment strategy balances the requirement to generate
returns, using potentially higher yielding assets such as equity securi-
ties, with the need to control risk in the PPP portfolio with less volatile
assets, such as fixed-income securities. Risks include, among others,
inflation, volatility in equity values and changes in interest rates that
could cause the plans to become underfunded, thereby increasing
their dependence on contributions from the company. Within each
asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio
among industry sectors, geographies, interest rate sensitivity, depen-
dence on economic growth, currency and other factors that affect
investment returns. During 2007, the company modified the asset
allocation of the PPP portfolio primarily by reducing public equity
securities, by increasing debt securities from 33 percent to 43 percent
of total plan assets, and by increasing the duration of debt securities
and increasing the use of derivatives, including interest rate swaps in
debt securities to further mitigate the effects of future interest rate
changes on the overfunded level of the PPP. These changes were
designed to reduce the potential negative impact that equity markets
or interest rates might have on the funded status of the PPP. These
changes did not impact the expected long-term return on plan assets
assumption, which remained at 8.00 percent for 2008. The effect on
expected long-term return on plan assets of increasing the duration
of debt securities substantially offset the effect of reducing public
equity securities. Derivatives are also used to hedge currency, adjust
portfolio duration and reduce specific market risks.
The assets are managed by professional investment firms, as well
as by investment professionals who are employees of the company.
They are bound by mandates and are measured against specific
benchmarks. Among these managers, consideration is given, but not
limited to, balancing security concentration, issuer concentration,
investment style and reliance on particular active and passive invest-
ment strategies. Market liquidity risks are tightly controlled, with
only a modest percentage of the PPP portfolio invested in private
market assets consisting of private equities and private real estate
investments, which are less liquid than publicly traded securities. The
PPP portfolio included private market assets comprising approxi-
mately 12.0 percent and 10.2 percent of total assets at December 31,
2007 and 2006, respectively. The target allocation for private market
assets in 2008 is 12.0 percent. As of December 31, 2007, the PPP
portfolio had $3,621 million in commitments for future private market
investments to be made over a number of years. These commitments
are expected to be funded from plan assets. Other assets in the PPP
portfolio include commodities and non-traditional investments
designed to further diversify the returns of the PPP portfolio.
Equity securities include IBM common stock of $111 million,
representing 0.2 percent of total PPP plan assets at December 31,
2007 and $159 million, representing 0.3 percent of total PPP plan
assets at December 31, 2006.

114
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................64
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W........................................................... 102
Outside the U.S., the investment objectives are similar, subject to
local regulations. In some countries, a higher percentage allocation
to fixed income securities is required. In others, the responsibility for
managing the investments typically lies with a board that may include
up to 50 percent of members elected by employees and retirees. This
can result in slight differences compared with the strategies previously
described. Generally, these non-U.S. funds do not invest in illiquid
assets and their use of derivatives is usually limited to currency hedg-
ing, adjusting portfolio durations and reducing specific market risks.
There was no significant change in the investment strategies of these
plans during either 2007 or 2006.
EXPECTED CONTRIBUTIONS
It is the company’s general practice to fund amounts for pensions
sufficient to meet the minimum requirements set forth in applicable
employee benefits laws and local tax laws. From time to time, the
company contributes additional amounts as it deems appropriate.
The company contributed approximately $447 million and
$1,769 million in cash to the material non-U.S. plans during the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
In 2008, the company is not legally required to make any contribu-
tions to the PPP. However, depending on market conditions, or other
factors, the company may elect to make discretionary contributions
to the qualified portion of the PPP during the year.
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the Act), enacted into law in
2006, is a comprehensive reform package that, among other provisions,
increases pension funding requirements for certain U.S. defined ben-
efit plans, provides guidelines for measuring pension plan assets and
pension obligations for funding purposes and raises tax deduction limits
for contributions to retirement-related benefit plans. The additional
funding requirements by the Act apply to plan years beginning after
December 31, 2007. The adoption of the Act is not expected to have a
material effect on the company’s minimum mandatory contributions to
its PPP. No mandatory contribution is required for the PPP in 2008.
In 2008, the company estimates contributions to its non-U.S.
plans to be approximately $613 million, which will be mainly con-
tributed to defined benefit pension plans in Japan, the Netherlands,
Spain, Switzerland, Sweden and the United Kingdom. These 2008
contributions represent the legally mandated minimum contribu-
tions. The company could elect to contribute more than the legally
mandated amount based on market conditions or other factors.
Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plan
The company made a $500 million voluntary cash contribution to
the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan during the year
ended December 31, 2007. This advanced funding was made in addi-
tion to ongoing contributions of $347 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007, which were utilized to pay current year benefits.
The $500 million contribution will be used to fund benefit payments
in future periods.
EXPECTED BENEFIT PAYMENTS
Defined Benefit Pension Plan Expected Payments
The following table presents the total expected benefit payments to
defined benefit pension plan participants. These payments have been
estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the plans’
PBO at December 31, 2007 and include benefits attributable to esti-
mated future compensation increases.
($ in millions)
QUALIFIED NON-QUALIFIED QUALIFIED NON-QUALIFIED TOTAL EXPECTED
U.S. PLAN U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS NON-U.S. PLANS BENEFIT
PAYMENTS PAYMENTS PAYMENTS PAYMENTS PAYMENTS
2008 $ 3,138 $ 81 $ 1,765 $ 359 $ 5,343
2009 3,188 83 1,815 354 5,440
2010 3,237 86 1,834 356 5,513
2011 3,273 90 1,882 357 5,602
2012 3,314 93 1,922 359 5,688
2013–2017 17,108 500 10,260 1,881 29,749
The 2008 expected benefit payments to defined benefit pension plan participants not covered by the respective plan assets (underfunded plans)
represent a component of Compensation and benefits, within Current liabilities, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plan Expected Payments
($ in millions)
LESS: IBM SHARE NET EXPECTED
U.S. PLAN OF EXPECTED BENEFIT
PAYMENTS MEDICARE SUBSIDY PAYMENTS
$ 499 $34 $ 465
488 38 450
476 41 435
466 43 423
457 — 457
– 2,280 — 2,280
Medicare Prescription Drug Act
-
-
Implementation of SFAS No. 158
-
-
($ in millions)
BEFORE AFTER
APPLICATION APPLICATION
OF SFAS NO. 158 ADJUSTMENTS* OF SFAS NO. 158
Prepaid pension assets $ 24,003 $(13,374) $ 10,629
assets (deferred taxes) $ 4,245 $ 4,136 $ 8,381
Total Assets $112,473 $ (9,240) $103,234
$ 3,605 $ 990 $ 4,595
$ 12,888 $ 665 $ 13,553
(deferred taxes) $ 8,701 $ (1,397) $ 7,304
$ 74,470 $ 258 $ 74,728
net of tax $ 597 $ (9,498) $ (8,901)
$ 38,004 $ (9,498) $ 28,506
* Adjustments are primarily comprised of previously unrecognized gains/(losses), prior
service credits/(costs) and transition assets/(obligations).

..................................
..................................
Notes........................................................... 64
A-F ...................................................................
G-M..................................................................84
N-S ...................................................................94
T-W........................................................... 102
......................
V. Segment Information.......................... 116
....................................
Note V. Segment Information
-
-
-
-
-
and reset if appropriate.
realize economies of scale and efficient use of resources. As a result, a
-
-
Other Plan Information
($ in millions)
2007 2006
BENEFIT BENEFIT
AT DECEMBER 31: OBLIGATION PLAN ASSETS OBLIGATION PLAN ASSETS
$13,134 $ 5,566 $15,181 $ 7,866
12,776 5,566 14,027 7,093
75,354 92,695 72,111 82,679

RECONCILIATIONS OF IBM AS REPORTED
($ in millions)
Revenue:
$105,670 $98,867 $98,572
842 637 639
(7,726) (8,080) (8,077)
Total IBM consolidated revenue $ 98,786 $91,424 $91,134
($ in millions)
Pre-Tax Income:
$15,163 $13,682 $11,485
Elimination of internal transactions (194) (171) (168)
(480) (194) 909
Total IBM consolidated pre-tax
income from continuing operations $14,489 $13,317 $12,226
-
Immaterial Items
INVESTMENT IN EQUITY ALLIANCES AND
EQUITY ALLIANCES GAINS/(LOSSES)
Management System Segment View
($ in millions)
GLOBAL SERVICES SEGMENTS
GLOBAL GLOBAL PERSONAL
TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS SYSTEMS AND GLOBAL COMPUTING TOTAL
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: SERVICES SERVICES TECHNOLOGY SOFTWARE FINANCING DIVISION SEGMENTS
2007:
$36,103 $18,041 $21,317 $19,982 $2,502 $ — $ 97,944
1,636 1,193 998 2,416 1,482 — 7,726
Total revenue $37,739 $19,234 $22,315 $22,398 $3,984 $ — $105,670
Pre-tax income $ 3,557 $ 2,064 $ 2,153 $ 6,002 $1,386 $ — $ 15,163
10.7% 10.9% (3.6)% 9.7% 2.4% — 6.9%
8.2% 21.0% 23.8% 9.3% (4.7)% — 10.8%
9.4% 10.7% 9.6% 26.8% 34.8% — 14.3%
2006:
$32,322 $15,969 $21,970 $18,161 $2,365 $ — $ 90,787
1,763 1,373 1,168 2,249 1,527 — 8,080
$34,086 $17,341 $23,138 $20,409 $3,892 $ — $ 98,867
Pre-tax income $ 3,288 $ 1,706 $ 1,739 $ 5,493 $1,455 $ — $ 13,682
1.4% 0.6% 4.7% 8.5% (0.4)% NM 0.3%
25.6% 116.9% (7.6)% 14.9% (8.1)% NM 19.1%
9.6% 9.8% 7.5% 26.9% 37.4% NM 13.8%
2005:
$31,501 $15,906 $20,981 $16,830 $2,401 $2,876 $ 90,495
2,102 1,339 1,118 1,979 1,506 33 8,077
$33,603 $17,245 $22,099 $18,809 $3,907 $2,909 $ 98,572
$ 2,619 $ 786 $ 1,883 $ 4,779 $1,583 $ (165) $ 11,485
3.5% (1.9)% 4.9% 4.8% 0.3% NM (5.0)%
(10.9)% (28.9)% (7.9)% 19.1% 8.6% NM (0.6)%
7.8% 4.6% 8.5% 25.4% 40.5% NM 11.7%
NM—Not meaningful

Management System Segment View
($ in millions)
GLOBAL SERVICES SEGMENTS
GLOBAL GLOBAL PERSONAL
TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS SYSTEMS AND GLOBAL COMPUTING TOTAL
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: SERVICES SERVICES TECHNOLOGY SOFTWARE FINANCING DIVISION SEGMENTS
2007:
Assets $16,157 $7,226 $7,338 $10,042 $37,586 $— $78,348
1,714 122 894 684 2,034 — 5,448
1,803 61 840 559 2,432 — 5,694
Interest income — — — — 2,421 — 2,421
Interest expense — — — — 966 — 966
2006:
Assets $14,483 $6,517 $7,437* $ 9,262 $33,945 $— $71,643*
1,575 136 1,024 632 1,691 — 5,058
1,714 43 777 423 2,514 — 5,470
Interest income — — — — 2,265 — 2,265
2005:
Assets $11,809 $6,229 $7,810* $ 6,485 $31,165 $— $63,498*
1,663 160 1,272 672 1,923 17 5,707
1,635 21 642 389 2,273 18 4,978
Interest income — — — — 2,183 — 2,183
Segment Assets and Other Items
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

RECONCILIATIONS OF IBM AS REPORTED
($ in millions)
AT DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006* 2005*
$ 78,348 $ 71,643 $ 63,498
Elimination of internal transactions (5,964) (5,347) (4,503)
16,007 10,191 12,381
3,639 3,743 3,282
2,664 5,299 3,311
3,098 3,091 3,069
Pension assets 17,397 10,614 20,613
5,242 4,001 4,097
Total IBM consolidated $120,431 $103,234 $105,748
Revenue by Classes of Similar Products
or Services
-
-
-
($ in millions)
CONSOLIDATED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006* 2005*
$29,212 $26,281 $25,633
Maintenance 6,670 5,986 5,868
Software 221 56 —
$13,348 $13,171 $13,009
3,738 3,558 3,345
2,589 2,930 2,391
872 761 627
383 499 473
386 1,050 1,136
Major Clients
Geographic Information
REVENUE*
($ in millions)
$36,511 $35,917 $34,951
Japan 9,632 9,638 10,753
52,643 45,869 45,430
Total $98,786 $91,424 $91,134
* Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of client.
NET PLANT, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
($ in millions)
AT DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005
$ 6,592 $ 6,708 $ 6,907
Japan 890 844 922
5,365 4,849 4,327
Total $12,847 $12,401 $12,156
Note W. Subsequent Events

Five-year Comparison of Selected Financial Data
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003
$98,786 $91,424 $91,134 $96,293 $89,131
$10,418 $ 9,416 $ 7,994 $ 7,497 $ 6,588
(00) 76 (24) (18) (30)
10,418 9,492 7,970 7,479 6,558
— — (36) — —
Net income $10,418 $ 9,492 $ 7,934 $ 7,479 $ 6,558
$ 7.18 $ 6.06 $ 4.91 $ 4.39 $ 3.76
(0.00) 0.05 (0.01) (0.01) (0.02)
7.18 6.11 4.90 4.38 3.74
— — (0.02) — —
Total $ 7.18 $ 6.11 $ 4.87 $ 4.38 $ 3.74
$ 7.32 $ 6.15 $ 4.99 $ 4.48 $ 3.83
(0.00) 0.05 (0.02) (0.01) (0.02)
7.32 6.20 4.98 4.47 3.81
— — (0.02) — —
Total $ 7.32 $ 6.20 $ 4.96 $ 4.47 $ 3.81
$ 2,147 $ 1,683 $ 1,250 $ 1,174 $ 1,085
1.50 1.10 0.78 0.70 0.63
$ 4,630 $ 4,362 $ 3,842 $ 4,368 $ 4,398
36.6% 30.8% 24.5% 24.4% 24.5%
AT DECEMBER 31: 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003
Total assets $120,431 $103,234 $105,748 $111,003 $106,021
15,081 14,440 13,756 15,175 14,689
8,867 4,569 10,509 7,357 7,205
35,274 22,682 22,641 22,927 23,632
28,470 28,506 33,098 31,688 29,531
* Reflects implementation of FASB Interpretation No. 47. See note B, “Accounting Changes,” on page 75 for additional information.

Selected Quarterly Data
($ in millions except per share amounts and stock prices)
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH FULL
2007: QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER YEAR
$22,029 $23,772 $24,119 $28,866 $98,786
Gross profit $ 8,866 $ 9,938 $ 9,956 $12,970 $41,729
$ 1,844 $ 2,261 $ 2,362 $ 3,951 $10,418
— (1) (1) 1 (00)
Net income $ 1,844 $ 2,260 $ 2,361 $ 3,952 $10,418
$ 1.21 $ 1.55 $ 1.68 $ 2.80 $ 7.18*
— (0.00) (0.00) 0.00 (0.00)
Total $ 1.21 $ 1.55 $ 1.68 $ 2.80 $ 7.18*
$ 1.23 $ 1.57 $ 1.72 $ 2.85 $ 7.32*
— (0.00) (0.00) 0.00 (0.00)
Total $ 1.23 $ 1.57 $ 1.72 $ 2.86 $ 7.32*
$ 0.30 $ 0.40 $ 0.40 $ 0.40 $ 1.50
$100.90 $108.04 $118.89 $121.45
Low 88.77 93.92 104.58 99.27
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH FULL
2006: QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER YEAR
$20,659 $21,890 $22,617 $26,257 $91,424
Gross profit $ 8,088 $ 9,014 $ 9,492 $11,701 $38,295
$ 1,708 $ 2,022 $ 2,222 $ 3,464 $ 9,416
Income from discontinued operations — — — 76 76
Net income $ 1,708 $ 2,022 $ 2,222 $ 3,541 $ 9,492
$ 1.08 $ 1.30 $ 1.45 $ 2.26 $ 6.06*
— — — 0.05 0.05
Total $ 1.08 $ 1.30 $ 1.45 $ 2.31 $ 6.11*
$ 1.09 $ 1.31 $ 1.47 $ 2.30 $ 6.15*
— — — 0.05 0.05
Total $ 1.09 $ 1.31 $ 1.47 $ 2.35 $ 6.20*
$ 0.20 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 1.10
$ 85.00 $ 84.45 $ 83.79 $ 97.88
Low 78.93 76.07 72.80 81.56
* Earnings Per Share (EPS) in each quarter is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter while EPS for the full year is computed using the
weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Thus, the sum of the four quarter’s EPS does not equal the full-year EPS.
The stock prices reflect the high and low prices for IBM’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape for the last two years.

Performance Graphs
Comparison of One-, Five- and Ten-year Cumulative Total Return for IBM,
SP 500 Stock Index and SP Information Technology Index
Five-year
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
$100.00 $120.50 $129.16 $108.71 $130.20 $146.92
100.00 128.68 142.69 149.70 173.34 182.87
100.00 147.22 150.99 152.49 165.32 192.28
Ten-year
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
$100.00 $177.48 $208.54 $165.07 $236.05 $152.33 $183.55 $196.75 $165.60 $198.33 $223.80
100.00 128.58 155.64 141.46 124.65 97.10 124.96 138.55 145.36 168.32 177.57
SP Information
100.00 178.14 318.42 188.18 139.50 87.31 128.54 131.83 133.13 144.34 167.88
One-year
2006 2007
$100.00 $112.84
100.00 105.49
100.00 116.31
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
02 03 04 05 06 07
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
06 07
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
02 03 04 05 06 07
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
06 07
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
97 9998 01 03 0500 02 04 06 07
One-year Five-year
($ USD) ($ USD)
Ten-year
($ USD)

123
Board of Directors and Senior Executive Officers
Cathleen Black
President
Hearst Magazines
William R. Brody
President
The Johns Hopkins University
Kenneth I. Chenault
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
American Express Company
Juergen Dormann*
Chairman
Adecco Management Consulting S.A.
Michael L. Eskew
Retired Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
United Parcel Service, Inc.
Shirley Ann Jackson
President
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Minoru Makihara*
Senior Corporate Advisor and
former Chairman
Mitsubishi Corporation
Lucio A. Noto
Managing Partner
Midstream Partners LLC
James W. Owens
Caterpillar Inc.
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman, President and
IBM
Joan E. Spero
President
Doris Duke Charitable Foundation
Sidney Taurel
Eli Lilly and Company
Lorenzo H. Zambrano
Chairman and
CEMEX, S.A.B. de C.V.
*Term on the Board ends on April 29, 2008
Rodney C. Adkins
Senior Vice President
Development and Manufacturing
Systems and Technology Group
Michael E. Daniels
Global Technology Services
Nicholas M. Donofrio
Executive Vice President
Innovation and Technology
Douglas T. Elix
Senior Vice President and Group Executive
Sales and Distribution
Jesse J. Greene, Jr.
Vice President
Financial Management
J. Bruce Harreld
Marketing and Strategy
Jon C. Iwata
Communications
John E. Kelly III
Research and Intellectual Property
Mark Loughridge
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
J. Randall MacDonald
Human Resources
Steven A. Mills
Senior Vice President and Group Executive
Software Group
Robert W. Moffat, Jr.
Integrated Operations
Daniel E. O’Donnell
Vice President,
Assistant General Counsel and Secretary
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman, President and
Virginia M. Rometty
Global Business Services
Linda S. Sanford
Enterprise On Demand Transformation
Martin J. Schroeter
Treasurer
Timothy S. Shaughnessy
Vice President and Controller
Robert C. Weber
Legal and Regulatory Affairs, and
General Counsel
William M. Zeitler
Senior Vice President and
Group Executive
Systems and Technology Group
Senior Executive Officers
Board of Directors

124
IBM Stockholder Services
Stockholders with questions about their accounts should contact:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43072
Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3072
(888) IBM-6700
Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should
call (781) 575-2727.
Stockholders can also reach Computershare Trust Company, N.A. via e-mail at:
ibm@computershare.com
Hearing-impaired stockholders with access to a telecommunications device
(TDD) can communicate directly with Computershare Trust Company, N.A., by
calling (800) 490-1493. Stockholders residing outside the United States, Canada
and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2694.
IBM on the Internet
Topics featured in this Annual Report can be found via the IBM home page on the
Internet (http://www.ibm.com). Financial results, news on IBM products, services
and other activities can also be found via that address.
Stockholders of record can receive online account information and answers to
frequently asked questions regarding stockholder accounts via the Internet (http://
www.ibm.com/investor).
Stockholders of record can also consent to receive future IBM Annual Reports
and Proxy Statements online through the Internet at this site.
IBM files reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including
the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports
on Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC. Certifications by IBM’s
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are included as exhibits to the
company’s SEC reports (including the company’s Form 10-K filed in 2008), and
Certifications by IBM’s Chief Executive Officer are included in the company’s filings
with the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange (including
filings in 2007).
IBM’s website (http://www.ibm.com) contains a significant amount of information
about IBM, including the company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports
on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those
reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed
with or furnished to the SEC (http://www.ibm.com/investor). These materials are
available free of charge on or through our website.
The public may read and copy any materials the company files with the SEC at
the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.
The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet
site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements,
and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
IBM Investor Services Program
The Investor Services Program brochure outlines a number of services provided
for IBM stockholders and potential IBM investors, including the reinvestment of
dividends, direct purchase and the deposit of IBM stock certificates for safekeeping.
Call (888) IBM-6700 for a copy of the brochure. Investors residing outside the
United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2727.
Investors with other requests may write to:
IBM Stockholder Relations
New Orchard Road
Armonk, New York 10504
IBM Stock
IBM common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Chicago Stock
Exchange, and outside the United States.
Annual Meeting
The IBM Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on Tuesday, April 29,
2008, at 10 a.m. in the Ballroom of the Charlotte Convention Center, 501 South
College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina.
Stockholder Communications
Stockholders in the United States and Canada can get quarterly financial results,
listen to a summary of the Annual Meeting remarks and hear voting results from
the meeting by calling (800) IBM-7800. Callers can also request printed copies of
the information via mail or fax. Stockholders residing outside the United States,
Canada and Puerto Rico should call (402) 573-9861.
Literature for IBM Stockholders
The following literature on IBM is available without charge from:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43072
Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3072
(888) IBM-6700
Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should
call (781) 575-2727.
The Form 10-K Annual Report and Form 10-Q Quarterly Reports to the
SEC provide additional information on IBM’s business. The 10-K report is
released by the end of February; 10-Q reports are released by the end of April,
July and October.
An audio cassette recording of the 2007 Annual Report will be available for sight-
impaired stockholders in June.
“Global Citizenship” is the theme of the 2007 IBM Corporate Responsibility Report
detailing the company’s proactive approach to citizenship as a globally integrated
enterprise. The 48-page report presents the results of the company’s innovative
societal partnerships and its strategy to address the challenges and opportunities in
an increasingly global and networked economy. The report also includes an IBM
Key Performance Indicators Chart that compiles corporate responsibility metrics,
including energy conservation, recycling, employee volunteerism and supply chain
among 16 key indices. It details our results and strategies delivered by more than
350,000 employees across 170 countries worldwide and outlines our progressive
approach to community engagement, utilizing our innovative technologies applied
against a range of societal challenges from education to healthcare, disaster relief
to environmental sustainability. Further information is also available on IBM’s
corporate responsibility reporting website: www.ibm.com/ibm/responsibility.
General Information
For answers to general questions about IBM from within the continental
United States, call (800) IBM-4YOU. From outside the United States, Canada
and Puerto Rico, call (404) 238-1234.
Corporate Offices
International Business Machines Corporation
New Orchard Road
Armonk, New York 10504
(914) 499-1900
The IBM Annual Report is printed on recycled paper and is recyclable.
BladeCenter, Blue Gene, Domino, FileNet, IBM, Lotus, Lotus Notes, Micromuse,
Notes, POWER5+, POWER6, Rational, S/390, System i, System p, System x,
System z, Tivoli, and WebSphere are trademarks or registered trademarks of
International Business Machines Corporation or its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. Linux is a trademark of Linus
Torvalds. Microsoft is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group
in the United States and other countries. Other company, product and service
names may be trademarks or service marks of others.
Printed in the U.S.A. G507-0501-15
Stockholder Information
Design:VSAPartners,Inc.Printing:AlliedPrintingServices,Inc.Photography:JensUmbach

IBM Annual report 2007

More Related Content

What's hot (18)

Viewers also liked (20)

Similar to IBM Annual report 2007 (20)

More from finance2 (20)

Recently uploaded (20)

IBM Annual report 2007